Justice

‫المحكمة الجنائية الدولية‬

‫أ‪ .‬د‪ .‬محمود شريف بسيوني‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣــﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺜﻞ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﺬ ﻇﻬﻮرهﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺴ ﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ ﻓ ﻰ ﺻ ﻴﻒ‬ ‫ﻋ ﺎم ‪ 1998‬اﻟﺮآﻴ ﺰة اﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﻴﺔ واﻟﻘ ﻮة اﻟﺪاﻓﻌ ﺔ ﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠ ﻒ اﻟﺘﻴ ﺎرات اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳ ﻴﺔ‬ ‫واﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻧﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺘ ﻰ ﺑﺎﺗ ﺖ ﺗ ﺪرك ﺟﻴ ﺪًا أن اﻟﻔ ﺮاغ اﻟﻮاﻗ ﻊ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﺳ ﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺪاﻟ ﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ اﻟﺬى ﺷﻬﺪﺗﻪ اﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺗﺎرﻳﺨﻬﺎ اﻟﻄﻮﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﻟ ﻢ ﻳﻌ ﺪ آﻤ ﺎ آ ﺎن‪ .‬ﻓﻔ ﻰ اﻟﺴ ﺎﺑﻊ‬ ‫ﻋﺸ ﺮ ﻣ ﻦ ﻳﻮﻟﻴ ﻮ ﻣ ﻦ ﻋ ﺎم ‪ 1998‬ﺟ ﺎءت اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ راﺳ ﺨﺔ ﻓ ﻰ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﺎدهﺎ ﻣﻌﺒﺮة ﺑﻮﺿﻮح ﻋﻦ اﻹرادة اﻷآﻴﺪة ﻷﻏﻠﺒﻴ ﺔ أﻋﻀ ﺎء اﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤ ﻊ اﻟ ﺪوﻟﻰ ﻓ ﻰ‬ ‫إرﺳﺎء ﻗﻮاﻋﺪ ﻣﺘﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺪاﻟﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﺠﺴﺪة ﻓﻰ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫وﻟ ﺬا ﻓﻘ ﺪ رأﻳﻨ ﺎ ﻣﻮاآﺒ ﺔ ﺗﻠ ﻚ اﻟﻠﺤﻈ ﺎت اﻟﺘﺎرﻳﺨﻴ ﺔ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺑ ﺔ ه ﺬا اﻟﻤﺆﻟ ﻒ اﻟ ﺬى‬ ‫ﻧﺮﺻﺪ ﻣ ﻦ ﺧﻼﻟ ﻪ ﺗﻠ ﻚ اﻟﺘﻄ ﻮرات اﻟﺤﺜﻴﺜ ﺔ ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﺼ ﻌﻴﺪﻳﻦ اﻟ ﺪوﻟﻰ واﻟ ﻮﻃﻨﻰ ﻣ ﻦ‬ ‫أﺟﻞ إﻧﻔﺎذ أﺣﻜ ﺎم اﻟﻨﻈ ﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﻰ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ‪ .‬وﻳﺮﺟ ﻊ اﻟﻔﻀ ﻞ ﻓ ﻰ‬ ‫إﺻﺪار هﺬا اﻟﻜﺘﺎب إﻟ ﻰ اﻟﻤﻌﻬ ﺪ اﻟ ﺪوﻟﻰ ﻟﺤﻘ ﻮق اﻹﻧﺴ ﺎن ﺑﺠﺎﻣﻌ ﺔ دﻳﺒ ﻮل ﺑﺸ ﻴﻜﺎﻏﻮ‬ ‫واﻟ ﺬى دأب ﻋﻠ ﻰ إﺻ ﺪار ﻧﺸ ﺮة دورﻳ ﺔ )ﺑ ﺎﻟﻠﻐﺘﻴﻦ اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴ ﺔ واﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳ ﺔ( ﺣ ﻮل‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ وﻣ ﺎ ﻳ ﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﻬ ﺎ ﻣ ﻦ ﻣﻮﺿ ﻮﻋﺎت ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻘ ﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺼ ﺪﻳﻖ‬ ‫واﻻﻧﻀ ﻤﺎم واﻹﻧﻔ ﺎذ اﻟ ﻮﻃﻨﻰ ﻷﺣﻜﺎﻣﻬ ﺎ‪ .‬وه ﻮ اﻷﻣ ﺮ اﻟ ﺬى دﻓﻌﻨ ﻰ إﻟ ﻰ اﻟﺒ ﺪء ﻓ ﻰ‬ ‫ﺻ ﻴﺎﻏﺔ ه ﺬا اﻟﻜﺘ ﺎب ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﻨﺤ ﻮ اﻟ ﺬى ﻳ ﺮاﻩ اﻟﻘ ﺎرئ ﺑ ﻴﻦ ﻳﺪﻳ ﻪ اﻵن ﺑﺤﻴ ﺚ ﻳﺘﺴ ﻨﻰ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺒﺎﺣﺚ وآﺬا ﻟﻠﻘﺎرئ اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻰ اﻟﻌﺎدى ﻓﻬ ﻢ واﺳ ﺘﻴﻌﺎب ﺗﻠ ﻚ اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠ ﺔ اﻟﺘﺎرﻳﺨﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺘ ﻰ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺧﻼﻟﻬﺎ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ وﺗﺤﺪﻳ ﺪ ﻣﻌ ﺎﻟﻢ ﻋﻤﻠﻬ ﺎ اﻟﻤﺴ ﺘﻘﺒﻠﻰ‪ ،‬واﻟ ﺬى ﻳﻌﺘﻤ ﺪ ﺑﺸ ﻜﻞ‬ ‫آﺒﻴﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ إرادة اﻟﺪول ورﻏﺒﺘﻬﺎ اﻟﺼﺎدﻗﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ دور ه ﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ ﺧ ﻼل‬ ‫أﺣﻜﺎم اﻟﺘﻌﺎون اﻟﺪوﻟﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻞ ﻣ ﻦ اﻷﺳ ﺘﺎذ‬ ‫وﻓﻰ هﺬا اﻟﺼﺪد ﻳﺴ ﻌﺪﻧﻰ أن أﻋ ﺮب ﻋ ﻦ ﺷ ﻜﺮى وﺗﻘ ﺪﻳﺮى ﻟﻜ ٍ‬ ‫ﻧﻬ ﺎد اﻟﺠﻤ ﻞ اﻟﻤﻨﺴ ﻖ اﻟﻌ ﺎم ﻟﺒﺮﻧ ﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﻬ ﺪ اﻟ ﺪوﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﻟﺤﻘ ﻮق اﻹﻧﺴ ﺎن ﺑﺠﺎﻣﻌ ﺔ دى ﺑ ﻮل‪ ،‬واﻟﻘﺎﺿ ﻰ ﻣﺤﻤ ﺪ ﻋﺒ ﺪ اﻟﻌﺰﻳ ﺰ ﺟ ﺎد اﻟﺤ ﻖ‪ ،‬ﻟﻤ ﺎ‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻣﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺠﻬﻮدات ﻓﻰ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ أﺟﺰاء ﻋﺪﻳﺪة ﻣﻦ هﺬا اﻟﻤﺆﻟﻒ وﻣﺮاﺟﻌ ﺔ أﺑﻮاﺑ ﻪ‬ ‫وﻣﻌﺎوﻧﺘﻬﻤﺎ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ هﺬا اﻟﻤﺸﺮوع‪.‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬

‫وﻗﺒ ﻞ أن ﻧﺘﻌ ﺮض ﻟﺘﻘﺴ ﻴﻢ اﻟﻜﺘ ﺎب‪ ،‬رأﻳﻨ ﺎ اﻟﺘﺄآﻴ ﺪ ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﺒﺪاﻳ ﺔ ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻷهﻤﻴ ﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻘﺼﻮى واﻟﺤﺎﺟ ﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ اﻷآﻴ ﺪة ﻓ ﻰ ﻋﺼ ﺮﻧﺎ اﻟﺤﺎﺿ ﺮ إﻟ ﻰ ﻣﺜ ﻞ ه ﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻰ ﺗﻌﺪ آﻤﺎ أﺳﻠﻔﻨﺎ إﺣﺪى أهﻢ رآﺎﺋﺰ اﻟﻌﺪاﻟﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ إﻟﻰ ﻣﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺟﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ دوﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫"أدرآ ﺖ اﻷﻣﺎﻧ ﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣ ﺔ ﻣﻨ ﺬ ﺣ ﻮاﻟﻰ ﻧﺼ ﻒ ﻗ ﺮن أى ﻣﻨ ﺬ وﻗ ﺖ‬ ‫إﻧﺸ ﺎء اﻷﻣ ﻢ اﻟﻤﺘﺤ ﺪة ﻣ ﺪى اﻻﺣﺘﻴ ﺎج ﻹﻧﺸ ﺎء ﻣﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ أﺟ ﻞ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺎآﻤ ﺔ وﻣﻌﺎﻗﺒ ﺔ اﻷﺷ ﺨﺎص اﻟﻤﺴ ﺌﻮﻟﻴﻦ ﻋ ﻦ ارﺗﻜ ﺎب ﺟ ﺮاﺋﻢ‬ ‫آﺠﺮاﺋﻢ اﻹﺑ ﺎدة اﻟﺒﺸ ﺮﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻘ ﺪ اﻋﺘﻘ ﺪ اﻟﻜﺜﻴ ﺮون أن أه ﻮال اﻟﺤ ﺮب‬ ‫اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴ ﺔ وﻣ ﺎ أﺳ ﻔﺮت ﻋﻨ ﻪ ﻣ ﻦ ﻣﻌﺴ ﻜﺮات ووﺣﺸ ﻴﺔ‬ ‫وﻣﺤﺎرق وإﺑﺎدة ﻟﻦ ﻳﺘﻜﺮر ﻣ ﺮة ﺛﺎﻧﻴ ﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻜ ﻦ آ ﻞ ه ﺬا ﻗ ﺪ ﺗﻜ ﺮر ﻓ ﻰ‬ ‫آﻤﺒﻮدﻳﺎ واﻟﺒﻮﺳﻨﺔ واﻟﻬﺮﺳﻚ ورواﻧ ﺪا‪ .‬ﻓ ﻰ وﻗﺘﻨ ﺎ ه ﺬا أﻇﻬ ﺮ ه ﺬا‬ ‫اﻟﻌﻘ ﺪ أن ﻗ ﺪرة اﻹﻧﺴ ﺎن ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﻓﻌ ﻞ اﻟﺸ ﺮ ﻟ ﻴﺲ ﻟﻬ ﺎ ﺣ ﺪود‪ .‬ﻟﻘ ﺪ‬ ‫أﺻ ﺒﺤﺖ اﻹﺑ ﺎدة اﻟﺒﺸ ﺮﻳﺔ آﻠﻤ ﺔ اﻟﻮﻗ ﺖ اﻟ ﺬى ﻧﻌ ﻴﺶ ﻓﻴ ﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﺘﻠ ﻚ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ اﻟﺸﺎﺋﻨﺔ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ اﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﺗﺎرﻳﺨﻴﺔ"‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﺴﻜﺮﺗﻴﺮ اﻟﻌﺎم ﻟﻸﻣﻢ اﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪة‬ ‫آﻮﻓﻰ أﻧﺎن‬

‫آ ﺎن اﻟﻌ ﺎﻟﻢ ﻳﺄﻣ ﻞ ﻓ ﻰ أن ﺗﻜ ﻮن اﻟﺤ ﺮب اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴ ﺔ اﻷوﻟ ﻰ ه ﻰ "اﻟﺤ ﺮب اﻟﺘ ﻰ‬ ‫ﺳﻮف ﺗﻨﻬﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﻟﺤﺮوب"‪ ،‬إﻻ أﻧﻪ وﺑﻤﺮور ﻓﺘﺮة ﻗﺼﻴﺮة ﻣﻦ اﻟﺰﻣﻦ وﺟﺪ اﻟﻌ ﺎﻟﻢ‬ ‫ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻣﺘﻮرﻃ ًﺎ ﻓ ﻰ ﻧ ﺰاع ﺁﺧ ﺮ أآﺒ ﺮ ﻓ ﻰ أﺑﻌ ﺎدﻩ أﻻ وه ﻮ اﻟﺤ ﺮب اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴ ﺔ ‪.‬‬ ‫وﺑﻌﺪ إﻣﺎﻃﺔ اﻟﻠﺜﺎم ﻋﻦ أهﻮال ﺗﻠﻚ اﻟﺤﺮب ﺗﻌﻬﺪ اﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ اﻟ ﺪوﻟﻰ "ﺑ ﺄﻻ ﻳﺘﻜ ﺮر ذﻟ ﻚ‬ ‫ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى‪ ، ".‬وﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ذﻟﻚ ﻓﻘ ﺪ اﻧ ﺪﻟﻊ ﻣﻨ ﺬ ذﻟ ﻚ اﻟﺘ ﺎرﻳﺦ ﻣ ﺎ ﻳﻘ ﺮب ﻣ ﻦ ‪250‬‬ ‫ﻧﺰاﻋ ًﺎ ﻣﺴ ﻠﺤًﺎ ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﻤﺴ ﺘﻮﻳﺎت اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴ ﺔ واﻹﻗﻠﻴﻤﻴ ﺔ واﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ)‪ (1‬ﻧ ﺘﺞ ﻋﻨﻬ ﺎ ـ ـ‬ ‫‪(1) M. Cherif Bassiouni, Searching for Peace and Achieving Justice, 59 Law & Contemp.‬‬ ‫‪Probs. 9, 10 (1996); see also Daniel Chirot, Modern Tyrants: The Power and Prevalence‬‬ ‫‪of Evil in our Age (1994). Pierre Hassner, Violence and Peace: From the Atomic Bomb‬‬ ‫‪to Ethnic Cleansing (1995); Rudolph J. Rummel, Death by Government (1994). See‬‬ ‫;)‪also Erik Hobsbawm, The Age of Extremes: A History of the Word, 1914-1991 (1995‬‬ ‫=‪See SIPRI Yearbooks 1975-1996. There were two reported studies in the PIOOM‬‬

‫‪6‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ إﻟﻰ اﻧﺘﻬﺎآﺎت ﺣﻘﻮق اﻹﻧﺴﺎن واﻟﻤﺮﺗﻜﺒ ﺔ ﺑﻤﻌﺮﻓ ﺔ اﻷﻧﻈﻤ ﺔ اﻟﻘﻤﻌﻴ ﺔ‪ -‬رﻗ ﻢ‬ ‫ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮى ﻟﻠﻀ ﺤﺎﻳﺎ ﻳﺘ ﺮاوح ﻣ ﺎ ﺑ ﻴﻦ ‪ 70‬إﻟ ﻰ ‪ 170‬ﻣﻠﻴ ﻮن ﻗﺘﻴ ﻞ)‪ .(2‬وذﻟ ﻚ ﺑﺎﻹﺿ ﺎﻓﺔ‬ ‫إﻟ ﻰ ﻏﻴ ﺮ ذﻟ ﻚ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻨﺘ ﺎﺋﺞ اﻟﻮﺧﻴﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺘ ﻰ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜ ﻦ اﺳ ﺘﻴﻌﺎﺑﻬﺎ أو اﻟﺘﻌ ﻮﻳﺾ ﻋ ﻦ‬ ‫أﺿ ﺮارهﺎ اﻟﻤﻔﺠﻌ ﺔ اﻟﻤﺎدﻳ ﺔ أو اﻟﻤﻌﻨﻮﻳ ﺔ‪ .‬وﻻ ﺷ ﻚ ﻓ ﻰ أﻧ ﻪ ﻣﻤ ﺎ ﺳ ﺎﻋﺪ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ذﻟ ﻚ‬ ‫ﺿ ﻌﻒ اﻟ ﺮادع وأﺣﻴﺎﻧ ًﺎ ﻋ ﺪم وﺟ ﻮدﻩ ﻣﻄﻠﻘ ًﺎ ﻧﺘﻴﺠ ﺔ ﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘ ﺔ أن وﺳ ﺎﺋﻞ ﺗﺤﺪﻳ ﺪ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺆوﻟﻴﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻨﻄﺎق اﻟﺪوﻟﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺰال ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺬ اﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻣﺤﺎآﻤﺎت ﻗﺎدة اﻟﻨﺎزى ﻓﻰ ﻧﻮرﻣﺒﺮج‪ ،‬دأﺑ ﺖ اﻟﺤﻜﻮﻣ ﺎت ﻓ ﻰ ﻣﻌﻈ ﻢ‬ ‫اﻷﺣﻮال ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺔ واﻗﻌﻴﺔ ﻣﻼﺋﻤ ﺔ ﻳ ﺘﻢ ﻣ ﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻬ ﺎ اﻟﺘﻔ ﺎوض ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺴ ﺆوﻟﻴﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ واﻟﻌﺪاﻟﺔ ﻓﻰ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ اﻟﻮﺻﻮل إﻟﻰ ﺣﻞ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ)‪ .(3‬وﻧﺘﺎﺟﺎ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳ ﺔ ﻓ ﺈن‬ ‫اﻟﺠ ﺮاﺋﻢ اﻟﻤﻨﺼ ﻮص ﻋﻠﻴﻬ ﺎ ﻓ ﻰ ﻗ ﻮاﻧﻴﻦ اﻟﺸ ﻌﻮب)‪ ،(4‬ﻣﺜ ﻞ اﻟﻌ ﺪوان‪ ،‬اﻹﺑ ﺎدة‬ ‫‪=Newsletter and progress report in 1994 and 1995: A.J. Jongman & A.P. Schmid,‬‬ ‫‪Contemporary Conflicts: A Global Survey of High and Lower Intensity Conflict and‬‬ ‫)‪Serious Disputes, 7 PIOOM Newsletter and Progress Report 14 (Winter 1995‬‬ ‫‪(Interdisciplinary Research Program on Causes of Human Rights violations, Leiden, The‬‬ ‫‪Netherlands), and Study, 6 PIOOM Newsletter 17 (1994); Alex P. Schmid, Early‬‬ ‫‪Warning of Violent Conflicts: Casual Approaches, in Violent Crime & Conflicts 47‬‬ ‫‪(ISPAC 1997); PIOOM World Conflict Map 1994-1995, 7 PIOOM Newsletter, supra.‬‬

‫ﻣﺤﻤﻮد ﺷﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺴﻴﻮﻧﻰ‪ ،‬اﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ اﻟﺴﻼم وﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ اﻟﻌﺪل‪ 59 ،‬اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮن وﻗﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﺻﺮة‪10 ,9.‬‬ ‫)‪(1996‬؛ اﻧﻈﺮ أﻳﻀﺎ داﻧﻴﺎل ﺷﻴﺮوت‪ ،‬اﻟﻄﻐﺎة اﻟﻤﻌﺎﺻﺮون‪ :‬اﻟﻘﻮة واﻧﺘﺸﺎر اﻟﺸﺮ ﻓﻰ ﻋﺼﺮﻧﺎ‬ ‫)‪ .(1994‬ﺑﻴﻴﺮ هﺎﺳﻨﺮ‪ :‬اﻟﻌﻨﻒ واﻟﺴﻼم‪ :‬ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﻨﺒﻠﺔ اﻟﻨﻮوﻳﺔ إﻟﻰ اﻟﺘﻄﻬﻴﺮ اﻟﻌﺮﻗﻰ )‪(1995‬؛‬ ‫رودﻟﻒ ﺟﻴﻪ روﻣﻞ‪ ،‬اﻟﻘﺘﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﺤﻜﻮﻣﺔ )‪ .(1994‬اﻧﻈﺮ أﻳﻀﺎ إﻳﺮﻳﻚ هﻮﺑﺴﺒﺎوم‪ ،‬ﻋﺼﺮ‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻄﺮف‪ :‬ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪(1995) 1991–1914،‬؛ اﻧﻈﺮ آﺘﺐ اﻟﻌﺎم ﺳﻴﺒﺮى ‪ .1996–1975‬و ﻗﺪ‬ ‫ﺗﻢ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ دراﺳﺘﻴﻦ ﺑﻤﺠﻠﺔ ‪ PIOOM Newsletter and Progress report‬ﻓﻰ ‪ 1994‬و ‪:1995‬‬ ‫أ‪.‬ج‪ .‬ﺟﻮﻧﺠﻤﺎن و أ‪ .‬ب‪ .‬ﺷﻤﻴﺪ‪ ،‬اﻟﺼﺮاﻋﺎت اﻟﻤﻌﺎﺻﺮة‪ :‬ﺣﺼﺮ دوﻟﻰ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎت اﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ واﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫اﻟﺼﺮاﻋﺎت واﻟﻤﻨﺎزﻋﺎت اﻟﺨﻄﻴﺮة‪) 14 PIOOM Newsletter and Progress report 7 ،‬ﺷﺘﺎء‬ ‫‪ ) (1995‬ﻧﻈﻢ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﺒﺤﺜﻰ ﺣﻮل أﺳﺒﺎب اﻧﺘﻬﺎآﺎت ﺣﻘﻮق اﻹﻧﺴﺎن‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺪن‪ ،‬هﻮﻟﻨﺪا(‪ ،‬ودراﺳﺔ‬ ‫‪(1994) 17 PIOOM Newsletter 6‬؛ أﻟﻴﻜﺲ ﺑﻰ‪ .‬ﺷﻤﻴﺪ‪ ،‬إﻧﺬار ﻣﺒﻜﺮ ﻟﻠﺼﺮاﻋﺎت اﻟﻌﻨﻴﻔﺔ‪ :‬ﻣﺪﺧﻞ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻠﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ ﻣﺠﻠﺔ ﺟﺮﻳﻤﺔ اﻟﻌﻨﻒ واﻟﺼﺮاﻋﺎت ‪(1997) 47‬؛ ‪ PIOOM‬ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ اﻟﺼﺮاع اﻟﺪوﻟﻰ‬ ‫‪ PIOOM 7 ،1995–1994‬ﺳﺎﺑﻘًﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪( ) See supra note 1.‬‬ ‫اﻧﻈﺮ هﺎﻣﺶ ‪.1‬‬ ‫)‪(3) M. Cherif Bassiouni, Impunity for International Crimes, 71 U. COLO. L. REV. 409 (2000‬‬

‫ﻣﺤﻤ ﻮد ﺷ ﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺴ ﻴﻮﻧﻰ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮاﻧ ﻊ اﻟﻌﻘ ﺎب ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﺠ ﺮاﺋﻢ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ‪ 71 ،‬ﻣﺠﻠ ﺔ ﺟﺎﻣﻌ ﺔ آﻠ ﻮرادو‬ ‫اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻧﻴﺔ‪.(2000) 409.‬‬ ‫‪(4) See M. Cherif Bassiouni, Sources of International Criminal Law, in 1 INTERNATIONAL‬‬ ‫‪CRIMINAL LAW 38-46, 62-81 (M. Cherif Bassiouni ed., 2d ed. 1999)[AICL”].‬‬

‫‪7‬‬

‫ اﻟﻌﺒﻮدﻳﺔ واﻟﻤﻤﺎرﺳﺎت اﻟﻤﺮﺗﺒﻄ ﺔ‬،‫ ﺟﺮاﺋﻢ اﻟﺤﺮب‬،‫ ﺟﺮاﺋﻢ ﺿﺪ اﻹﻧﺴﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬،‫اﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‬ ‫ وﺑ ﺪﻻ ﻣ ﻦ أن ﺗﻘ ﻮم‬.‫ ﻗ ﺪ اﻧﺘﺸ ﺮت ﻓ ﻰ ﺟﻤﻴ ﻊ أرﺟ ﺎء اﻟﻤﻌﻤ ﻮرة‬،‫ﺑﻬ ﺎ واﻟﺘﻌ ﺬﻳﺐ‬ ‫ ﻓﺈﻧﻬ ﺎ‬،‫اﻟﺤﻜﻮﻣ ﺎت ﺑﻤﻨ ﻊ واﻟﺤ ﺪ ﻣ ﻦ ﺗﻠ ﻚ اﻟﺠ ﺮاﺋﻢ اﻟﻤﺄﺳ ﺎوﻳﺔ وﻣﺘﺎﺑﻌ ﺔ ﺗﻨﻔﻴ ﺬ اﻟﻌﺪاﻟ ﺔ‬ ‫ ﺑ ﻞ وﻓ ﻰ أﺣ ﻮال أﺧ ﺮى‬،‫وﻟﻸﺳﻒ اﺳﺘﻤﺮت ﺳﻠﺒﻴﺔ وﺑﻼ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻓ ﻰ ﻣﻌﻈ ﻢ اﻷﺣ ﻮال‬ .(5)‫ﻣﺴﺎﻧﺪة ﻟﺘﻠﻚ اﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎآﺎت‬ ‫ وﺑ ﺪﻻ ﻣ ﻦ ﺗﻮﺟﻴ ﻪ اﻻﺗﻬ ﺎم ﻟﻤﺮﺗﻜﺒ ﻰ ﺗﻠ ﻚ اﻟﺠ ﺮاﺋﻢ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ ﻓﻘ ﺪ‬،‫ﺑﻨﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ذﻟ ﻚ‬ de ‫ أو ﺑﺤﻜ ﻢ اﻟﻘ ﺎﻧﻮن‬defacto ‫أﻓﺎد ﻣﻌﻈﻤﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮاﻧﻊ اﻟﻌﻘﺎب ﺳﻮاء ﺑﺤﻜ ﻢ اﻟﻮاﻗ ﻊ‬ ‫( ورﻏ ﻢ ذﻟ ﻚ ﻓﻘ ﺪ أﺑ ﺪى اﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤ ﻊ اﻟﻤ ﺪﻧﻰ اﻟ ﺪوﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﺎرﺿ ﺔ ﻣﺘﺼ ﺎﻋﺪة إزاء‬6)jure –38 ‫ ﻓﻰ اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻰ اﻟﺪوﻟﻰ‬،‫ ﻣﺼﺎدر اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻰ اﻟﺪوﻟﻰ‬،‫اﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﺤﻤﻮد ﺷﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺴﻴﻮﻧﻰ‬ .[ ICL] (1999 ،‫ اﻹﺻﺪار اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻰ‬،‫ )ﻣﺤﻤﻮد ﺷﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺴﻴﻮﻧﻰ‬81–62 ،46 ‫ وﻧﻜﺜ ﻪ ﻟﻌﻬ ﺪﻩ "ﻟﻌ ﺪم ﺗﻜ ﺮار‬،‫ﻻ ﺻ ﺎرﺧًﺎ ﻟﺴ ﻠﺒﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤ ﻊ اﻟ ﺪوﻟﻰ‬ ً ‫( ﺗﻌﺪ اﻹﺑﺎدة اﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺑﺮواﻧ ﺪا ﻣﺜ ﺎ‬5) ‫ ﻓ ﺈن‬،1994 ‫ وﺑﺮﻏﻢ اﻧﻌﻘﺎد اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺑﺪاﻳﺎت اﻹﺑ ﺎدة واﻟﺘ ﻰ ﻇﻬ ﺮت ﻓ ﻰ ﻋ ﺎم‬."‫ذﻟﻚ ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى‬ ‫ أزﻣ ﺔ‬،‫ ﺟﻴ ﺮارد ﺑﺮوﻧﻴ ﺮ‬:‫ اﻧﻈ ﺮ ﻋﻤﻮ ًﻣ ﺎ‬.‫اﻟﻌ ﺎﻟﻢ ﻗ ﺪ ﺷ ﺎهﺪ اﻟﻤﺠ ﺰرة آﺎﻣﻠ ﺔ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﻣ ﺪار ﻋ ﺎم آﺎﻣ ﻞ‬ ‫ ﻧ ﻮد إﺧﺒ ﺎرك ﺑﺄﻧﻨ ﺎ ﺳ ﻮف ﻧﻘﺘ ﻞ ﻏ ﺪا‬،‫( ﻓﻴﻠﻴ ﺐ ﺟ ﻮرﻳﻔﻴﺘﺶ‬1997) ‫ ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ اﻹﺑﺎدة اﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﻴ ﺔ‬:‫رواﻧﺪا‬ (1999 ‫ ﻳﻨ ﺎﻳﺮ‬1 ،‫ اﻟﺘﻠﻴﻔﺰﻳﻮﻧﻴﺔ‬PBS ‫ اﻧﺘﺼﺎر اﻟﺸﺮ )ﺑﺚ ﻗﻨﺎة‬:Frontline ‫(؛‬1998) ‫ﺻﺤﺒﺔ ﻋﺎﺋﻼﺗﻨﺎ‬ .(‫)إﻋﺎدة ﺣﺴﺎب اﻟﺴﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﻓﻰ اﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ اﻟﺪوﻟﻰ ﻓﻰ أﺛﻨﺎء اﻹﺑﺎدة اﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺑﺮواﻧﺪا‬ (6) De facto impunity may occur either when the failure to investigate or prosecute is intentional, though not sanctioned by law, or when a legal system is unable to meet its obligations to investigate and prosecute. In some instances, a given state may be willing but unable to carry out investigation and prosecution. This may occur in the aftermath of conflict, when states are faced with many competing priorities. In these situations, governments often fail to prioritize effective criminal justice and limit resources for prosecutions or fail to ensure that positions are staffed with competent professionals who pursue their functions with diligence and ethics. Thus, states without functioning judicial systems impede the goals of international civil society to provide accountability and justice. De jure impunity occurs when any of a number of appropriate accountability mechanisms are preempted by the granting of amnesties or like measures.

These may include blanket amnesties covering a given period of time or applying to a given group of persons or may be specifically given to an individual. The following accountability mechanisms have been employed in the resolution of conflicts: international prosecutions, international investigatory commissions, national investigatory and truth commissions, national prosecutions, lustration mechanisms, civil remedies, mechanisms for victim compensation. See Bassiouni, Searching for Peace, supra note 1, at 18-22. It should also be noted that de jure impunity also can result when a state selects an inappropriate accountability mechanism, given the nature of the violation. This is especially true when the selection of a particular mechanism excludes all other forms. Thus, for example, a state may be fostering a policy of impunity if it opts for a truth commission as an accountability mechanism for genocide with an absolute bar on prosecution. Cumbersome legal procedures or inadequate periods of limitations that operate to frustrate prosecution or civil claims for damages are further examples.

8

‫ﻣ ﻨﺢ ﻣﻨ ﻊ اﻟﻌﻘ ﺎب‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﺻ ﺔ ﻟﻠﻘ ﺎدة اﻟ ﺬﻳﻦ أﺻ ﺪروا اﻷواﻣ ﺮ ﺑﺎرﺗﻜ ﺎب ﺗﻠ ﻚ اﻟﻔﻈ ﺎﺋﻊ‬ ‫وآﺬﻟﻚ اﻟﻀﺒﺎط اﻟﻤﺴﺆوﻟﻴﻦ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ه ﺬﻩ اﻷواﻣ ﺮ ﻏﻴ ﺮ اﻟﻤﺸ ﺮوﻋﺔ‪ .‬وﻧﺘﻴﺠ ﺔ ﻟﻬ ﺬﻩ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻌﺎرﺿﺔ ﺑﺪأت ﺑﻌﺾ اﻻﺗﻬﺎﻣﺎت ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻟﻤﺮﺗﻜﺒﻰ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺠﺮاﺋﻢ)‪.(7‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻧﻊ اﻟﻌﻘﺎب ﺑﺤﻜﻢ اﻟﻮاﻗﻊ ﻗ ﺪ ﻳﻄ ﺮأ ﺳ ﻮاء ﻋﻨ ﺪﻣﺎ ﻳ ﺘﻢ إﻓﺸ ﺎل اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻘ ﺎت واﻻدﻋ ﺎء ﻋﻤ ﺪاً‪ ،‬رﻏ ﻢ أﻧ ﻪ‬ ‫ﻏﻴ ﺮ ﻣﻌﺎﻗ ﺐ ﻋﻠﻴ ﻪ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧ ﺎً‪ ،‬أو ﻋﻨ ﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜ ﻮن اﻟﻨﻈ ﺎم اﻟﻘﻀ ﺎﺋﻰ ﻏﻴ ﺮ ﻗ ﺎدر ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﻮﻓ ﺎء ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺰاﻣﺎﺗ ﻪ‬ ‫اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ واﻻدﻋﺎء‪ .‬ﻓﻔﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ اﻟﺤﺎﻻت‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮن اﻟﺪوﻟﺔ راﻏﺒﺔ وﻟﻜﻨﻬ ﺎ ﻏﻴ ﺮ ﻗ ﺎدرة ﻋﻠ ﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮة اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎت واﻻدﻋﺎء‪ .‬وهﺬﻩ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ اﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻧ ﺰاع‪ ،‬ﻋﻨ ﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻮاﺟ ﻪ اﻟ ﺪول ﺑﺄوﻟﻮﻳ ﺎت‬ ‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻔﻰ هﺬﻩ اﻟﻈﺮوف ﻏﺎﻟﺒًﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻔﺸﻞ اﻟﺤﻜﻮﻣﺎت ﻓﻰ وﺿ ﻊ اﻟﻌﺪاﻟ ﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ اﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟ ﺔ وﻣﺼ ﺎدر‬ ‫اﻻدﻋ ﺎء اﻟﻤﺤ ﺪودة ﻟ ﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﺿ ﻤﻦ= =أوﻟﻮﻳﺎﺗﻬ ﺎ أو ﺗﻌﺠ ﺰ ﻋ ﻦ ﺗ ﻮﻓﻴﺮ اﻟﻜ ﻮادر اﻟﻼزﻣ ﺔ ﻟﺸ ﻐﻞ ﺗﻠ ﻚ‬ ‫اﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ اﻟﻘﻀﺎﺋﻴﺔ وﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮة ﻣﻬﺎﻣﻬﺎ ﺑﺠﺪ وإﺧﻼص‪ .‬وهﻜ ﺬا‪ ،‬ﻓ ﺈن اﻟ ﺪول اﻟﺘ ﻰ ﺑ ﺪون ﻧﻈ ﻢ ﻗﻀ ﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺘﻌﺎرض ﻣ ﻊ أه ﺪاف اﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤ ﻊ اﻟﻤ ﺪﻧﻰ اﻟ ﺪوﻟﻰ ﻓ ﻰ ﺗ ﻮﻓﻴﺮ اﻟﻤﺴ ﺆوﻟﻴﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ واﻟﻌﺪاﻟ ﺔ‪ .‬أﻣ ﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻧﻊ اﻟﻌﻘﺎب ﺑﺤﻜﻢ اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮن ﻓﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﻣﻨﺢ اﻟﻌﻔﻮ وﻣﺎ ﺷﺎﺑﻬﻪ ﻣ ﻦ إﺟ ﺮاءات ﻋﻠ ﻰ أى‬ ‫ﻋﺪد ﻣﻼﺋﻢ ﻣﻦ وﺳ ﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﻤﺴ ﺆوﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬وه ﺬﻩ اﻹﺟ ﺮاءات ﻗ ﺪ ﺗﻀ ﻢ ﻏﻄ ﺎء ﻣ ﻦ اﻹﻋﻔ ﺎءات ﺗﺸ ﻤﻞ ﻓﺘ ﺮة‬ ‫زﻣﻨﻴ ﺔ ﻣﺤ ﺪدة أو ﺗﻄﺒ ﻖ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ اﻷﺷ ﺨﺎص أو ﺷ ﺨﺺ ﻣﺤ ﺪد ﺑﺬاﺗ ﻪ‪ .‬ﻟﻘ ﺪ اﺳ ﺘﺨﺪﻣﺖ‬ ‫وﺳ ﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﻤﺴ ﺆوﻟﻴﺔ اﻵﺗﻴ ﺔ ﻓ ﻰ ﺣ ﻞ اﻟﻤﻨﺎزﻋ ﺎت‪:‬اﻻدﻋ ﺎء اﻟ ﺪوﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻟﺠ ﺎن اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴ ﻖ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﺠ ﺎن‬ ‫اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴ ﻖ وﺗﻘﺼ ﻰ اﻟﺤﻘ ﺎﺋﻖ اﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴ ﺔ‪ ،‬اﻻدﻋ ﺎء اﻟﻮﻃﻨﻰ‪،‬ﺁﻟﻴ ﺎت اﻟﺘﺼ ﻔﻴﺔ‪ ،‬اﻟﺘﻌ ﻮﻳﺾ اﻟﻤ ﺪﻧﻰ‪،‬ﺁﻟﻴﺎت‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ اﻟﻤﺠﻨﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‪ .‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺴﻴﻮﻧﻰ‪ ،‬اﻟﺒﺤ ﺚ ﻋ ﻦ اﻟﺴ ﻼم‪ ،‬ه ﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 1‬ﻓﻴﻤ ﺎ ﺳ ﺒﻖ ص ‪.22 - 18‬‬ ‫واﻟﺠﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬآﺮ أن ﻣﺎﻧﻊ اﻟﻌﻘﺎب ﺑﺤﻜﻢ اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮن ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺸﺄ أﻳﻀًﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻨﺘﻘﻰ اﻟﺪوﻟﺔ وﺳ ﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴ ﺆوﻟﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻼﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺎرﻧﺔ ﻣﻊ اﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎك اﻟﺬى ﺗﻢ‪ .‬وهﺬا اﻟﻘ ﻮل ﺻ ﺤﻴﺢ ﺧﺎﺻ ﺔ ﻋﻨ ﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜ ﻮن ﻓ ﻰ اﻧﺘﻘ ﺎء‬ ‫وﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﻣﺤﺪدة ﻣﻊ اﺳﺘﺒﻌﺎد ﻟﺒﺎﻗﻰ اﻷﺷﻜﺎل اﻷﺧﺮى‪ .‬وﻣﻦ هﺬا اﻟﻘﺒﻴﻞ ﺗﺒﻨﻰ دوﻟﺔ ﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳ ﺔ ﻣﻨ ﻊ اﻟﻌﻘ ﺎب‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ اﺧﺘﻴﺎرهﺎ ﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ آﻮﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺆوﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﻤﺔ اﻹﺑﺎدة اﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻣ ﻊ وﺟ ﻮد ﺣﺎﺋ ﻞ أآﻴ ﺪ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺎآﻤ ﺔ‪ .‬وﻣ ﻦ اﻷﻣﺜﻠ ﺔ اﻷﺧ ﺮى‪ ،‬ﻋﺮﻗﻠ ﺔ اﻹﺟ ﺮاءات اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻧﻴ ﺔ أو اﺧﺘﻴ ﺎر ﻓﺘ ﺮات ﻏﻴ ﺮ ﻣﻼﺋﻤ ﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ واﻟﺘﻰ ﺗﺴﻴﺮ ﻟﻜﻰ ﺗﺤﻮل دون اﻻدﻋﺎء أو اﻟﺪﻋﺎوى اﻟﻤﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻋﻦ اﻷﺿﺮار‪.‬‬ ‫‪(7) For example, the indictment of former and current leaders such as: (a) Augusto Pinochet‬‬ ‫‪of Chile, see Regina v. Bartle and the Commissioner of Police for the Metropolis and‬‬ ‫‪others, ex parte, Pinochet; Regina v. Evans and another and the Commissioner of Police‬‬ ‫;‪for the Metropolis and others, ex parte, Pinochet, House of Lords, 24 March 1999‬‬ ‫‪Warren Hoge, British Court Rules Pinochet Extraditable for Trial in Spain, N.Y. TIMES,‬‬ ‫‪Oct. 8, 1999 (however, he was ultimately not extradited to stand trial in Spain when the‬‬ ‫‪British Home Secretary found him to be too ill and allowed his return to Chile). On 8‬‬ ‫‪August 2000, the Chilean Supreme Court announced its 14-6 decision to affirm the‬‬ ‫‪Corte de Apelaciones’ decision to strip Pinochet of his immunity, thereby subjecting‬‬ ‫‪him to trial and opening up the possibility of accountability for the 154 civil charges he‬‬ ‫‪faces; (b) Slobodan Milosevic of Serbia, see Indictment of Slobodan Milosevic, No. IT‬‬‫‪99-93-I (24 May 99)(violations of the laws and customs of war and crimes against‬‬ ‫‪humanity)(it should be noted however that he was not indicted prior to the Kosovo‬‬ ‫‪conflict as a result of the Dayton Peace Accords); (c) Radovan Karadzic of the former‬‬ ‫‪Republika Srpska in Bosnia, see Indictments of Radovan Karadzic, Nos. IT-95-18-1-I‬‬ ‫‪(25 Jul. 95); IT-9505-I (16 Nov. 95)(Srebrenica)(grave breaches of the 1949 Geneva‬‬

‫‪9‬‬

‫ﻟﻘــ ـﺪ أدت اﻟﻤﻄﺎﻟﺒــ ـﺔ ﺑﺘﻄﺒــ ـﻴﻖ اﻟﻌﺪاﻟــ ـﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴــ ـﺔ ﻣﻨــ ـﺬ اﻧﺘﻬ ﺎء اﻟﺤ ﺮب‬ ‫اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴــﺔ اﻷوﻟ ﻰ إﻟــ ـﻰ إﻧﺸــ ـﺎء ﺧﻤــ ـﺲ ﻟﺠــ ـﺎن ﺗﺤﻘـــ ـﻴﻖ دوﻟــﻴــ ـﺔ)‪ (8‬وأرﺑــ ـﻊ‬ ‫‪Conventions, violations of the laws and customs of war, genocide, and crimes against‬‬ ‫‪humanity); (d) Habre Hissene, see Norimitsu Onishi, An African Dictator Faces Trial in‬‬ ‫‪His Place of Refuge, N.Y. TIMES, March 1, 2000, at A3. (The former dictator of Chad‬‬ ‫‪was arrested on charges of torture in Dakar, Senegal where he had been living in exile‬‬ ‫=‪since his regime was toppled in 1990); and (e) Foday Sankoh and other members of the‬‬ ‫‪=Revolutionary United Front (RUF), see UN SCOR, 4186th mtg., U.N. Doc‬‬ ‫‪S/RES/1314 (2000) (The rebel leader and other members of the RUF could face‬‬ ‫‪prosecution if an independent court is created as requested by the Security Council).‬‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺜﺎل‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ اﻻﺗﻬﺎم ﻟﺒﻌﺾ اﻟﻘﺎدة اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﻴﻦ واﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﻴﻦ ﻣﺜﻞ‪) :‬أ( أوﺟﻮﺳﺘﻮ ﺑﻴﻨﻮﺷﻴﻪ‬ ‫زﻋﻴﻢ ﺷﻴﻠﻰ‪ ،‬اﻧﻈﺮ رﺟﻴﻨﺎ ﺿﺪ ﺑﺎرﺗﻴﻞ وﻣﻔﺘﺶ اﻟﺸﺮﻃﺔ ﻓﻰ اﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ وﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬وﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ واﺣﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻨﻮﺷﻴﻪ؛ رﺟﻴﻨﺎ ﺿﺪ إﻳﻔﺎﻧﺰ وأﺧﺮ ﻣﺠﻠﺲ اﻟﻠﻮردات‪ 24 ،‬ﻣﺎرس ‪1999‬؛ وارﻳﻦ هﻮج‪ ،‬ﺣﻜﻢ‬ ‫اﻟﻘﻀﺎء اﻟﺒﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﺑﻴﻨﻮﺷﻴﻪ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺎآﻤﺔ ﻓﻰ أﺳﺒﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮرك ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺰ‪ 8 ،‬أآﺘﻮﺑﺮ‬ ‫‪) 1999‬ورﻏﻢ ذﻟﻚ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺴﻠﻢ ﻣﻄﻠﻘًﺎ ﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤﺘﻪ ﻓﻰ أﺳﺒﺎﻧﻴﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻗﺮر وزﻳﺮ اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﺒﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻰ‬ ‫أﻧﻪ ﻣﺮﻳﺾ وﺣﺎﻟﺘﻪ اﻟﺼﺤﻴﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ وﺳﻤﺢ ﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻮدة إﻟﻰ ﺷﻴﻠﻰ(‪ .‬ﻓﻰ ‪ 8‬أﻏﺴﻄﺲ ‪2000‬‬ ‫أﻋﻠﻨﺖ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ اﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺷﻴﻠﻰ ﺣﻜﻤﻬﺎ )‪14‬ــ‪ (6‬ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻗﺮار اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺑﺮﻓﻊ اﻟﺤﺼﺎﻧﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻴﻨﻮﺷﻴﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫وﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻀﻪ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺎآﻤﺔ وﻓﺘﺢ اﻟﻤﺠﺎل أﻣﺎم ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺘﻪ ﻋﻦ ‪ 154‬دﻋﻮى ﻣﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻋﺔ ﺿﺪﻩ‪،‬‬ ‫اﻧﻈﺮ‪:‬‬ ‫‪El-Mercurio Electronico, Corte Suprema desfaro a pinochet por 14-6 , at‬‬ ‫‪http : //www. Elmercurio. Cl/ noticias/ detalle noticia.asp?= 28769(8 August 2000).‬‬

‫)ب( ﺳﻠﻮﺑﻮدان ﻣﻴﻠﻮﺳﻮﻓﻴﺘﺶ زﻋﻴﻢ اﻟﺼﺮب‪ ،‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ اﻻﺗﻬﺎم ﻟﺴﻠﻮﺑﻮدان ﻣﻴﻠﻮﺳ ﻮﻓﻴﺘﺶ‪،‬‬ ‫‪ 24) IT-99-93-1‬ﻣ ﺎ ﻳ ﻮ ‪) (1999‬اﻧﺘﻬﺎآ ﺎت ﻗ ﻮاﻧﻴﻦ وأﻋ ﺮاف اﻟﺤ ﺮب وﺟ ﺮاﺋﻢ ﺿ ﺪ اﻹﻧﺴ ﺎﻧﻴﺔ(‬ ‫)واﻟﺠﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬآﺮ أﻧﻪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﺟـــﻴﻪ اﻻﺗﻬــﺎم إﻟﻴــﻪ ﻗﺒــﻞ اﻟﻨﺰاع ﻓﻰ آﻮﺳﻮﻓﻮ وﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﻤﻌﺎه ﺪة داﻳﺘ ﻮن‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺴﻼم( ؛‬ ‫)ج( رادوﻓﺎن آﺮازادﻳﺘﺶ زﻋﻴﻢ ﺟﻤﻬﻮرﻳ ﺔ ﺻﺮﺑﻴﺴ ﻜﺎ اﻟﺴ ﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﺒﻮﺳ ﻨﻪ‪ ،‬اﻧﻈ ﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻴ ﻪ اﻻﺗﻬ ﺎم‬ ‫ﻟﺮادوﻓ ﺎن آ ﺮازادﻳﺘﺶ‪Nos .IT-95-18-1-1(25 Jul.95) IT. –9505-1(16Nov. ) (Serbrenica) ،‬‬ ‫)اﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎآ ﺎت اﻟﻜﺒ ﺮى ﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴ ﺎت ﺟﻨﻴ ﻒ ﻟﻌ ﺎم ‪ ،1949‬اﻧﺘﻬﺎآ ﺎت ﻗ ﻮاﻧﻴﻦ وأﻋ ﺮاف اﻟﺤ ﺮب واﻹﺑ ﺎدة‬ ‫اﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ وﺟﺮاﺋﻢ ﺿﺪ اﻹﻧﺴﺎﻧﻴﺔ(؛ د‪ .‬ﺣﺴﻴﻦ ﺣﺎﺑﺮى‪ ،‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﻧﻮرﻳﻤﻴﺘﺴﻮ أوﻧﺸﻰ‪ ،‬دﻳﻜﺘ ﺎﺗﻮر أﻓﺮﻳﻘ ﻰ‬ ‫ﻳﻮاﺟﻪ اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤﺔ ﻓﻰ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻟﺠﻮﺋﻪ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮرك ﺗ ﺎﻳﻤﺰ‪ 1 ،‬ﻣ ﺎرس ‪ 2000‬ﻓ ﻰ ‪0 A3‬أﻟﻘ ﻰ اﻟﻘ ﺒﺾ ﻋﻠ ﻰ‬ ‫اﻟ ﺪﻳﻜﺘﺎﺗﻮر اﻷﺳ ﺒﻖ ﻟﺘﺸ ﺎد ﺑﺘﻬﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺘﻌ ﺬﻳﺐ ﻓ ﻰ داآ ﺎر ﺑﺎﻟﺴ ﻨﻐﺎل ﺣﻴ ﺚ آ ﺎن ﻳﻘ ﻴﻢ ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﻤﻨﻔ ﻰ ﻣﻨ ﺬ‬ ‫اﻹﻃﺎﺣﺔ ﺑﻨﻈﺎﻣﻪ ﻓﻰ ‪.(1990‬‬ ‫‪No.‬‬

‫‪(8 ) The five international investigative commissions are: (1) The 1919 Commission on the‬‬ ‫‪Responsibilities of Authors of War and on the Enforcement of Penalties; (2) The 1943‬‬ ‫)‪United Nations War Crimes Commission; (3) The 1946 Far Eastern Commission; (4‬‬ ‫‪The 1992 Commission of Experts Established Pursuant to Security Council Resolution‬‬ ‫‪780 (1992) to Investigate War Crimes and other Violations of International‬‬ ‫‪Humanitarian Law in the Former Yugoslavia; and (5) The 1994 Independent‬‬ ‫)‪Commission of Experts Established Pursuant to Security Council Resolution 935 (1994‬‬

‫‪10‬‬

‫ﻣﺤﺎآـــﻢ دوﻟﻴﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ)‪ .(9‬ﺗﻠﻚ اﻟﻤﺆﺳﺴﺎت اﺳﺘﻔﺎدت ﻣﻦ دﻋﻢ اﻟﺤﻜﻮﻣ ﺎت اﻟﻤﺪﻓﻮﻋ ﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﺄهﻤﻴ ﺔ اﻟﻘ ﻴﻢ اﻹﻧﺴ ﺎﻧﻴﺔ وآ ﺬﻟﻚ اﻟﺤﻜﻮﻣ ﺎت اﻟﺘ ﻰ أدرآ ﺖ أهﻤﻴ ﺔ وﺟ ﻮد ﺁﻟﻴ ﺎت‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺆوﻟﻴﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ آﻮﺳ ﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﻔ ﺎظ ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﻨﻈ ﺎم اﻟ ﺪوﻟﻰ وﻹﻋ ﺎدة اﻟﺴ ﻼم‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻠ ﻚ اﻟﺘﻄ ﻮرات ﺗﻌﻜ ﺲ ﻇﻬ ﻮر اﻟﻤﺴ ﺆوﻟﻴﺔ واﻟﻌﺪاﻟ ﺔ آﻘ ﻴﻢ دوﻟﻴ ﺔ ﻣﻌﺘ ﺮف ﺑﻬ ﺎ أو‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺎت ﺿﺮورﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﻔﺎظ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﺪوﻟﻰ وإﻋﺎدة اﻟﺴﻼم)‪.(10‬‬ ‫وﻣ ﻊ ذﻟ ﻚ ﻓ ﺈن ﻣﺒﺎﺷ ﺮة اﻟﻌﺪاﻟ ﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ ﻋﻠ ﻰ أﺳ ﺎس ﻣﺤ ﺎآﻢ ﺧﺎﺻ ﺔ‬ ‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺮﺿﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺪر اﻟﻜﺎﻓﻰ‪ .‬وﻟﻴﺲ أدل ﻋﻠ ﻰ ذﻟ ﻚ ﻣ ﻦ أﻧ ﻪ ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟ ﺮﻏﻢ ﻣ ﻦ إﻧﺸ ﺎء‬ ‫ﻣﺤ ﺎآﻢ ﻓ ﻰ أﺛﻨ ﺎء اﻟﺤ ﺮب اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴ ﺔ‪ ،‬و ﺑﻤﻨﺎﺳ ﺒﺔ اﻟﻨ ﺰاع اﻟﻤﺴ ﻠﺢ ﻓ ﻰ‬ ‫ﻳﻮﻏﻮﺳﻼﻓﻴﺎ اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ واﻹﺑﺎدة اﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺑﺮواﻧ ﺪا‪ ،‬ﻓ ﺈن ذات اﻹﺟ ﺮاء اﻟ ﺪوﻟﻰ ﻟ ﻢ ﻳ ﺘﻢ‬ ‫اﺗﺨ ﺎذﻩ ﺑﻌ ﺪ اﻧﺘﻬ ﺎء اﻟﻔﻈ ﺎﺋﻊ اﻟﺘ ﻰ ارﺗﻜﺒ ﺖ ﻓ ﻰ أﺛﻨ ﺎء اﻟﻨ ﺰاع ﻓ ﻰ ﺳ ﻴﺮاﻟﻴﻮن)‪ (11‬أو‬ ‫‪to Investigate Grave Violations of International Humanitarian Law in the Territory of‬‬ ‫‪Rwanda. See generally M. Cherif Bassiouni, From Versailles to Rwanda in Seventy‬‬‫‪Five Years: The Need to Establish a Permanent International Criminal Court, 10 HARV.‬‬ ‫‪HUM. RTS. J. 11-49 (1997).‬‬

‫ﺧﻤﺲ ﻟﺠﺎن اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ هﻰ )‪ (1‬ﻟﺠﻨﺔ ‪ 1919‬اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻤﺴﺆوﻟﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﺘﺴﺒﺒﻴﻦ ﻓﻰ اﻟﺤﺮب‬ ‫وﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ اﻟﻌﻘﻮﺑﺎت؛ )‪ (2‬ﻟﺠﻨﺔ اﻷﻣﻢ اﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪة ﻟﺠﺮاﺋﻢ اﻟﺤﺮب اﻟﻌﺎم ‪1943‬؛ )‪ (3‬ﻟﺠﻨﺔ اﻟﺸﺮق اﻷﻗﺼﻰ‬ ‫ﻟﻌﺎم ‪1946‬؛ )‪ (4‬ﻟﺠﻨﺔ اﻟﺨﺒﺮاء ﻟﻌﺎم ‪ 1992‬اﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄة ﻧﻔﺎذًا ﻟﻘﺮار ﻣﺠﻠﺲ اﻷﻣﻦ رﻗﻢ ‪(1992) 780‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻓﻰ ﺟﺮاﺋﻢ= =اﻟﺤﺮب واﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎآﺎت اﻷﺧﺮى ﻟﻠﻘﺎﻧﻮن اﻹﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ اﻟﺪوﻟﻰ ﻓﻰ ﻳﻮﻏﻮﺳﻼﻓﻴﺎ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ؛ )‪ (5‬ﻟﺠﻨﺔ اﻟﺨﺒﺮاء اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ ﻟﻌﺎم ‪ 1994‬اﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄة ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬًا ﻟﻘﺮار ﻣﺠﻠﺲ اﻷﻣﻦ رﻗﻢ‬ ‫‪ (1994)935‬ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻓﻰ اﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎآﺎت اﻟﺨﻄﻴﺮة ﻟﻠﻘﺎﻧﻮن اﻹﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ اﻟﺪوﻟﻰ ﻓﻰ أرض رواﻧﺪا‪ .‬اﻧﻈﺮ‬ ‫ﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻣﺤﻤﻮد ﺷﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺴﻴﻮﻧﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺮﺳﺎى إﻟﻰ رواﻧﺪا ﻓﻰ ﺧﻤﺴﺔ وﺳﺒﻌﻴﻦ ﻋﺎﻣًﺎ‪ :‬اﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ إﻟﻰ‬ ‫إﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺤﻜﻤﺔ دوﻟﻴﺔ داﺋﻤﺔ‪ 10 ،‬ﺟﺮﻳﺪة هﺎرﻓﺎرد ﻟﺤﻘﻮق اﻹﻧﺴﺎن ‪.(1997) 49 – 11‬‬ ‫‪The four ad hoc international tribunals are: (1) The 1945 Internationl Millitary Tribunal‬‬ ‫‪to Prosecute Major War Criminals of the European Theater; (2) The 1946 International‬‬ ‫‪Military Tribunal to Prosecute the Major War Criminal of the Far East; (3) The 1993‬‬ ‫‪Internation Criminal Tribunal for the Former Yuogoslavia; and (4) The 1994‬‬ ‫‪International Criminal Tribunal for Rwanda. See generally Bassiouni, From Versailles‬‬ ‫‪to Rwanda, supra note 8.‬‬ ‫)‪(10‬‬

‫)‪(9‬‬

‫اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺴﻴﻮﻧﻰ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻈﻮر اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺎت اﻟﺮاﻣﻴﺔ إﻟﻰ إﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺟﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ دوﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺟﺮﻳﺪة آﻠﻮﻣﺒﻴﺎ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺸﺌﻮن اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ ‪.(1999) 795‬‬

‫‪(11 ) Norimitsu Onishi, Survivors Sadly Say, Yes, Reward the Tormentors, N.Y. TIMES, Aug.‬‬ ‫‪30, 1999, at A4.‬‬

‫ﻧﻮرﻳﻤﺴﻴﺘﻮ أوﻧﻴﺸﻰ‪ ،‬اﻟﻨﺎﺟﻮن ﻗﺎﻟﻮا ﺑﺤﺰن‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ‪ ،‬آﺎﻓﺌﻮا اﻟﺠﻼدﻳ ﻦ! ﻧﻴﻮﻳ ﻮرك ﺗ ﺎﻳﻤﺰ‪ 30،‬أﻏﺴ ﻄﺲ‪1999‬‬ ‫ﻓﻰ‪.A4‬‬

‫‪11‬‬

‫آﻤﺒﻮدﻳ ﺎ)‪ .(12‬وﻟﺘﻔ ﺎدى ﺛﻐ ﺮات اﻟﻌﺪاﻟ ﺔ اﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓ ﺈن اﻟﻘﻀ ﺎء اﻟﺠﻨ ﺎﺋﻰ اﻟ ﺪوﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﻳﻘﺘﻀﻰ وﺑﻮﺿﻮح إﻧﺸﺎء ﻗﺎﻋﺪة ﺗﻄﺒﻖ داﺋﻤﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل ﻣﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺟﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ داﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻳﺘﺄﻟﻒ هﺬا اﻟﻜﺘﺎب ﻣﻦ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ أﺑﻮاب ﻧﻌﺮض ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺼﻮرة ﻣﻮﺟﺰة‪ ،‬ﻷه ﻢ‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻄ ﻮرات اﻟﺘ ﻰ ﻟﺤﻘ ﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ ﻣﻨ ﺬ أن ﻇﻬ ﺮت ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﺴ ﺎﺣﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ ﻓ ﻰ ﺻ ﻴﻒ ﻋ ﺎم ‪ 1998‬آﺈﺣ ﺪى اﻟﻌﻼﻣ ﺎت اﻟﺒ ﺎرزة ﻓ ﻰ ﻃﺮﻳ ﻖ اﻟﻌﺪاﻟ ﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻨ ﺎول اﻟﺒ ﺎب اﻷول ﺑﺎﻟﺸ ﺮح واﻟﺘﻮﺿ ﻴﺢ ﻟﺨﺼ ﺎﺋﺺ وﻃﺒﻴﻌ ﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺒﻞ أن ﻧﻌﺮض وﺑﺸﻰء ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﻟﻨﺼﻮص اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﻰ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬وﻗﺪ ﺳﺒﻖ وأن ﺗﻢ ﻧﺸ ﺮ أﺟ ﺰاء ﻣ ﻦ ه ﺬا اﻟﺒ ﺎب ﻓ ﻰ آﺘ ﺎب‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ " ﻧﺸ ﺄﺗﻬﺎ وﻧﻈﺎﻣﻬ ﺎ اﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﻲ" واﻟ ﺬى ﺻ ﺪر ﻣﻨ ﻪ ﺛ ﻼث‬ ‫ﻃﺒﻌﺎت ﺣﺘﻰ اﻵن‪.‬‬ ‫وﻓﻰ اﻟﺒ ﺎب اﻟﺜ ﺎﻧﻰ ﻧﻌ ﺮض ﻟﻤﻮﻗ ﻒ دول اﻟﻌ ﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻌﺎﻣ ﺔ وﻟﻠ ﺪول اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴ ﺔ ودول‬ ‫اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﺑﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻻﻧﻀﻤﺎم واﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻴﺜﺎق روﻣﺎ‪ ،‬وذﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼل‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺎول اﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎرات واﻟﻤﺤﺎذﻳﺮ اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻧﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﺜﺎرة ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﻌ ﺎﻟﻢ اﻟﻌﺮﺑ ﻰ ﺑﺸ ﺄن اﻻﻧﻀ ﻤﺎم‬ ‫إﻟ ﻰ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ‪ .‬وه ﻮ ﻣ ﺎ ﻳﺴ ﺘﺘﺒﻌﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻀ ﺮورة ﺳ ﺮد ﻟﻠﺠﻬ ﻮد اﻟﺘ ﻰ ﺗﺒ ﺬﻟﻬﺎ اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻤ ﺎت‬ ‫‪(12 ) THE UNITED NATIONS AND CAMBODIA 1991-1995 (1995); GENOCIDE AND DEMOCRACY IN‬‬ ‫‪CAMBODIA: THE KHMER ROUGE, THE UNITED NATIONS, AND THE INTERNATIONAL‬‬ ‫‪COMMUNITY (Ben Kiernan ed., 1993). The United Nations and Cambodia are pursuing‬‬ ‫‪some semblance of a tribunal to prosecute a few of the purported leaders. See generally‬‬ ‫‪Advisory Services and Technical Cooperation in the Field of Human Rights, Situation of‬‬ ‫‪Human Rights in Cambodia, Report of the Special Representative of the Secretary‬‬‫‪general for Human Rights in Cambodia, Mr. Thomas Hammarberg, Submitted in‬‬ ‫‪Accordance with Resolution 1999/76, U.N. Doc. E/CN.4/2000/109 at para. 30-40 (13‬‬ ‫= ‪Jan. 2000).‬‬

‫=اﻷﻣﻢ اﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪة وآﻤﺒﻮدﻳﺎ ‪ (1995) 1995 -1991‬اﻹﺑﺎدة اﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ واﻟﺪﻳﻤﻮﻗﺮاﻃﻴﺔ ﻓﻰ آﻤﺒﻮدﻳﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫اﻟﺨﻤﻴﺮ اﻟﺤﻤﺮ‪ ،‬اﻷﻣﻢ اﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪة واﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ اﻟﺪوﻟﻰ )ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﺑﻦ آﻴﺮﻧﺎن ‪ .(1993‬اﻷﻣﻢ اﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪة‬ ‫وآﻤﺒﻮدﻳﺎ ﻳﺰﻣﻌﺎن إﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻬﺔ ﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤﺔ ﻗﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﺎدة وﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻮاﺿﺢ أﻧﻬﺎ ﺳﺘﻜﻮن‬ ‫رﻣﺰﻳﺔ‪ .‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ اﻻﺳﺘﺸﺎرة واﻟﺘﻌﺎون اﻟﻔﻨﻰ ﻓﻰ ﻣﺠﺎل ﺣﻘﻮق اﻹﻧﺴﺎن ﻓﻰ آﻤﺒﻮدﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ اﻟﻤﻤﺜﻞ اﻟﺨﺎص ﻟﻠﺴﻜﺮﺗﻴﺮ اﻟﻌﺎم ﻟﺤﻘﻮق اﻹﻧﺴﺎن ﻓﻰ آﻤﺒﻮدﻳﺎ ‪ ،‬اﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺗﻮﻣﺎﺳﻬﺎﻣﺎرﺑﺮج‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪم وﻓﻘ ًﺎ ﻟﻠﻘﺮار ‪UN Doc.E/CN.4/2000/109 at para. 30-40 (31 jan.2000). 1999/76‬‬

‫‪12‬‬

‫ﻏﻴ ﺮ اﻟﺤﻜﻮﻣﻴ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ أﺟ ﻞ ﺣ ﺚ اﻟﺤﻜﻮﻣ ﺎت ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﺘﺼ ﺪﻳﻖ واﻻﻧﻀ ﻤﺎم ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫وﻳﺄﺗﻰ ﻓﻰ ﻃﻠﻴﻌﺔ ﺗﻠﻚ اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻤﺎت واﻟﻬﻴﺌﺎت اﻟﻤﻌﻬﺪ اﻟﺪوﻟﻰ ﻟﺤﻘ ﻮق اﻹﻧﺴ ﺎن ﺑﺠﺎﻣﻌ ﺔ‬ ‫دى ﺑ ﻮل‪ ،‬وآ ﺬا اﻟﻤﻌﻬ ﺪ اﻟ ﺪوﻟﻰ ﻟﻠﺪراﺳ ﺎت اﻟﻌﻠﻴ ﺎ ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﻌﻠ ﻮم اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ ﺑﺴ ﻴﺮاآﻮزا‬ ‫واﻟﺬى اﺳﺘﻀﺎف اﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﺪوات واﻟﻤﺆﺗﻤﺮات اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﻋﻴ ﺔ ﺑﺎﻟ ﺪور اﻟﻤﻬ ﻢ‬ ‫اﻟﺬى ﺗﺆدﻳﻪ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬وﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ اﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ أﻋﻀ ﺎء وﻓ ﻮد دول اﻟﻌ ﺎﻟﻢ‬ ‫اﻟﺜﺎﻟ ﺚ ﻟﻠﻤﺸ ﺎرآﺔ اﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟ ﺔ ﻓ ﻰ أﻋﻤ ﺎل اﻟﻠﺠ ﺎن اﻟﺘﺤﻀ ﻴﺮﻳﺔ وﻣ ﺎ ﺗﺒﻌﻬ ﺎ ﻣ ﻦ أﻋﻤ ﺎل‬ ‫واﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋ ﺎت اﻟ ﺪورة اﻷوﻟ ﻰ ﻟﺠﻤﻌﻴ ﺔ اﻟ ﺪول اﻷﻃ ﺮاف‪ .‬وﻧﺸ ﺮح ﻋﻘ ﺐ ذﻟ ﻚ أﺑﻌ ﺎد‬ ‫اﻟﺪور اﻟﺬى ﺗﺆدﻳﻪ اﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎت اﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪة اﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴ ﺔ واﻟﻤﻌ ﺎرض ﻟﻔﻜ ﺮة اﻻﻧﻀ ﻤﺎم إﻟ ﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ واﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮ اﻟﺴﻠﺒﻰ ﻟﻬﺬا اﻟﺪور واﻟﻤﺘﻤﺜ ﻞ ﻓ ﻰ ﻋﻘ ﺪ اﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴ ﺎت ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ ﻣ ﻊ اﻟﻌﺪﻳ ﺪ‬ ‫ﻣ ﻦ دول اﻟﻌ ﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻬ ﺪف ﻣﻨ ﻊ ﻣﻼﺣﻘ ﺔ ﻣﻮاﻃﻨﻴﻬ ﺎ ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﻤﺴ ﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻣ ﻦ ﻗﺒ ﻞ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ‪ ،‬واﻟﺘﺸ ﺮﻳﻌﺎت اﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺘ ﻰ أﺻ ﺪرﺗﻬﺎ ﻓ ﻰ ه ﺬا اﻟﻤﻀ ﻤﺎر‪ ،‬وﻓ ﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑ ﻞ ﻧﻌ ﺮض ﻟ ﺮدود أﻓﻌ ﺎل اﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤ ﻊ اﻟ ﺪوﻟﻰ ﺳ ﻮاء اﻟﺘﻜ ﺘﻼت اﻹﻗﻠﻴﻤﻴ ﺔ ﻣﺜ ﻞ‬ ‫اﻻﺗﺤﺎد اﻷوروﺑﻰ أو اﻟﺪول ﺑﻮﺟﻪ ﻋ ﺎم اﻟ ﺮاﻓﺾ ﻟﻬ ﺬا اﻟ ﺪور اﻟﺴ ﻠﺒﻰ اﻟ ﺬى ﺗﺤ ﺎول‬ ‫اﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎت اﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪة اﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ أن ﺗﺆدﻳﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺼﻌﻴﺪ اﻟﺪوﻟﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫وأﺧﻴﺮا ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺑﺼ ﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺑﻌ ﺾ اﻟﻨﺼ ﻮص اﻹرﺷ ﺎدﻳﺔ ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﺒ ﺎب اﻟﺜﺎﻟ ﺚ ﺗﻴﺴ ﻴﺮًا‬ ‫ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﻤﺸ ﺮع ﻓ ﻰ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻨ ﺎ اﻟﻌﺮﺑ ﻰ‪ ،‬وﺣﺘ ﻰ ﻳﺘﺴ ﻨﻰ ﻟ ﻪ اﻻﺧﺘﻴ ﺎر واﻟﻤﻔﺎﺿ ﻠﺔ ﻋﻠ ﻰ‬ ‫ﺿﻮء اﻟﻘﺮار اﻷﺧﻴﺮ وإرادة آﻞ دوﻟ ﺔ ﻋﺮﺑﻴ ﺔ ﺳ ﻮاء ﺑﺎﻻﻧﻀ ﻤﺎم ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ أو اﻻآﺘﻔﺎء ﺑﻮﺿﻊ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻊ وﻃﻨﻰ ﻳﻔﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎت وﻣﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ اﻟﻌﺪاﻟﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫وﺑﻌﺒﺎرة أﺧﺮى أردﻧﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ هﺬﻩ اﻟﻨﺼﻮص اﻹرﺷ ﺎدﻳﺔ ﺗﺤﻘﻴ ﻖ اﻷه ﺪاف‬ ‫اﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪ :‬وﺿﻊ ﻧﺼ ﻮص ﺗﺠﺮﻳﻤﻴ ﺔ ﻣﻔﺼ ﻠﺔ ودﻗﻴﻘ ﺔ ﻻ ﻟ ﺒﺲ ﻓ ﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻴﻬ ﺎ أو ﻏﻤ ﻮض‬ ‫ﻓﻰ ﻣﺮاﻣﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺮاﺋﻢ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ اﻟﺘ ﻰ ﺗ ﺪﺧﻞ ﻓ ﻰ اﺧﺘﺼ ﺎص اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺎرﻧﺔ ﺑﻤﺎ هﻮ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﻓﻰ اﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻌﺎت اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ اﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴﺔ؛ إدﻣﺎج ﺗﻠ ﻚ‬ ‫اﻟﻨﺼﻮص اﻟﺘﺠﺮﻳﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻊ ﻣﻮﺣﺪ ﺑﺤﻴ ﺚ ﻳﺴ ﻬﻞ ﻋﻠ ﻰ رﺟ ﺎل اﻟﻘ ﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﻌ ﺮب‬ ‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ أﺣﻜﺎﻣﻪ ؛ ﺟﻌﻞ اﻟﺪول اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴ ﺔ ﻗ ﺎدرة داﺋﻤ ًﺎ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﺗﺤﺮﻳ ﻚ اﻟ ﺪﻋﻮى اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ‬ ‫وﻣﻼﺣﻘﺔ ﻣﺮﺗﻜﺒﻰ ﺗﻠ ﻚ اﻟﺠ ﺮاﺋﻢ اﻟﺪاﺧﻠ ﺔ ﻓ ﻰ اﺧﺘﺼ ﺎص اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺮ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﺔ اﻟﺘﻜﻤﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎت واﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻﺎت ﺗﻠﻚ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﻤﻼﺣﻘ ﺔ؛‬

‫‪13‬‬

‫وأﺧﻴﺮًا ﺗﺪﻋﻴﻢ أﺣﻜﺎم اﻟﻘ ﺎﻧﻮن اﻹﻧﺴ ﺎﻧﻰ اﻟ ﺪوﻟﻰ وﺗﻮﺳ ﻴﻊ ﻧﻄ ﺎق ﺳ ﺮﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻣ ﻦ ﺧ ﻼل‬ ‫إﻧﺸﺎء ﻋﻤﻞ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻰ ﻣﻮﺣﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫وﺑﻨ ﺎء ﻋﻠ ﻰ ه ﺬﻩ اﻷه ﺪاف ﻗﻤﻨ ﺎ ﺑﺼ ﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺑﻌ ﺾ اﻟﻨﺼ ﻮص اﻹرﺷ ﺎدﻳﺔ اﻟﺘ ﻰ‬ ‫اﺳ ﺘﻤﺪت ﻋﻨﺎﺻ ﺮهﺎ وﺑﻨﻴﺎﻧﻬ ﺎ ﺑﺼ ﻮرة أﺳﺎﺳ ﻴﺔ ﻣﻤ ﺎ ورد ﺑﺄﺣﻜ ﺎم اﻟﻨﻈ ﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﻰ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ وآﺬا ﻗﻮاﻋﺪ اﻹﺟ ﺮاء واﻟ ﺪﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﻔﺴ ﺮة ﻟﻨﺼ ﻮص اﻟﻨﻈ ﺎم‬ ‫ﻼ ﻋﻦ اﻻﺳﺘﺮﺷﺎد ﺑﺘﺠﺎرب اﻟﺪول اﻷﺧﺮى اﻟﺘﻰ ﺷﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌ ﻞ ﻓ ﻰ‬ ‫اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻀ ً‬ ‫ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻌﺎت وﻃﻨﻴﺔ ﺗﻔﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺰاﻣﺎﺗﻬﺎ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻰ هﺬا اﻟﻤﻀﻤﺎر‪.‬‬ ‫أ‪.‬د‪ .‬ﻣﺤﻤﻮد ﺷﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺴﻴﻮﻧﻰ‬ ‫‪2004/2/1‬‬

‫‪14‬‬

15

‫اﻟـﺒـﺎب اﻷول‬ ‫ﺷﺮح اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ‬

‫‪16‬‬

17

‫‪ -1‬ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻳﻘﺘﻀ ﻰ اﻟﺤ ﺪﻳﺚ ﻋ ﻦ اﻟﻨﻈ ﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﻰ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺘﻌ ﺮض‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻟﻤﻤﻴﺰة ﻟﻬﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻏﻴﺮهﺎ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻢ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ‪ ،‬وﻃﻨﻴ ﺔ آﺎﻧ ﺖ‬ ‫أم دوﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬وذﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل إﻟﻘﺎء اﻟﻀﻮء ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺘﻬﺎ اﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﺔ ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎره ﺎ ﻣﺆﺳﺴ ﺔ‬ ‫دوﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﺸﺄة ﺑﻤﻮﺟﺐ ﻣﻌﺎهﺪة دوﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬وﻣﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﺘﺒﻌﻪ ﺗﻠﻚ اﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺁﺛﺎر ﻓﻴﻤ ﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠ ﻖ‬ ‫ﺑﻤﺒ ﺪإ اﻟﺘﻜﺎﻣ ﻞ ﺑ ﻴﻦ اﻻﺧﺘﺼ ﺎص اﻟ ﺪوﻟﻰ واﻟ ﻮﻃﻨﻰ ﻓ ﻰ ﻣﺠ ﺎل اﻟﻤﻼﺣﻘ ﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ‬ ‫وآﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﻰ ﺻﺪد اﻟﻘ ﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﻮاﺟ ﺐ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴ ﻖ أﻣ ﺎم اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ‪ ،‬وﺟﻤﻴﻌﻬ ﺎ ﻣﻮﺿ ﻮﻋﺎت‬ ‫ﻧﻌﺮض ﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻰ اﻟﻔﺼﻞ اﻷول ﺑﻌﻨﻮان‪ :‬ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫أﻣ ﺎ اﻟﻔﺼ ﻼن اﻟﺜ ﺎﻧﻰ واﻟﺜﺎﻟ ﺚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﺘﻌ ﺮض ﻣ ﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻬﻤ ﺎ ﻟﻠﻘﻮاﻋ ﺪ اﻟﺤﺎآﻤ ﺔ ﻓ ﻰ‬ ‫ﺻ ﺪد ﺗﺤﺪﻳ ﺪ اﺧﺘﺼ ﺎص اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ ﺳ ﻮاء ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻨﺎﺣﻴ ﺔ اﻟﻤﻮﺿ ﻮﻋﻴﺔ أو اﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﻴ ﺔ أو‬ ‫اﻟﺰﻣﺎﻧﻴ ﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴ ﺚ ﻧﺮآ ﺰ ﻓ ﻰ ه ﺬا اﻟﺨﺼ ﻮص ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﺑﻌ ﺾ إﺷ ﻜﺎﻟﻴﺎت اﻻﺧﺘﺼ ﺎص‪،‬‬ ‫وﺧﺎﺻ ﺔ ﻓﻴﻤ ﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠ ﻖ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳ ﻒ وﺗﺤﺪﻳ ﺪ أرآ ﺎن اﻟﻤﺴ ﺌﻮﻟﻴﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ ﻋ ﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﻤ ﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻌﺪوان‪ ،‬وآﺬﻟﻚ ﻟﻠﻘﻮاﻋﺪ اﻹﺟﺮاﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ واﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫وﻧﺨﺼﺺ اﻟﻔﺼﻞ اﻟﺮاﺑﻊ ﻹﻟﻘﺎء اﻟﻀﻮء ﻋﻠﻰ هﻴﻜﻞ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ‬ ‫وﻋﻼﻗﺎﺗﻬ ﺎ ﺑ ﺎﻷﻣﻢ اﻟﻤﺘﺤ ﺪة وﺑﺨﺎﺻ ﺔ ﻣﺠﻠ ﺲ اﻷﻣ ﻦ‪ ،‬وﻟﻤ ﺪى ﺣﺠ ﻢ اﻟﺘﻌ ﺪﻳﻞ اﻟ ﺬى‬ ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ أن ﻳﻠﺤﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫وأﺧﻴ ﺮًا ﻧﻌ ﺮض ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﻔﺼ ﻞ اﻟﺨ ﺎﻣﺲ ﻟﻜﻴﻔﻴ ﺔ ﻣﺒﺎﺷ ﺮة اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻ ﻬﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫وذﻟ ﻚ ﻣ ﻦ ﺧ ﻼل ﺗﻨ ﺎول اﻟﻨﻈ ﺎم اﻹﺟﺮاﺋ ﻰ أﻣﺎﻣﻬ ﺎ ﺳ ﻮاء ﻓ ﻰ ﻣﺮﺣﻠ ﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴ ﻖ أو‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤﺔ أو اﻟﻄﻌﻦ ﻓﻰ اﻷﺣﻜﺎم أو ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬهﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ إﻟﻘ ﺎء اﻟﻀ ﻮء ﺑﺼ ﻔﺔ ﺧﺎﺻ ﺔ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻀﻤﺎﻧﺎت اﻹﺟﺮاﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﻰ ﺗﻜﻔﻞ ﻷﻃﺮاف اﻟ ﺪﻋﻮى اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ أﻣﺎﻣﻬ ﺎ‪ ،‬وﻵﻟﻴ ﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻌﺎون اﻟﺪوﻟﻰ ﻓﻰ ﺧﺼﻮص آﺸﻒ اﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ واﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ اﻷدﻟﺔ وﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ اﻷﺣﻜﺎم‪.‬‬

‫‪18‬‬

‫اﻟﻔـﺼـﻞ اﻷول‬ ‫ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ‬ ‫اﻟـﻤـﺒﺤـﺚ اﻷول‬ ‫ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪ .2‬اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ)‪ (13‬هﻰ ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺔ دوﻟﻴ ﺔ داﺋﻤ ﺔ‪ ،‬أﻧﺸ ﺌﺖ ﺑﻤﻮﺟ ﺐ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺎه ﺪة ﻟﻐ ﺮض اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴ ﻖ وﻣﺤﺎآﻤ ﺔ اﻷﺷ ﺨﺎص اﻟ ﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺮﺗﻜﺒ ﻮن "أﺷ ﺪ اﻟﺠ ﺮاﺋﻢ‬ ‫ﺧﻄﻮرة ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﻜﻮن ﻣﻮﺿﻊ اﻻهﺘﻤﺎم اﻟﺪوﻟﻲ" ]ﻣﺎدة ‪ ،[1‬وهﻰ‪ :‬اﻹﺑ ﺎدة اﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﻴ ﺔ‬ ‫]ﻣﺎدة ‪ ،[6‬ﺟﺮاﺋﻢ ﺿﺪ اﻹﻧﺴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ]ﻣﺎدة ‪ ،[7‬ﺟﺮاﺋﻢ اﻟﺤﺮب ]ﻣ ﺎدة ‪ .[8‬ه ﺬﻩ اﻟﺠ ﺮاﺋﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺮوﻓﺔ ﺟﻴ ﺪا ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﻘ ﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﺠﻨ ﺎﺋﻰ اﻟ ﺪوﻟﻰ‪ ،‬وﻓ ﻰ اﻟﻮﻗ ﺖ اﻟ ﺮاهﻦ هﻨ ﺎك اﻟﺘﺰاﻣ ﺎت‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻴ ﺔ دوﻟﻴ ﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻴ ﻖ وﻣﺤﺎآﻤ ﺔ أو ﺗﺴ ﻠﻴﻢ ه ﺆﻻء اﻷﺷ ﺨﺎص اﻟﻤﺘﻬﻤ ﻴﻦ ﺑﺎرﺗﻜ ﺎب‬ ‫ﻣﺜ ﻞ ه ﺬﻩ اﻟﺠ ﺮاﺋﻢ وﻟﻤﻌﺎﻗﺒ ﺔ ه ﺆﻻء اﻷﺷ ﺨﺎص ﻋﻨ ﺪ ﻣﺨ ﺎﻟﻔﺘﻬﻢ ه ﺬﻩ اﻟﻘﻮاﻋ ﺪ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﺔ ﺟﻴﺪا‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ هﻰ ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺔ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺎهﺪة ﻣﻠﺰﻣ ﺔ ﻓﻘ ﻂ‬ ‫‪.3‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺪول اﻷﻋﻀﺎء ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻰ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ آﻴﺎﻧًﺎ ﻓﻮق اﻟﺪول‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ هﻰ آﻴﺎن ﻣﻤﺎﺛﻞ ﻟﻐﻴ ﺮﻩ ﻣ ﻦ‬ ‫‪(13) See generally Roy S. Lee, The Rome Conference and its Contributions to International‬‬ ‫‪Law, in THE INTERNATIONAL CRIMINAL COURT: THE MAKING OF THE ROME STATUTE,‬‬ ‫‪ISSUES, NEGOTIATIONS, RESULTS1-40 (Roy S. Lee ed., 1999) [hereinafter AMAKING OF‬‬ ‫‪THE ROME STATUTE”]. For additional commentary on the Establishment of the Court,‬‬ ‫‪see Otto Triffterer, Article 1: The Court, in COMMENTARY ON THE ROME STATUTE OF THE‬‬ ‫‪INTERNATIONAL CRIMINAL COURT: OBSERVER'S NOTES, ARTICLE BY ARTICLE 51-64 (Otto‬‬ ‫‪Triffterer ed., 1999) [hereinafter ACOMMENTARY ON ROME STATUTE”].‬‬

‫اﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ روى س‪.‬ﻟﻰ‪ ،.‬ﻣﺆﺗﻤﺮ روﻣﺎ وإﺳﻬﺎﻣﺎﺗﻪ ﻓﻰ اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﺪوﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻈﺎم روﻣﺎ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ‪ ،‬اﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎت واﻟﻤﺒﺎﺣﺜﺎت واﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ‪40-1‬‬ ‫)روى‪.‬ﺳﻰ‪.‬ﻟﻰ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ‪ ] (1999‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ "ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻈﺎم روﻣﺎ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ"[‪ .‬ﻟﻠﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎت‬ ‫ﺣﻮل إﻧﺸﺎء اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ‪ ،‬اﻧﻈﺮ أوﺗﻮ ﺗﺮﻳﻔﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎدة ‪ :1‬اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎم روﻣﺎ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت ﻣﺮاﻗﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﻟﻤﻮاد ‪) 64-51‬أوﺗﻮ ﺗﺮﻳﻔﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ‪] (1999‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ "اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎم روﻣﺎ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ"[‪.‬‬

‫‪19‬‬

‫اﻟﻜﻴﺎﻧ ﺎت اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤ ﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ ﻟﻴﺴ ﺖ ﺑ ﺪﻳﻼ ﻋ ﻦ اﻟﻘﻀ ﺎء اﻟﺠﻨ ﺎﺋﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﻮﻃﻨﻰ‪ ،‬وإﻧﻤﺎ هﻰ ﻣﻜﻤﻞ ﻟﻪ ]اﻟﻤﺎدﺗﻴﻦ ‪ .[1،17‬ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑ ﺄآﺜﺮ ﻣﻤ ﺎ ﺗﻘ ﻮم‬ ‫ﺑﻪ آﻞ دوﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ دول اﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ اﻟﺪوﻟﻰ ﻓﻰ إﻃﺎر اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮن اﻟ ﺪوﻟﻰ اﻟﻘ ﺎﺋﻢ‪ .‬ﻓﻬ ﻰ ﺗﻌﺒﻴ ﺮ‬ ‫ﻋﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﻟﻠﺪول اﻷﻋﻀﺎء ﻓ ﻰ ﻣﻌﺎه ﺪة أﻧﺸ ﺌﺖ ﺑﻤﻘﺘﻀ ﺎهﺎ ﻣﺆﺳﺴ ﺔ ﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷ ﺮة‬ ‫ﻗﻀﺎء ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﻟﺠﺮاﺋﻢ دوﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﺤﺪدة‪ .‬وﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ ه ﻰ اﻣﺘ ﺪاد‬ ‫ﻟﻼﺧﺘﺼﺎص اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻰ اﻟﻮﻃﻨﻰ وﻣﻨﺸﺄة ﺑﻤﻮﺟ ﺐ ﻣﻌﺎه ﺪة‪ ،‬ﻋﻨ ﺪ اﻟﺘﺼ ﺪﻳﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬ ﺎ ﻣ ﻦ‬ ‫ﻗﺒ ﻞ اﻟﺴ ﻠﻄﺔ اﻟﺒﺮﻟﻤﺎﻧﻴ ﺔ اﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴ ﺔ ﺗﺼ ﺒﺢ ﺟ ﺰءًا ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻘ ﺎﻧﻮن اﻟ ﻮﻃﻨﻰ‪ .‬وﺑﻨ ﺎء ﻋﻠ ﻰ‬ ‫ذﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻌ ﺪى ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﺴ ﻴﺎدة اﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴ ﺔ أو ﺗﺘﺨﻄ ﻰ ﻧﻈ ﻢ‬ ‫اﻟﻘﻀﺎء اﻟﻮﻃﻨﻰ ﻃﺎﻟﻤﺎ آﺎن اﻷﺧﻴ ﺮ ﻗ ﺎدرًا وراﻏﺒ ًﺎ ﻓ ﻰ ﻣﺒﺎﺷ ﺮة اﻟﺘﺰاﻣﺎﺗ ﻪ اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻧﻴ ﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟـﻤـﺒﺤـﺚ اﻟﺜﺎﻧــﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﺒﺪأ اﻟﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﻴـﻦ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ‬ ‫واﻟﻨﻈﻢ اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻧﻴﺔ اﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪ .4‬ﻳﻤﺘﺪ اﺧﺘﺼﺎص اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ ﻟﻴﺸ ﻤﻞ اﻟ ﺪول اﻷﻋﻀ ﺎء‪ .‬وﻳ ﺘﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﻤﺎرﺳ ﺔ اﺧﺘﺼ ﺎص اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻜﺎﻣ ﻞ)‪ (14‬ﻣ ﻊ اﺧﺘﺼ ﺎص ﻧﻈ ﻢ اﻟﻘﻀ ﺎء اﻟ ﻮﻃﻨﻰ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺪول اﻷﻋﻀﺎء ] اﻟﻤﺎدﺗﻴﻦ ‪.[ 17 ،1‬‬ ‫‪(14 ) The term Acomplementarity” does not exist in the English language. Rather, the 1995‬‬ ‫‪Ad Hoc Committee and 1996 PrepCom selected the term, which is a transposition from‬‬ ‫‪the french term Acomplementarité,” to describe the relationship between the ICC and‬‬ ‫‪national systems. See M. Cherif Bassiouni, Observations Concerning the 1997-98‬‬ ‫‪Preparatory Committee’s Work, 13 NOUVELLES ÉTUDES PNALES 5, 21 (1997). For a‬‬ ‫‪discussion of the principle of complementarity, see generally John T. Holmes, The‬‬ ‫‪Principle of Complementarity, in MAKING OF THE ROME STATUTE, supra note 13, at 41‬‬‫‪78. For additional commentary on Complementarity, see Sharon A. Williams, Article‬‬ ‫‪17: Issues of admissibility, in COMMENTARY ON ROME STATUTE, supra note 13, at 383‬‬‫‪394.‬‬

‫ﻣﺼ ﻄﻠﺢ "‪ "Complementarity‬ﻏﻴ ﺮ ﻣﻮﺟ ﻮد ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐ ﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳ ﺔ‪ .‬إﻻ أن ﻟﺠﻨ ﺔ ‪ 1995‬اﻟﺘﺤﻀ ﻴﺮﻳﺔ‬ ‫اﺧﺘﺎرت هﺬا اﻟﻤﺼﻄﻠﺢ‪ ،‬واﻟﻤﻨﻘﻮل ﻋ ﻦ اﻟﻤﺼ ﻄﻠﺢ اﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴ ﻰ "‪ "Complementarite‬ﻟﺸ ﺮح اﻟﻌﻼﻗ ﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ واﻟ ﻨﻈﻢ اﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴ ﺔ‪ .‬اﻧﻈ ﺮ ﻣﺤﻤ ﻮد ﺷ ﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺴ ﻴﻮﻧﻰ‪ ،‬ﻣﻼﺣﻈ ﺎت ﺑﺸ ﺄن‬ ‫أﻋﻤ ﺎل اﻟﻠﺠﻨ ﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻀ ﻴﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﻌ ﺎم ‪ 13 ،1998 – 1997‬دراﺳ ﺔ ﺟﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ ﺟﺪﻳ ﺪة ‪.(1997) 21 ،5‬‬

‫‪20‬‬

‫‪ .5‬اﻻﺧﺘﺼ ﺎص اﻟﺠﻨ ﺎﺋﻰ اﻟ ﻮﻃﻨﻰ داﺋﻤ ﺎ ﻳﻜ ﻮن ﻟ ﻪ اﻷوﻟﻮﻳ ﺔ ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﺧﺘﺼ ﺎص‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ‪ ،‬وﻟﻜ ﻦ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ ﺗﺴ ﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻣﻤﺎرﺳ ﺔ اﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻ ﻬﺎ ﻓ ﻰ‬ ‫ﺣ ﺎﻟﺘﻴﻦ ﻓﻘ ﻂ ]ﻣ ﺎدة ‪ [17‬و هﻤ ﺎ‪ :‬اﻷوﻟ ﻰ ﻋﻨ ﺪ اﻧﻬﻴ ﺎر اﻟﻨﻈ ﺎم اﻟﻘﻀ ﺎﺋﻰ اﻟ ﻮﻃﻨﻰ؛‬ ‫واﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ رﻓﺾ أو ﻓﺸﻞ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻘﻀﺎﺋﻰ اﻟﻮﻃﻨﻰ ﻓﻰ اﻟﻘﻴﺎم ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺰاﻣﺎﺗ ﻪ اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻧﻴ ﺔ‬ ‫ﺑ ﺎﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ وﻣﺤﺎآﻤ ﺔ اﻷﺷ ﺨﺎص اﻟﻤﺸ ﺘﺒﻪ ﻓ ﻰ ارﺗﻜ ﺎﺑﻬﻢ اﻟﺠ ﺮاﺋﻢ اﻟ ﺜﻼث اﻟﻤﻮﺟ ﻮدة‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻟﻴًﺎ ﻓﻰ اﺧﺘﺼﺎص اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ أو ﺑﻤﻌﺎﻗﺒﺔ أوﻟﺌ ﻚ اﻟ ﺬﻳﻦ أدﻳﻨ ﻮا‪ .‬واﻟﺠ ﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟ ﺬآﺮ أن‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ اﻟﻼزﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻧﻄﺒﺎق اﺧﺘﺼﺎص اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ ﻣ ﺬآﻮرة ﻓ ﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺎدﺗﻴﻦ ]‪17‬و‪ [18‬ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ‪) .‬اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺠﺪول رﻗﻢ ‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪ .6‬ﺗﻈﻬ ﺮ ﻗﻮاﻋ ﺪ أﺳ ﺒﻘﻴﺔ اﺧﺘﺼ ﺎص ﻧﻈ ﻢ اﻟﻘﻀ ﺎء اﻟ ﻮﻃﻨﻰ ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﺧﺘﺼ ﺎص‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻰ ﻧﺼﻮص أﺧﺮى ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ‪ .‬رﺑﻤﺎ أآﺜﺮ ه ﺬﻩ‬ ‫اﻟﻘﻮاﻋﺪ وﺿﻮﺣﺎ هﻰ ﺗﻠﻚ اﻟﻮاردة ﻓﻰ ﻧﺼﻮص اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﺒ ﺎب اﻟﺘﺎﺳ ﻊ‬ ‫واﻟﺬى ﻳﻨﺺ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﻗﻴ ﺎم اﻟ ﻨﻈﻢ اﻟﻘﻀ ﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴ ﺔ ﺑﻤﺒﺎﺷ ﺮة وﺗﻨﻔﻴ ﺬ ﻃﻠﺒ ﺎت اﻟﺘﻌ ﺎون‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺸ ﺘﻤﻠﺔ ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﻘ ﺒﺾ وﺗﺴ ﻠﻴﻢ اﻟﻤﺸ ﺘﺒﻪ ﻓ ﻴﻬﻢ وﺣﻤﺎﻳ ﺔ اﻷدﻟ ﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿ ﺎﻓﺔ إﻟ ﻰ ﺗﻠ ﻚ‬ ‫اﻟﻘﻮاﻋﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻀﻤﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻌﺪاﻟﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎت وﻗﺮارات اﻹﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺼ ﺎدرة ﻣ ﻦ‬ ‫اﻟﻤ ﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌ ﺎم ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ‪] .‬ﻣ ﺎدة ‪) 15‬ﻓﻘ ﺮة ‪ [(4‬ﺗ ﻨﺺ ﻋﻠ ﻰ‬ ‫ﺿﺮورة اﻟﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠ ﻰ إذن ﻣﺴ ﺒﻖ ﻣ ﻦ داﺋ ﺮة اﻟﺸ ﺆون اﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﺔ ﺑﻤﺮﺣﻠ ﺔ ﻣ ﺎ ﻗﺒ ﻞ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﺪء اﻟﻤﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌﺎم اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎت ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻘﺎء ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﺧ ﻼف ﺑ ﻴﻦ ﻣ ﺎ إذا‬ ‫آﺎﻧﺖ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ دوﻟﺔ ﻋﻀﻮ أو ﻣﺠﻠﺲ اﻷﻣﻦ ]ﻣﺎدة ‪.[15‬‬

‫ﻟﻤﻨﺎﻗﺸﺔ ﻣﺒ ﺪإ اﻟﺘﻜﺎﻣ ﻞ‪ ،‬اﻧﻈ ﺮ ﺑﺼ ﻔﺔ ﻋﺎﻣ ﺔ ﺟ ﻮن ت‪ .‬ه ﻮﻟﻤﺰ‪ ،‬ﻣﺒ ﺪأ اﻟﺘﻜﺎﻣ ﻞ ﻓ ﻰ ﻋﻤ ﻞ ﻧﻈ ﺎم روﻣ ﺎ‬ ‫اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ‪ ،‬هﺎﻣﺶ )‪ (13‬ﺳﺎﺑﻘًﺎ ﻓﻰ= =‪ . 78-41‬ﻟﻠﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎت ﺣﻮل اﻟﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪ ،‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷ ﺎرون‬ ‫أ‪ .‬وﻳﻠﻴﺎﻣﺰ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎدة ‪ :17‬اﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺒﻮﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈ ﺎم روﻣ ﺎ اﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﻰ‪ ،‬ه ﺎﻣﺶ‬ ‫‪ 13‬ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎً‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ ‪ .394–383‬اﻧﻈﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺨ ﺘﺺ ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺘﺼ ﺎص اﻟﺠﻨ ﺎﺋﻰ اﻟ ﺪوﻟﻰ واﻟﺤﺼ ﺎﻧﺎت‪ ،‬إﻟ ﻰ‬ ‫أ‪ .‬د‪ .‬أﺣﻤﺪ ﻓﺘﺤﻰ ﺳﺮور‪ ،‬اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻰ اﻟﺪﺳﺘﻮرى‪.2001 ،‬‬

‫‪21‬‬

‫)اﻟﺠﺪول رﻗﻢ ‪ (1‬اﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎص اﻟﺘﻜﻤﻴﻠﻰ وﻗﺒﻮل اﻟﺪﻋﻮى‬

‫)∗(‬

‫اﺧﺘﺼﺎص اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ اﺧﺘﺼﺎص ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻠﻰ ﻟﻼﺧﺘﺼﺎص اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻰ اﻟﻮﻃﻨﻰ )اﻟﻔﻘﺮة ‪ 10‬ﻣﻦ‬ ‫اﻟﺪﻳﺒﺎﺟﺔ‪ ،‬اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪(1‬‬ ‫وﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﻘﺮر اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ‪ ،‬اﺳﺘﻨﺎدًا ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺒﺪإ اﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎص اﻟﺘﻜﻤﻴﻠﻰ‪ ،‬ﻋﺪم ﻗﺒﻮل اﻟﺪﻋﻮى وﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﻠﺤﺎﻻت‬ ‫اﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫* إذا آﺎﻧ ﺖ ﺗﺠ ﺮى * إذا آﺎﻧﺖ ﻗﺪ أﺟﺮت * إذا آﺎن اﻟﺸﺨﺺ اﻟﻤﻌﻨ ﻰ ﻗ ﺪ * إذا ﻟ ﻢ ﺗﻜ ﻦ‬ ‫اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴ ﻖ أو اﻟﻤﻘﺎﺿ ﺎة اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴ ﻖ ﻓ ﻰ اﻟ ﺪﻋﻮى ﺳ ﺒﻖ أن ﺣ ﻮآﻢ ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﺴ ﻠﻮك اﻟ ﺪﻋﻮى ﻋﻠ ﻰ‬ ‫ﻓ ﻰ اﻟ ﺪﻋﻮى دوﻟ ﺔ ﻟﻬ ﺎ دوﻟﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ وﻻﻳ ﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬ ﺎ ﻣﻮﺿ ﻮع اﻟﺸ ﻜﻮى )اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪ 17‬درﺟ ﺔ آﺎﻓﻴ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ‬ ‫وﻻﻳ ﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬ ﺎ )اﻟﻤ ﺎدة وﻗ ﺮرت اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ ﻋ ﺪم ﻓﻘﺮة ‪ 1‬ﺑﻨﺪ ج(‪ ،‬وﻻ ﻳﻜ ﻮن ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﺨﻄ ﻮرة ﺗﺒ ﺮر‬ ‫‪ 17‬ﻓﻘﺮة ‪ 1‬ﺑﻨﺪ أ(‬

‫ﻣﻘﺎﺿ ﺎة اﻟﺸ ﺨﺺ اﻟﺠ ﺎﺋﺰ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ إﺟ ﺮاء اﺗﺨ ﺎذ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ‬

‫* ﻣ ﺎ ﻟ ﻢ ﺗﻜ ﻦ اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﻨ ﻲ )اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪ 17‬ﻣﺤﺎآﻤ ﺔ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘ ﺎ ﻟﻤﺒ ﺪإ ﻋ ﺪم إﺟ ﺮاء ﺁﺧ ﺮ‪0‬‬ ‫ﺟ ﻮاز ﻣﺤﺎآﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺸ ﺨﺺ ﻋ ﻦ )اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ 17‬ﻓﻘﺮة ‪1‬‬ ‫ﺣﻘ ﺎ ﻏﻴ ﺮ راﻏﺒ ﺔ ﻓ ﻰ ﻓﻘﺮة ‪ 1‬ﺑﻨﺪ ب(‬ ‫اﻻﺿ ﻄﻼع ﺑ ﺎﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ * ﻣ ﺎ ﻟ ﻢ ﻳﻜ ﻦ اﻟﻘ ﺮار ذات اﻟﺠ ﺮم ﻣ ﺮﺗﻴﻦ اﻟ ﻮارد ﺑﻨﺪ د(‬ ‫أو اﻟﻤﻘﺎﺿ ﺎة )اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ﻧﺎﺗﺠﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻋ ﺪم رﻏﺒ ﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻘﺮة ‪ 3‬ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪.20‬‬ ‫‪ 17‬ﻓﻘ ﺮة ‪ (2‬أو ﻏﻴ ﺮ اﻟﺪوﻟﺔ أو ﻋﺪم ﻗﺪرﺗﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﻗ ﺎدرة ﻋﻠ ﻰ ذﻟ ﻚ‪ 0‬ﺣﻘﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻘﺎﺿﺎة‪.‬‬ ‫)اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ 17‬ﻓﻘﺮة ‪(3‬‬

‫ﻟﻤﺰﻳ ﺪ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﺸ ﺮح ﺣ ﻮل ﻣﻌﻨ ﻰ "ﻋ ﺪم اﻟﺮﻏﺒ ﺔ" راﺟ ﻊ اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪ 17‬ﻓﻘ ﺮة ‪2‬‬ ‫وآﺬﻟﻚ اﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪة ‪ 51‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮاﻋﺪ اﻹﺟﺮاء واﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺸﺮح ﺣﻮل ﻣﻌﻨﻰ "ﻋﺪم اﻟﻘﺪرة" راﺟﻊ اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ 17‬ﻓﻘﺮة ‪ 3‬وآﺬﻟﻚ‬ ‫اﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪة ‪ 51‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮاﻋﺪ اﻹﺟﺮاء واﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‪.‬‬

‫)∗( ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ اﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺼﻄﻠﺤﺎت اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻧﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﺘﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﻋﻦ‬ ‫اﻟﻨﺼﻴﻦ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰى واﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻰ‪ ،‬واﻟﺘﻰ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺠﺪهﺎ اﻟﻘﺎرئ ﻏﻴﺮ دارﺟﺔ ﻓﻰ اﻟﻤﺤﻴﻂ اﻟﻘ ﺎﻧﻮﻧﻰ اﻟﻌﺮﺑ ﻰ‪،‬‬ ‫وﻣ ﻦ ه ﺬا اﻟﻘﺒﻴ ﻞ ﻣﺼ ﻄﻠﺢ "اﻟﻤﻘﺒﻮﻟﻴ ﺔ" ﻓ ﻰ ﺣ ﻴﻦ أن اﻟﻘ ﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﻤﺼ ﺮى ﻳﺴ ﺘﺨﺪم ﻣﺼ ﻄﻠﺢ "ﻗﺒ ﻮل‬ ‫اﻟﺪﻋﻮى"‪.‬‬

‫‪22‬‬

‫اﻟـﻤـﺒﺤـﺚ اﻟﺜﺎﻟــﺚ‬ ‫اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﻮاﺟﺐ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ أﻣﺎم اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪ .7‬ﺗﺘﻀ ﻤﻦ اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪ 10‬ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻨﻈ ﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﻰ اﻟﻘﺎﻋ ﺪة اﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﻴﺔ اﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﻮاﺟﺐ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ)‪ .(15‬وﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻼﺋﻢ ﻓ ﺈن اﻷﻣ ﺮ ﻳﺘﻄﻠ ﺐ ﺗﻄﺒﻴ ﻖ اﻟﻤﺼ ﺎدر‬ ‫اﻷرﺑﻌ ﺔ ﻟﻠﻘ ﺎﻧﻮن اﻟ ﺪوﻟﻰ اﻟﻤ ﺬآﻮرة ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪ 38‬ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻨﻈ ﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﻰ ﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻌﺪل اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬وهﻰ‪:‬‬ ‫أ‪ .‬اﻟﻤﻌﺎهﺪات اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮاء اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ أو اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ‪ ،‬اﻟﻤﺆﺳﺴﺔ ﻟﻘﻮاﻋﺪ ﻣﻌﺘ ﺮف‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﺪول اﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎزﻋﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ب‪ .‬اﻟﻌﺮف اﻟﺪوﻟﻰ‪ ،‬آﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻀﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻤﺎرﺳﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ اﻟﻤﻘﺒﻮﻟﺔ آﻘﺎﻧﻮن‪.‬‬ ‫ج‪ .‬اﻟﻘﻮاﻋﺪ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﻤﻌﺘﺮف ﺑﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻷﻣﻢ اﻟﻤﺘﺤﻀﺮة‪.‬‬ ‫د‪ .‬اﻷﺣﻜ ﺎم اﻟﻘﻀ ﺎﺋﻴﺔ واﻟﺪراﺳ ﺎت اﻟ ﻮاردة ﻓ ﻰ أآﺜ ﺮ اﻟﻤﺆﻟﻔ ﺎت ﻗﺒ ﻮﻻ ﻟ ﺪى‬ ‫)‪(16‬‬ ‫اﻷﻣﻢ اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ ،‬آﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻌﺎوﻧﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﻮاﻋﺪ اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮن‪.‬‬ ‫وﺑﺎﻟﺘ ﺎﻟﻰ ﻓ ﺈن ذﻟ ﻚ ﻳﻌﻨ ﻰ أﻳﻀ ﺎ أن اﻟﻤﻌﺎه ﺪة ﻳﺠ ﺐ أن ﺗﻔﺴ ﺮ وﻓﻘ ﺎ ﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴ ﺔ‬ ‫)‪(17‬‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻴﻨﺎ ﻟﻌﺎم ‪ 1969‬اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻘﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﻤﻌﺎهﺪات‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .8‬أى ﻧﺺ وارد ﻓﻰ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ ﻳﺘﻌ ﺎرض أو ﻻ ﻳ ﺘﻼءم ﺑﺼ ﻔﺔ ﻋﺎﻣ ﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻊ اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﺪوﻟﻰ ﺳﻮف ﻳﻌﺪ أﻗﻞ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ إﻟﻰ ذﻟﻚ ﻓﺈن أى ﺗﻨﺎزع أو‬ ‫ﻋﺪم ﺗﻮاﻓ ﻖ ﺑ ﻴﻦ اﻟﺘﺰاﻣ ﺎت اﻟ ﺪول اﻷﻋﻀ ﺎء ﺑﻤﻮﺟ ﺐ اﻟﻨﻈ ﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﻰ واﻟﺘﺰاﻣ ﺎت‬

‫‪(15 ) Per Saland, International Criminal Law Principles, in MAKING OF THE ROME STATUTE,‬‬ ‫‪supra note 13, at 189-216. For additional commentary on Applicable law, see Margaret‬‬ ‫‪McAuliffe de Guzman, Article 21: Applicable Law, in COMMENTARY ON ROME‬‬ ‫‪STATUTE, supra note 13, at 435-446.‬‬

‫ﺑﻴﺮ ﺳﺎﻻﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺒﺎدئ اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻰ اﻟﺪوﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻈﺎم روﻣﺎ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ‪ ،‬هﺎﻣﺶ رﻗﻢ ‪13‬‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎً‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ ‪ .216-189‬ﻟﻠﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎت ﺣﻮل اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﻮاﺟﺐ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‪ ،‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﺎرﺟﺮﻳﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﺎآﺄوﻟﻴﻒ دى ﺟﺰﻣﺎن‪ ،‬ﻣﺎدة ‪ :21‬اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﻮاﺟﺐ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻓﻰ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎم روﻣﺎ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ‪،‬‬ ‫هﺎﻣﺶ رﻗﻢ ‪ 13‬ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎً‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ ‪.446 – 435‬‬ ‫)‪(16‬‬ ‫اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ ﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ اﻟﻌﺪل اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ‪.4 UNYB 1983 ،‬‬ ‫)‪ (17‬اﻧﻈﺮ اﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﻴﻨﺎ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻘﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﻤﻌﺎهﺪات‪. 331 UNTS 1155 ،‬‬

‫‪23‬‬

‫ﻧﺎﺷﺌﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻌﺎهﺪة أﺧﺮى ﺳﻮف ﺗﻜ ﻮن ﻣﻮﺿ ﻮع ﺗﻄﺒﻴ ﻖ ﻟﻤﺼ ﺎدر اﻟﻘ ﺎﻧﻮن اﻟ ﺪوﻟﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺬآﻮرة ﻋﺎﻟﻴﻪ ﺛﻢ إﻟﻰ ]اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪) 21‬ﻓﻘﺮة ‪ ،(1‬ج[‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .9‬ﺗﻀ ﻴﻒ اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪ (18)21‬ﺗﺤﺪﻳ ﺪا ﻟﻸﺣﻜ ﺎم اﻟﻌﺎﻣ ﺔ اﻟ ﻮاردة ﺑﺎﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪. 10‬‬ ‫وآﻤﺎ هﻮ وارد ﻓﻰ اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ ،21‬ﻓﺈن اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﻮاﺟﺐ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ ﻳﻜﻮن‪ :‬أوﻻ )أ( ﻧﺺ اﻟﻨﻈ ﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﻰ ذاﺗ ﻪ‪) ،‬ب( ﻋﻨﺎﺻ ﺮ اﻟﺠﺮﻳﻤ ﺔ‪) ،‬ج(‬ ‫ﻗﻮاﻋﺪهﺎ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﺟﺮاءات واﻷدﻟﺔ ]ﻣﺎدة ‪ ،(1) 21‬أ[‪ .‬وﻓﻰ اﻟﻤﻘﺎم اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻰ ﺣﻴ ﺚ‬ ‫ﻳﻜﻮن اﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﻣﻼﺋﻤﺎ ﺗﻄﺒ ﻖ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﺎه ﺪات واﺟﺒ ﺔ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴ ﻖ‬ ‫وﻣﺒﺎدئ وﻗﻮاﻋﺪ اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﺪوﻟﻰ ]اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪ ،(1) 21‬ب[‪ .‬وﻓ ﻰ اﻟﻤﻘ ﺎم اﻷﺧﻴ ﺮ ﺗﻄﺒ ﻖ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻗﻮاﻋﺪ اﻟﻘ ﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﻌﺎﻣ ﺔ اﻟﻤﺴ ﺘﻤﺪة ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻘ ﻮاﻧﻴﻦ اﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴ ﺔ ﻟﻸﻧﻈﻤ ﺔ اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻧﻴ ﺔ‬ ‫ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﻌ ﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻤ ﺎ ﻓ ﻰ ذﻟ ﻚ اﻟﻘ ﻮاﻧﻴﻦ اﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴ ﺔ ﻟﻠ ﺪول اﻟﺘ ﻰ ﺗﻤ ﺎرس اﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻ ﻬﺎ ﻋﻠ ﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﺠﺮﻳﻤ ﺔ )ﺑﺸ ﺮط أﻻ ﺗﺘﻌ ﺎرض ه ﺬﻩ اﻟﻘﻮاﻋ ﺪ ﻣ ﻊ ﻗ ﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ‬ ‫واﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﺪوﻟﻲ( ]اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ ،(1) 21‬ج[‪ ،‬وﻳﺠ ﻮز ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ أﻳﻀ ﺎ أن ﺗﻄﺒ ﻖ ﻣﺒ ﺎدئ‬ ‫وﻗﻮاﻋﺪ اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮن آﻤﺎ ه ﻰ ﻣﻔﺴ ﺮة ﻓ ﻰ ﻗﺮاراﺗﻬ ﺎ اﻟﺴ ﺎﺑﻘﺔ ]اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪ .[(2) 21‬وﺑﺼ ﻔﺔ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻳﺠﺐ أن ﻳﺘﺴﻖ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ وﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﻤﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﻤﻌﺮﻓ ﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ ﻣ ﻊ ﺣﻘ ﻮق‬ ‫اﻹﻧﺴ ﺎن اﻟﻤﻌﺘ ﺮف ﺑﻬ ﺎ دوﻟﻴ ﺎ وأن ﻳﻜﻮﻧ ﺎ ﺧ ﺎﻟﻴﻴﻦ ﻣ ﻦ أى ﺗﻤﻴﻴ ﺰ ﺿ ﺎر ﻳﺴ ﺘﻨﺪ إﻟ ﻰ‬ ‫أﺳ ﺒﺎب ﻣﺜ ﻞ ﻧ ﻮع اﻟﺠ ﻨﺲ أو اﻟﺴ ﻦ أو اﻟﻌ ﺮق أو اﻟﻠ ﻮن أو اﻟﻠﻐ ﺔ أو اﻟﺪﻳﺎﻧ ﺔ أو‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻌﺘﻘﺪات اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ أو اﻵراء اﻷﺧﺮى أو اﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄ اﻻﺟﺘﻤ ﺎﻋﻰ أو اﻟﺜ ﺮوة أو اﻟﻤ ﻴﻼد‬ ‫أو أى وﺿﻊ ﺁﺧﺮ ]ﻣﺎدة ‪.[(3) 21‬‬ ‫‪ .10‬ﻳﺒﺪو أن هﻨﺎك اﺣﺘﻤﺎﻻ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎرض ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺸﺄ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺼﺎدر اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﻮاﺟ ﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻓﻰ اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ 10‬واﻷوﺟﻪ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺎدة ‪ .21‬وﻃﺒﻘﺎ ﻟﻘﻮاﻋ ﺪ ﺗﻔﺴ ﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﺎه ﺪة‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻴﻨﺎ ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 1969‬ﺑﺸﺄن ﻗﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﻤﻌﺎهﺪات‪ ،‬ﻓ ﺈن ﻗﺼ ﺪ اﻷﻃ ﺮاف ه ﻮ اﻟ ﺬى ﻳ ﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪(18 ) Article 21 should have been merged with Article 10 but was not because Part 2, which‬‬ ‫‪contains Article 10 was not submitted to the Drafting Committee. Rather, it was sent‬‬ ‫‪directly to the Committee of the Whole. See M. Cherif Bassiouni, Negotiating the‬‬ ‫‪Treaty of Rome on The Establishment of an International Criminal Court, 32 CORNELL‬‬ ‫‪INT’L L. J. 443, 457-460 (1999).‬‬

‫آﺎن ﻳﺠﺐ دﻣﺞ اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ 21‬ﻣﻊ اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ ،10‬إﻻ أن ذﻟﻚ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ أن ﻣﻮاد اﻟﺒﺎب اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻰ‪،‬‬ ‫واﻟﻤﺘﻀﻤﻦ اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ 10‬ﻟﻢ ﺗﻘﺪم إﻟﻰ ﻟﺠﻨﺔ اﻟﺼﻴﺎﻏﺔ‪ ،‬و إﻧﻤﺎ أرﺳﻠﺖ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮة إﻟﻰ اﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‪ .‬اﻧﻈﺮ‬ ‫ﺷﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺴﻴﻮﻧﻰ‪ ،‬اﻟﻤﻔﺎوﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺎهﺪة روﻣﺎ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎء اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ‪32 ،‬‬ ‫ﺟﺮﻳﺪة آﻮرﻧﻴﻞ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﺪوﻟﻰ ‪.(1999) 460 – 457 ،443‬‬

‫‪24‬‬

‫وﻓ ﻰ ه ﺬﻩ اﻟﺤﺎﻟ ﺔ ﻓ ﺈن اﻷﻃ ﺮاف ﻟ ﻢ ﻳﻘﺼ ﺪوا أن ﻳﺤ ﺪدوا ﻣﺼ ﺎدر اﻟﻘ ﺎﻧﻮن اﻟ ﺪوﻟﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺸﺎر إﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻰ اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ 10‬واﻟﻮاردة ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪ 38‬ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻨﻈ ﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﻰ ﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻌﺪل اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬وﺑﻨﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ذﻟﻚ ﻓﺈن اﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﻮارد ﻓﻰ اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ 21‬ﻳﺨﻀ ﻊ ﻟﻌﻤﻮﻣﻴ ﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪ 10‬ﺑﺴ ﺒﺐ ﻗﺼ ﺪ ﻣ ﻦ ﺻ ﺎﻏﻮهﺎ )و إذا ﻟ ﻢ ﺗﻜ ﻦ اﻟﺤﺎﻟ ﺔ آ ﺬﻟﻚ ﻓ ﺈن اﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳ ﺪ‬ ‫اﻟﻮارد ﻓﻰ اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ 21‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻘﻴﺪ اﻟﻌﻤﻮﻣﻴﺔ اﻟﻮاردة ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺎدة ‪.(19)(10‬‬ ‫‪ .11‬ﻗ ﺪ ﻳﻨﺸ ﺄ ﺗﻌ ﺎرض ﺁﺧ ﺮ ﺑ ﻴﻦ اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪ 21‬و اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪ 9‬ﺑﺸ ﺄن ﻋﻨﺎﺻ ﺮ‬ ‫اﻟﺠﺮﻳﻤ ﺔ؛ ذﻟ ﻚ أن اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪ 21‬ﺗ ﺪرج ﻋﻨﺎﺻ ﺮ اﻟﺠﺮﻳﻤ ﺔ آﻤﺼ ﺪر ﻟﻠﻘ ﺎﻧﻮن واﺟ ﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴ ﻖ ﺑﻴﻨﻤ ﺎ ﺗ ﺬآﺮ اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪ 9‬ﻋﻠ ﻰ وﺟ ﻪ اﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳ ﺪ أن ﻋﻨﺎﺻ ﺮ اﻟﺠﺮﻳﻤ ﺔ ﻳﺠ ﺐ أن‬ ‫ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ وﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ اﻟﻤﻮاد ‪ . 8 ،7 ،6‬وﻳﺠﺐ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ أن ﻋﻨﺎﺻ ﺮ‬ ‫اﻟﺠﺮﻳﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺘ ﻰ "ﺗﺴ ﺎﻋﺪ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ" ﻳﺠ ﺐ أن ﺗﻌﺘﺒ ﺮ ﻣﺼ ﺪرا ﻟﻠﻘ ﺎﻧﻮن اﻟ ﺬى ﻳﻤﻜ ﻦ‬ ‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻪ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﻌﺪل ﻣ ﻦ أﺣﻜ ﺎم اﻟﻨﻈ ﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﻰ ]اﻟﻤ ﺎدﺗﻴﻦ ‪ ،[8– 6‬وﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺗﺒﻨ ﻰ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺎﺻ ﺮ اﻟﺠﺮﻳﻤ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ ﻗﺒ ﻞ ﺟﻤﻌﻴ ﺔ اﻟ ﺪول اﻷﻃ ﺮاف ]اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪ [112‬ﻓ ﻰ ﺟﻠﺴ ﺘﻬﺎ‬ ‫اﻷوﻟﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺳﺮﻳﺎن اﻟﻤﻌﺎهﺪة‪ .‬وﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻓﺈن ﺟﻤﻌﻴﺔ اﻟﺪول اﻷﻃ ﺮاف ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻬ ﺎ‬ ‫أن ﺗﻌ ﺪل اﻟﻨﻈ ﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﻰ ﻋ ﻦ ﻃﺮﻳ ﻖ ﺗﺒﻨ ﻰ ﻋﻨﺎﺻ ﺮ اﻟﺠﺮﻳﻤ ﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴ ﺚ إن ﺗﻌ ﺪﻳﻞ‬ ‫اﻟﻨﻈ ﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﻰ ﻳﺘﻄﻠ ﺐ "أﻏﻠﺒﻴ ﺔ ﺛﻠﺜ ﻰ اﻟﺤﺎﺿ ﺮﻳﻦ واﻟ ﺬﻳﻦ ﻟﻬ ﻢ ﺣ ﻖ اﻟﺘﺼ ﻮﻳﺖ‬ ‫ﺑﺸ ﺮط وﺟ ﻮد اﻷﻏﻠﺒﻴ ﺔ اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻘ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟ ﺪول اﻷﻃ ﺮاف اﻟ ﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺸ ﻜﻠﻮن اﻟﻨﺼ ﺎب‬ ‫اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻧﻰ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﻮﻳﺖ" آﻤﺎ ورد ﻓﻰ اﻟﻤﺎدة‪.112‬‬

‫)‪ (19‬ﺑﺴﺒﺐ أﺳﻠﻮب ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ اﻟﻘﻮل إن أﺣﺪ اﻟﻨﺼﻮص ﻗﺪ ﺗﻤﺖ ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺘﻪ أو‬ ‫ﺗﺒﻨﻴﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻵﺧﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪25‬‬

‫اﻟﻔـﺼـﻞ اﻟـﺜـﺎﻧــﻰ‬ ‫اﺧﺘﺼﺎص اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ‬ ‫اﻟـﻤـﺒﺤـﺚ اﻷول‬ ‫اﻟﺸﺮوط اﻟﻤﺴﺒﻘﺔ ﻟﻤﻤﺎرﺳﺔ اﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎص‬ ‫( ﺑﺸ ﺄن ﺟﺮﻳﻤ ﺔ ﻣ ﺎ ﻳﺠ ﺐ أن‬20)‫ ﻗﺒ ﻞ أن ﺗﻤ ﺎرس اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻ ﻬﺎ‬.12 ‫ﺗﻜ ﻮن اﻟﺠﺮﻳﻤ ﺔ ﻣﺤ ﻞ اﻻﺗﻬ ﺎم ﻗ ﺪ ارﺗﻜﺒ ﺖ ﻓ ﻰ إﻗﻠ ﻴﻢ دوﻟ ﺔ ﻃ ﺮف أو ﺑﻤﻌﺮﻓ ﺔ أﺣ ﺪ‬ ‫ و ﺑﺎﻹﺿ ﺎﻓﺔ إﻟ ﻰ ذﻟ ﻚ ﻓﻠﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ أن‬،[(2) 12 ‫رﻋﺎﻳﺎه ﺎ ]اﻟﻤ ﺎدة‬ ‫ﺗﻤ ﺎرس اﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻ ﻬﺎ ﻋﻨ ﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻮاﻓ ﻖ دوﻟ ﺔ ﻟﻴﺴ ﺖ ﻃﺮﻓ ًﺎ ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﺧﺘﺼ ﺎص اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ‬ ‫وﺗﻜ ﻮن اﻟﺠﺮﻳﻤ ﺔ ﻗ ﺪ ارﺗﻜﺒ ﺖ ﻓ ﻰ إﻗﻠ ﻴﻢ ه ﺬﻩ اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ أو ﻳﻜ ﻮن اﻟﻤ ﺘﻬﻢ أﺣ ﺪ رﻋﺎﻳﺎه ﺎ‬ .(21)[(3) 12 ‫]اﻟﻤﺎدة‬ (20 ) See generally Elizabeth Wilmshurst, Jurisdiction of the Court, in MAKING OF THE ROME STATUTE, supra note 13, at 127-142. For additional commentary on Preconditions to Jurisdiction, see Sharon A. Williams, Article 12: Preconditions to exercise of jurisdiction, in COMMENTARY ON ROME STATUTE, supra note 13, at 329-342.

،‫ ﻓﻰ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻈﺎم روﻣﺎ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ‬،‫ اﺧﺘﺼﺎص اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ‬،‫اﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ إﻟﻴﺰاﺑﻴﺚ وﻳﻠﻤﺸﺎرﺳﺖ‬ ‫ ﻟﻠﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎت ﺣﻮل اﻟﺸﺮوط اﻟﻤﺴﺒﻘﺔ ﻟﻼﺧﺘﺼﺎص‬.142 - 127 ‫ ﻓﻰ‬،ً‫ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎ‬13 ‫هﺎﻣﺶ‬ ‫ ﻓﻰ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ‬،‫ اﻟﺸﺮوط اﻟﻤﺴﺒﻘﺔ ﻟﻤﻤﺎرﺳﺔ اﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎص‬:12 ‫ اﻟﻤﺎدة‬،‫ وﻟﻴﺎﻣﺰ‬.‫اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﺎرون أ‬ .342 – 329 ‫ ﺁﻧﻔًﺎ ﻓﻰ‬13 ‫ﻧﻈﺎم روﻣﺎ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ هﺎﻣﺶ‬ (21 ) Article 12(3) in connection with a referral to the ICC by a non state party uses the terms Athe crime in question” instead of Aa situation in which one or more crimes within the jurisdiction of the court appear to have been committed.” In all other referrals to the ICC, by a state party or the security council, the statute uses the term “situation,” which is intended to exclude a possible selectivity of instances or individuals to be referred to the ICC on an exclusive basis. The drafting of Article 12(3)(which was part of the Part 2 package that was sent directly to the Committee of the whole and not to the Drafting Committee, see Bassiouni, Negotiating the Treaty of Rome, supra note 17) did not intend to deviate from other methods of referrals. Thus, Article 12(3) must be read in pari materia with Article 13 (Aa situation in which one or more crimes within the jurisdiction of the court appear to have been committed@).

‫( واﻟﻤﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﺷﺎرة إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل دوﻟﺔ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻃﺮﻓ ًﺎ‬3) 12 ‫اﻟﻤﺎدة‬ ‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻋﺒﺎرة "اﻟﺠﺮﻳﻤﺔ ﻗﻴﺪ اﻟﺒﺤﺚ" ﺑﺪﻻ ﻣﻦ "ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻳﺒﺪو ﻓﻴﻬﺎ أن ﺟﺮﻳﻤﺔ أو أآﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ هﺬﻩ‬ ‫" ﻓﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﻹﺷﺎرات اﻷﺧﺮى ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ‬.‫اﻟﺠﺮاﺋﻢ اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﺔ ﻓﻰ اﺧﺘﺼﺎص اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻗﺪ ارﺗﻜﺒﺖ‬ ‫ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ ﻟﻔﻆ "ﺣﺎﻟﺔ" و‬،‫ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل دوﻟﺔ ﻃﺮف أو ﻣﺠﻠﺲ اﻷﻣﻦ‬،‫اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ‬

26

‫‪ .13‬ﻳﻘ ﻮم اﺧﺘﺼ ﺎص اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﻣﺒ ﺪإ اﻻﺧﺘﺼ ﺎص‬ ‫اﻟﺠﻨ ﺎﺋﻰ اﻹﻗﻠﻴﻤ ﻰ وﻟ ﻴﺲ ﻋﻠ ﻰ أﺳ ﺎس ﻧﻈﺮﻳ ﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴ ﺔ اﻻﺧﺘﺼ ﺎص اﻟﺠﻨ ﺎﺋﻲ)‪.(22‬‬ ‫وﻣﻦ اﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺑﻮﺿﻮح ﻓﻰ اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﺪوﻟﻰ أﻧﻪ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺮﺗﻜﺐ ﺟﺮﻳﻤ ﺔ ﻓ ﻰ إﻗﻠ ﻴﻢ دوﻟ ﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﺤﺎآﻤﺔ اﻟﺠﺎﻧﻰ ﺣﺘﻰ وﻟ ﻮ آ ﺎن ذﻟ ﻚ اﻟﺸ ﺨﺺ ﻟ ﻴﺲ أﺣ ﺪ رﻋﺎﻳ ﺎ ه ﺬﻩ‬ ‫اﻟﺪوﻟﺔ)‪ ،(23‬وﺑﺴﺒﺐ ذﻟ ﻚ اﻟﻤﺒ ﺪإ ﻳﺠ ﻮز ﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ ﻣ ﺎ أن ﺗﻘ ﻮم ﺑﺘﺴ ﻠﻴﻢ ﺷ ﺨﺺ ﻟ ﻴﺲ ﻣ ﻦ‬ ‫رﻋﺎﻳﺎهﺎ إﻟﻰ دوﻟﺔ أﺧﺮى ﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤﺘﻪ‪ ،‬وﺑﻨﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ذﻟﻚ ﻳﻜﻮن ﻟﻜﻞ دوﻟﺔ اﻟﺤ ﻖ –ﻃﺒﻘ ﺎ‬ ‫ﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮه ﺎ اﻟﺪﺳ ﺘﻮرﻳﺔ– أن ﺗﻨﻘ ﻞ اﻻﺧﺘﺼ ﺎص إﻟ ﻰ دوﻟ ﺔ أﺧ ﺮى ﻳﻜ ﻮن ﻟﻬ ﺎ‬ ‫اﻻﺧﺘﺼ ﺎص ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﺷ ﺨﺺ ﻣ ﺘﻬﻢ ﺑﺎرﺗﻜ ﺎب ﺟﺮﻳﻤ ﺔ)‪ ،(24‬أو إﻟ ﻰ هﻴﺌ ﺔ دوﻟﻴ ﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺎآﻤﺔ‪ ،‬وﻳﻜﻮن ﻧﻘﻞ اﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎص هﺬا ﻣﻤﺎرﺳﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺗﻤﺎﻣ ﺎ ﻟﻠﺴ ﻴﺎدة اﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴ ﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫وﺑﺼ ﻔﺔ ﻋﺎﻣ ﺔ ﻓ ﺈن ه ﺬا اﻟﻨﻘ ﻞ ﻳﺠ ﺐ أن ﻳ ﺘﻢ ﻃﺒﻘ ﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻌ ﺎﻳﻴﺮ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ ﻟﺤﻘ ﻮق‬ ‫اﻹﻧﺴ ﺎن)‪ .(25‬وهﻜ ﺬا ﻓ ﺈن اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ – ﻓﻴﻤ ﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠ ﻖ ﺑﻤﺤﺎآﻤ ﺔ أﺣ ﺪ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺮاد ﻣﻦ ذﻟﻚ إﺧﺮاج وﻗﺎﺋﻊ أو= =أﺷﺨﺎص ﻣﺤﺘﻤﻞ اﻧﺘﻘﺎؤهﻢ ﻹﺣﺎﻟﺘﻬﻢ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ أﺳﺎس اﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺋﻰ‪ .‬ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪) (3)12‬و اﻟﺘﻰ آﺎﻧﺖ ﺟﺰ ًءا ﻣﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ اﻟﺒﺎب اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻰ‪،‬اﻟﺬى‬ ‫أرﺳﻞ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮة إﻟﻰ اﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ و ﻟﻴﺲ إﻟﻰ ﻟﺠﻨﺔ اﻟﺼﻴﺎﻏﺔ‪ ،‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺴﻴﻮﻧﻰ‪ ،‬اﻟﻤﻔﺎوﺿﺔ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺎهﺪة روﻣﺎ‪ ،‬هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 18‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ( ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ اﻟﻐﺮض ﻣﻨﻬﺎ اﻻﻧﺤﺮاف ﻋﻦ اﻷﺳﺎﻟﻴﺐ اﻷﺧﺮى‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺸﺎر إﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪ .‬و ﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻗﺮاءة اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ (3)12‬ﻓﻰ ذات اﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮع ﻣﻊ اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪") 13‬ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫ﻳﺒﺪو ﻓﻴﻬﺎ أن ﺟﺮﻳﻤﺔ أو أآﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺠﺮاﺋﻢ اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﺔ ﻓﻰ اﺧﺘﺼﺎص اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻗﺪ ارﺗﻜﺒﺖ"(‪.‬‬ ‫‪AND‬‬

‫‪(22 ) See M. CHERIF BASSIOUNI, INTERNATIONAL EXTRADITION: UNITED STATES LAW‬‬ ‫‪PRACTICE 356-367 (3d ed. 1996).‬‬

‫اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺴﻴﻮﻧﻰ‪ ،‬ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ اﻟﻤﺘﻬﻤﻴﻦ دوﻟﻴﺎ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎت اﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪة وﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻪ ‪367 - 356‬‬ ‫)اﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ‪ (1996‬وﺑﺮﻏﻢ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ اﺧﺘﺼﺎص اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ‪ ،‬إﻻ أﻧﻬﺎ ﻻ ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻋﺪا ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻺﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺠﻠﺲ اﻷﻣﻦ واﻟﺘﻰ ﻻ ﺗﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺈﻗﻠﻴﻤﻴﺔ أى دوﻟﺔ ﺳﻮاء آﺎﻧﺖ ﻃﺮﻓًﺎ أو ﻏﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﻃﺮف‪.‬‬ ‫‪(23 ) Id. at 357.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻓﻰ ‪.357‬‬ ‫‪(24 ) See for example the European Convention on the Transfer of Proceedings in Criminal‬‬ ‫‪Matters, ETS. No. 73, 30 (March 1978); EUROPEAN INTER-STATE CO-OPERATION IN‬‬ ‫‪CRIMINAL MATTERS 831 (E.M. Rappard and M. Cherif Bassiouni eds., 1991). Surrender‬‬ ‫‪of individuals by one state to another is commonly done by means of extradition. See‬‬ ‫‪BASSIOUNI, INTERNATIONAL EXTRADITION 385, supra note 22.‬‬

‫اﻧﻈﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺜﺎل اﻟﻤﻌﺎهﺪة اﻷوروﺑﻴﺔ ﻟﻨﻘﻞ اﻹﺟﺮاءات ﻓﻰ اﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫)‪30 (March 1978‬؛ اﻟﺘﻌﺎون اﻷوروﺑﻰ ﻋﺒﺮ اﻟﺪول ﻓﻰ اﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ‪) 831‬أى أم راﺑﺎرد و‬ ‫ﺷﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺴﻴﻮﻧﻰ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ‪ .(1991‬ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ اﻷﻓﺮاد ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ دوﻟﺔ إﻟﻰ أﺧﺮى ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻄﺎق واﺳﻊ‬ ‫ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ اﻟﻤﺠﺮﻣﻴﻦ‪ .‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺴﻴﻮﻧﻰ‪ ،‬ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ اﻟﻤﺠﺮﻣﻴﻦ دوﻟﻴﺎ ‪ ،385‬هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 22‬ﺳﺎﺑﻘًﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ETS. No. 73,‬‬

‫‪(25 ) International human rights law norms provide for certain substantive and procedural‬‬ ‫‪guarantees. These norms also arise under regional conventions such as the European‬‬

‫‪27‬‬

‫اﻟﺮﻋﺎﻳ ﺎ ﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ ﻟﻴﺴ ﺖ ﻃﺮﻓ ًﺎ واﻟ ﺬى ﻳﺮﺗﻜ ﺐ ﺟﺮﻳﻤ ﺔ ﻓ ﻰ إﻗﻠ ﻴﻢ دوﻟ ﺔ ﻃ ﺮف– ﻻ‬ ‫ﺗﺸﺘﺮط ﺷﻴﺌًﺎ أآﺜﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ هﻮ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻓﻰ اﻟﻤﻤﺎرﺳﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﺘﺎدة ﻟﻠﺪول)‪.(26‬‬ ‫‪ .14‬ﺣﻴ ﺚ إن اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ ﻣﻜﻤﻠ ﺔ ﻟﻼﺧﺘﺼ ﺎص اﻟﺠﻨ ﺎﺋﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﻮﻃﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈن ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ اﻟﺪول اﻷﻃﺮاف ﺷﺨﺼ ﺎ إﻟ ﻰ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ ﺗﻨﻔﻴ ﺬًا‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎهﺪة‪) :‬أ( ﻻ ﻳﻘﻠﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻴﺎدﺗﻬﺎ اﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴ ﺔ؛ )ب( ﻻ ﻳﻨﺘﻬ ﻚ اﻟﺴ ﻴﺎدة اﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴ ﺔ ﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ‬ ‫أﺧ ﺮى )ﻣﺜ ﻞ دوﻟ ﺔ ﺟﻨﺴ ﻴﺔ اﻟﺠ ﺎﻧﻰ أو اﻟﻤﺠﻨ ﻰ ﻋﻠﻴ ﻪ(؛ )ج( ﻻ ﻳﻨﺘﻬ ﻚ ﺣﻘ ﻮق‬ ‫اﻟﺸ ﺨﺺ اﻟ ﺬى ﺗﻨﻘ ﻞ ﻣﺤﺎآﻤﺘ ﻪ إﻟ ﻰ اﻻﺧﺘﺼ ﺎص اﻟﺠﻨ ﺎﺋﻰ اﻟﻤﺨ ﺘﺺ )اﻟ ﺬى ﺳ ﻮف‬ ‫ﻳﻤﺎرس وﻻﻳﺘﻪ وﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺤﻘﻮق اﻹﻧﺴﺎن(‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟـﻤـﺒﺤـﺚ اﻟﺜﺎﻧــﻰ‬ ‫اﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎص اﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﻰ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ‬

‫‪Convention on Human Rights and Fundamental Freedoms. See THE PROTECTION OF‬‬ ‫= ‪HUMAN RIGHTS IN THE ADMINISTRATION OF JUSTICE: A COMPENDIUM OF UNITED‬‬ ‫‪=NATIONS NORMS AND STANDARDS (M. Cherif Bassiouni ed., 1994); and M. Cherif‬‬ ‫‪Bassiouni, Human Rights in the Context of Criminal Justice: Identifying International‬‬ ‫‪Procedural Protections and Equivalent in National Constitutions, 3 DUKE JOURNAL OF‬‬ ‫‪COMPARATIVE & INTERNATIONAL LAW 235-297(1993). See generally LES DROITS DE‬‬ ‫‪L’HOMME A L’AUBE DU XXIe SIECLE (Karel Vasak ed., 1999).‬‬

‫ﻗﻮاﻋﺪ ﻗﺎﻧﻮن ﺣﻘﻮق اﻹﻧﺴﺎن اﻟﺪوﻟﻰ ﺗﺘﻀ ﻤﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻀ ﻤﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻤﻮﺿ ﻮﻋﻴﺔ و اﻹﺟﺮاﺋﻴ ﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫وﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺗﻠﻚ اﻟﻘﻮاﻋﺪ أﻳﻀﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل اﻟﻤﻌﺎهﺪات اﻹﻗﻠﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﻤﻌﺎهﺪة اﻷوروﺑﻴﺔ ﻟﺤﻘﻮق اﻹﻧﺴ ﺎن‬ ‫واﻟﺤﺮﻳﺎت اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪ .‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺣﻘﻮق اﻹﻧﺴﺎن ﻓﻰ إدارة اﻟﻌﺪاﻟﺔ‪ :‬ﻣﻠﺨﺺ ﻟﻘﻮاﻋﺪ وﻣﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ اﻷﻣﻢ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪة )ﻣﺤﻤﻮد ﺷﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺴ ﻴﻮﻧﻰ ﻃﺒﻌ ﺔ ‪(1994‬؛ وﻣﺤﻤ ﻮد ﺷ ﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺴ ﻴﻮﻧﻰ‪ ،‬ﺣﻘ ﻮق اﻹﻧﺴ ﺎن ﻓ ﻰ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺎق اﻟﻌﺪاﻟﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺑﻴﺎن إﺟﺮاءات اﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ واﻟﺪﺳﺎﺗﻴﺮ اﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﻤﺎﺛﻠﺔ‪ 3 ،‬ﺟﺮﻳﺪة دﻳﻮك‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻘ ﺎﻧﻮن اﻟ ﺪوﻟﻰ واﻟﻤﻘ ﺎرن‪ .(1993) 297 – 235‬اﻧﻈ ﺮ ﺑﺼ ﻔﺔ ﻋﺎﻣ ﺔ ﺣﻘ ﻮق اﻹﻧﺴ ﺎن ﻓ ﻰ ﻓﺠ ﺮ‬ ‫اﻟﻘﺮن اﻟﻮاﺣﺪ واﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﻦ )آﺎرل ﻓﺎﺳﻜﺎد ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ‪.(1999‬‬ ‫‪(26 ) See BASSIOUNI, INTERNATIONAL EXTRADITION, supra note 22, at 357.‬‬

‫اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺴﻴﻮﻧﻰ‪ ،‬ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ اﻟﻤﺘﻬﻤﻴﻦ دوﻟﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﺑﻘًﺎ هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 22‬ﻓﻰ ‪.357‬‬

‫‪28‬‬

،‫ ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﻮﻗ ﺖ اﻟ ﺮاهﻦ‬،(27)‫ ﻳﺸﻤﻞ اﺧﺘﺼﺎص اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ‬.15 ‫( ﺛ ﻼث ﺟ ﺮاﺋﻢ دوﻟﻴ ﺔ ﻣﺤ ﺪدة ﺑﺸ ﻜﻞ‬5) ‫ﻣ ﻦ ﺣﻴ ﺚ اﻟﻤﻮﺿ ﻮع وﻓﻘ ﺎ ﻟ ﻨﺺ اﻟﻤ ﺎدة‬ ‫ واﻟﺠ ﺮاﺋﻢ ﺿ ﺪ‬،(29)‫ وﺟ ﺮاﺋﻢ اﻟﺤ ﺮب‬،(28)‫ ﺟﺮﻳﻤ ﺔ اﻹﺑ ﺎدة اﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﻴ ﺔ‬:‫ وه ﻰ‬،‫دﻗﻴ ﻖ‬

(27) See generally Herman von Hebel and Darryl Robinson, Crimes within the Jurisdiction of the Court, in MAKING OF THE ROME STATUTE, supra note 13, at 79-126. For additional commentary on Ratione Materia, see Andreas Zimmerman, Article 5: Crimes within the jurisdiction of the Court, in COMMENTARY ON ROME STATUTE, supra note 13, at 97107.=

‫=اﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ هﻴﺮﻣﺎن ﻓﻮن هﻴﺒﻞ ودارﻳﻞ روﺑﻨﺴﻦ – اﻟﺠﺮاﺋﻢ داﺧﻞ ﻧﻄﺎق اﺧﺘﺼﺎص‬ ‫ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎت‬.126 – 79 ‫ﻓﻰ‬،13 ‫ هﺎﻣﺶ‬،‫ ﻓﻰ ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ ﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺔ روﻣﺎ‬،‫اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ‬ ‫ اﻟﺠﺮاﺋﻢ‬5 ‫"– ﻣﺎدة‬Andreas Zimmerman " ‫ اﻧﻈﺮ‬،‫اﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﺄن اﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﺸﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺤﺚ‬ - 97 ‫ ﻓﻰ‬،13 ‫ هﺎﻣﺶ‬،‫ ﻓﻰ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ ﻟﺮوﻣﺎ‬،‫داﺧﻞ ﻧﻄﺎق اﺧﺘﺼﺎص اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ‬ .107 (28) For a discussion of the crime of genocide, see Matthew Lippman, Genocide, in 1 ICL, supra note 4, at 589 - 613.

‫ اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮن‬-1 ‫ﻟﻤﻨﺎﻗﺸﺔ ﺟﺮﻳﻤﺔ اﻹﺑﺎدة اﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ – اﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﺎﺛﻴﻮ ﻟﻴﺒﻤﺎن –ﺟﺮﻳﻤﺔ اﻹﺑﺎدة اﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ– ﻓﻰ‬ .613 – 589 ‫ ص‬،ً‫ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎ‬4 ‫اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻰ اﻟﺪوﻟﻰ – هﺎﻣﺶ‬ (29) For a historical overview of the evolution of formal and informal limitations on the conduct of war among Western states, see M. HOWARD, G. ANDREOPOULOS AND M. SHULMAN, THE LAW OF WAR: CONSTRAINTS ON WARFARE IN THE WESTERN WORLD (1994). See also generally THE LAW OF WAR CRIMES: NATIONAL AND INTERNATIONAL APPROACHES (Timothy McCormack and Gerry Simpson eds., 1997); THE LAW OF ARMED CONFLICT INTO THE NEXT MILLENNIUM (Michael Schmitt and Leslie Green eds., 1998); ESSAYS ON THE MODERN LAW OF WAR (Leslie Green ed., 2d ed. 1999); Leslie C. Green, International Regulation of Armed Conflicts, in 1 ICL, supra note 4, at 355-380; Yves Sandoz, Penal Aspects of International Humanitarian Law, in 1 ICL, supra note 4, at 393-416; Michael Veuthey, Non-International Armed Conflict and Guerilla Warfare, in 1 ICL, supra note 4, at 417-438.

‫ﻹﻟﻘﺎء ﻧﻈﺮة ﺗﺎرﻳﺨﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻄﻮر اﻟﻘﻴﻮد اﻟﺮﺳﻤﻴﺔ وﻏﻴﺮ اﻟﺮﺳﻤﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﺄن إدارة اﻟﺤﺮب ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﺪول‬ ‫ اﻻﺗﺠﺎهﺎت اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‬:‫ ﺷﻠﻤﺎن – ﻗﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﺤﺮب‬.‫ ﺁﻧﺪروﺑﻮﻟﺲ و م‬.‫ ﺟﻰ‬،‫ هﺎوارد‬.‫اﻟﻐﺮﺑﻴﺔ – اﻧﻈﺮ م‬ ‫ – ﻗﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﺼﺮاع اﻟﻤﺴﻠﺢ ﻓﻰ‬1997 ‫واﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ )ﺗﻴﻤﻮﺛﻰ ﻣﻜﻮرﻣﺎك و ﺟﻴﺮى ﺳﻤﺒﺴﻮن( – ﻃﺒﻌﺔ‬ ‫ – ﻣﻘﺎﻻت ﺑﺸﺄن اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‬1998 ‫اﻷﻟﻔﻴﺔ اﻟﻘﺎدﻣﺔ )ﻣﺎﻳﻜﻞ ﺷﻤﺖ و ﻟﺰﻟﻰ ﺟﺮﻳﻦ( – ﻃﺒﻌﺔ‬ ‫ ﺟﺮﻳﻦ – اﻟﻘﻮاﻋﺪ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﺰاﻋﺎت اﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ‬.‫ ﻟﺰﻟﻰ ﺳﻰ‬1999 ‫ﻟﻠﺤﺮب )ﻟﺰﻟﻰ ﺟﺮﻳﻦ( – ﻃﺒﻌﺔ‬ ‫ اﻟﺼﻔﺎت اﻟﻌﻘﻮﺑﻴﺔ‬،‫؛ إﻳﻔﺲ ﺳﺎﻧﺪوز‬380-355 ‫ ﻓﻰ‬،ً‫ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎ‬4 ‫ اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻰ اﻟﺪوﻟﻰ هﺎﻣﺶ‬1 ‫ﻓﻰ‬ ‫؛‬416-393 ‫ ﻓﻰ‬،ً‫ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎ‬4 ‫ اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻰ اﻟﺪوﻟﻰ هﺎﻣﺶ‬1 ‫ ﻓﻰ‬،‫ﻓﻰ اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﺪوﻟﻰ اﻹﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ‬ ،‫ اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻰ اﻟﺪوﻟﻰ‬1 ‫ ﻓﻰ‬،‫ﻣﺎﻳﻜﻞ ﻓﻴﻮﺛﻠﻰ اﻟﻨﺰاع اﻟﻤﺴﻠﺢ ﻏﻴﺮ اﻟﺪوﻟﻰ وﺣﺮب اﻟﻌﺼﺎﺑﺎت‬ .438-417‫ ص‬،ً‫ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎ‬4 ‫هﺎﻣﺶ‬

29

‫اﻹﻧﺴ ﺎﻧﻴﺔ)‪ .(30‬ه ﺬﻩ اﻟﺠ ﺮاﺋﻢ اﻟ ﺜﻼث اﻟﻤﻮﺟ ﻮدة ﺣﺎﻟﻴ ﺎ ﺿ ﻤﻦ اﺧﺘﺼ ﺎص اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴـﺔ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻓﻰ اﻟﻤﻮاد ‪ ،7 ،6‬و‪ .8‬و هﻰ ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻘﺔ ﻣ ﻊ اﻟﻘ ﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﺠﻨ ﺎﺋﻰ‬ ‫اﻟ ﺪوﻟﻰ اﻟﻘ ﺎﺋﻢ وآ ﺬا ﻣ ﻊ ﻣﻔﻬ ﻮم ﻗ ﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﺸ ﻌﻮب‪ ،‬اﻟﻤﻠ ﺰم ﻟﺠﻤﻴ ﻊ اﻟ ﺪول وآﻘﻮاﻋ ﺪ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﻤ ﻞ اﻟﺘﺰاﻣ ﺎت ﺑﺤﻴ ﺚ ﻻ ﻳﺠ ﻮز ﻟﻠﺪوﻟ ﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴ ﻞ ﻣ ﻦ ﺷ ﺄﻧﻬﺎ)‪ .(31‬وﻳ ﺪرج اﻟﻨﻈ ﺎم‬ ‫اﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﻰ أﻳﻀ ًﺎ ﺟﺮﻳﻤ ﺔ اﻟﻌ ﺪوان واﻟﺘ ﻰ ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﻬ ﺎ‪ ،‬وﻣ ﻦ ﺛ ﻢ ﻓﻬ ﻰ ﺗﺨﻀ ﻊ‬ ‫ﻻﺧﺘﺼ ﺎص اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ‪ .‬وﻋ ﻼوة ﻋﻠ ﻰ ذﻟ ﻚ ﻓ ﺈن ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ أﻳﻀ ًﺎ‬ ‫اﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻًﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﺮاﺋﻢ اﻟﺘﻰ ﺗﺮﺗﻜﺐ ﺿﺪ إﻗﺎﻣ ﺔ اﻟﻌﺪاﻟ ﺔ وﻟﻬ ﺎ أن ﺗﻘﻀ ﻰ ﺑﻌﻘﻮﺑ ﺎت ﻓ ﻰ‬ ‫هﺬا اﻟﺨﺼﻮص آﻤﺎ ﻓﻰ اﻟﻤﺎدﺗﻴﻦ ‪) .(32)71 ، 70‬اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺠﺪول رﻗﻢ‪.(2‬‬ ‫‪ .16‬اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪ 6‬ﺗﻌ ﺮف اﻹﺑ ﺎدة اﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﻴ ﺔ وﻓﻘ ًﺎ ﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴ ﺔ ‪ 1948‬اﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﺔ ﺑﻤﻨ ﻊ‬ ‫ﺟﺮﻳﻤﺔ اﻹﺑــﺎدة اﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﻴـــﺔ واﻟﻤﻌﺎﻗﺒـــﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬــﺎ)‪ (33‬واﻟﺘﻰ ﺗــﻢ اﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣ ﻦ‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻞ ‪ 123‬دوﻟﺔ)‪.(34‬‬

‫‪(30) For a discussion of crimes against humanity see M. CHERIF BASSIOUNI, CRIMES AGAINST‬‬ ‫‪HUMANITY IN INTERNATIONAL CRIMINAL LAW (2d rev. ed. 1999); Margaret McAuliffe‬‬ ‫‪deGuzman, The Road from Rome: The Developing Law of Crimes Against Humanity, 22‬‬ ‫‪HUM. RTS. Q. 335 (2000).‬‬

‫ﻟﻤﻨﺎﻗﺸﺔ اﻟﺠﺮاﺋﻢ ﺿﺪ اﻹﻧﺴﺎﻧﻴﺔ – اﻧﻈﺮ م ‪ .‬ﺷﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺴﻴﻮﻧﻰ – اﻟﺠﺮاﺋﻢ ﺿﺪ اﻹﻧﺴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻓﻰ اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮن‬ ‫اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻰ اﻟﺪوﻟﻰ ) ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﻘﺤﺔ ‪ .(1999‬ﻣﺎرﺟﺮﻳﺖ ﻣﺎآﻠﻴﻔﻰ دى ﺟﻮزﻣﺎن – اﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫روﻣﺎ‪ :‬ﺗﻄﻮر ﻗﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﺠﺮاﺋﻢ ﺿﺪ اﻹﻧﺴﺎﻧﻴﺔ – ‪.HUM. RTS. Q .335 (2000) 22‬‬ ‫‪(31) See Vienna Convention on the Law of Treaties, supra note 17, at arts. 53, 64; M. Cherif‬‬ ‫& ‪Bassiouni, International Crimes: Jus Cogens and Obligatio Erga Omnes, 59 L.‬‬ ‫‪CONTEMP. PROBS. 63 (1996).‬‬

‫اﻧﻈﺮ اﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﻴﻨﺎ ﺑﺸﺄن ﻗﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﻤﻌﺎهﺪات هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 17‬ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎً‪ ،‬ص ‪ .64 ، 53‬م ﺷﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺴﻴﻮﻧﻰ اﻟﺠﺮاﺋﻢ‬ ‫اﻟﺪوﻟﻴــﺔ‪ :‬اﻟﻮاﺟــــﺒﺎت اﻟﺪوﻟــــﻴﺔ اﻟﻨﺎﺗﺠـــﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺒﺎدئ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻓﻰ اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﺪوﻟﻰ واﻟﻘﻮاﻋﺪ اﻟﻤﻠﺰﻣﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫‪.(1996) 63 (&Contemp. Probs. L. 59‬‬ ‫‪(32 ) See von Hebel and Robinson, supra note 32. For additional commentary on Offenses‬‬ ‫‪against the administration of justice, see Kenneth Harris, Article 70: Offences against‬‬ ‫‪the administration of justice, in COMMENTARY ON ROME STATUTE, supra note 13, at 917‬‬‫‪924; Otto Triffterer, Article 71: Sanctions for misconduct before the Court, in‬‬ ‫‪COMMENTARY ON ROME STATUTE, supra note 13, at 925-936.‬‬

‫اﻧﻈﺮ ﻓﻮن هﻴﺒﻞ رﺑﻮﻧﻴﺴﻦ‪ ،‬ه ﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 32‬ﻟﻠﺘﻌﻠﻴ ﻖ اﻹﺿ ﺎﻓﻰ ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﺠ ﺮاﺋﻢ ﺿ ﺪ إﻗﺎﻣ ﺔ اﻟﻌ ﺪل‪ ،‬اﻟﻤ ﺎدة‬ ‫‪ :70‬ﺟﺮاﺋﻢ ﺿﺪ إﻗﺎﻣﺔ اﻟﻌﺪل‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ اﻟ ﺬى ﺗ ﻢ إﻗ ﺮارﻩ ﻓ ﻰ روﻣ ﺎ‪ ،‬ه ﺎﻣﺶ ‪13‬‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎً‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ ‪ 924 - 917‬أوﺗﻮ ﺗﺮﻓﻴﺘﻴﺮ ‪ ،‬اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ : 71‬اﻟﻌﻘﻮﺑ ﺎت ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﺳ ﻮء اﻟﺴ ﻠﻮك أﻣ ﺎم اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ اﻟﺬى ﺗﻢ إﻗﺮارﻩ ﻓﻰ روﻣﺎ‪ ،‬هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 13‬ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ ‪.936 - 925‬‬

‫‪30‬‬

‫‪ .17‬ﺗﻌﺮف اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ 7‬ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺠ ﺮاﺋﻢ‬ ‫ﻼ وﺗﺤﺪﻳ ﺪًا ﺑﻤ ﺎ ﻳﻌﻜ ﺲ اﻟﺘﻄ ﻮر اﻟﺴ ﺮﻳﻊ‬ ‫ﺿ ﺪ اﻹﻧﺴ ﺎﻧﻴﺔ )‪ (35‬ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘ ﺔ أآﺜ ﺮ ﺗﻔﺼ ﻴ ً‬ ‫ﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﻌﺮف اﻟﺪوﻟﻰ وﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺎدة ‪)6‬ج( ﻣﻦ ﻣﻴﺜ ﺎق ﻧ ﻮرﻣﺒﺮج)‪ (36‬واﻟﻤـ ـﺎدة ‪ 5‬ﻣ ﻦ‬ ‫اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻴﻮﻏﻮﺳﻼﻓﻴﺎ اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ)‪ (37‬واﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪ 3‬ﻣ ﻦ‬ ‫اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﻰ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ ﻟﺮواﻧ ﺪا)‪ .(38‬واﻟﺘﻔﺼ ﻴﻞ اﻟ ﻮارد ﺑ ﻨﺺ‬ ‫ﻣ ﺎدة اﻟﻨﻈ ﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﻰ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ ﻳﻌﻄ ﻰ ﻣﺰﻳ ﺪًا ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﺪﻗ ﺔ وﻳﻌﻜ ﺲ‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻄﻮر اﻟﻤﻠﺤﻮظ ﻓﻰ اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﻌﺮﻓﻰ اﻟﺪوﻟﻰ)‪ .(39‬آﻤﺎ ﻗﺪﻣﻨﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪(33 ) Convention on the Prevention and Punishment of the Crime of Genocide, 78 U.N.T.S.‬‬ ‫‪277 (New York, United Nations: 9 December 1948) reprinted in M.CHERIF BASSIOUNI,‬‬ ‫‪INTERNATIONAL CRIMINAL LAW CONVENTIONS AND THEIR PENAL PROVISIONS 247-250‬‬ ‫‪1997)[hereinafter ABASSIOUNI, CONVENTIONS@]. See also Lippman, Genocide, supra‬‬ ‫‪note 33.‬‬

‫اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺔ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻤﻨﻊ وﻣﻌﺎﻗﺒﺔ ﺟﺮﻳﻤﺔ اﻹﺑﺎدة اﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ ) 227U.N.T.S. 78 ،‬ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮرك ‪،‬‬ ‫اﻷﻣﻢ اﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪة‪ 9 :‬دﻳﺴﻤﺒﺮ ‪ ( 1948‬وأﻋﻴﺪ ﻃﺒﻌﻬﺎ ﻓﻰ م‪ .‬ﺷﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺴﻴﻮﻧﻰ‪ ،‬اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺎت اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻰ وأﺣﻜﺎﻣﻬﺎ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ‪] (1997) 250 -247‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ “ﺑﺴﻴﻮﻧﻰ‪،‬‬ ‫اﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺎت”[‪ .‬اﻧﻈﺮ أﻳﻀًﺎ ﻟﻴﺒﻤﺎن‪ ،‬اﻹﺑﺎدة اﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 33‬ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪.‬‬ ‫)‪ (34‬ﺑﺪءًا ﻣﻦ ﺷﻬﺮ دﻳﺴﻤﺒﺮ ‪.1997‬‬ ‫‪(35) ICC Statute, supra note 13, at art. 7. See BASSIOUNI, CRIMES AGAINST HUMANITY, supra‬‬ ‫‪note 35, at 243-275.‬‬

‫اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 13‬ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ .7‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺴﻴﻮﻧﻰ‪ ،‬ﺟﺮاﺋﻢ‬ ‫ﺿﺪ اﻹﻧﺴﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 35‬ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ ‪.275-243‬‬ ‫‪(36) BASSIOUNI, CONVENTIONS, supra note 38, at 457-494.‬‬

‫ﺑﺴﻴﻮﻧﻰ‪ ،‬اﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺎت‪ ،‬هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 38‬ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮاد ‪.494 – 457‬‬ ‫‪37‬‬

‫‪( ) Agreement for the Protection and Punishment of the Major War Criminals of the‬‬ ‫‪European Axis, Charter of the International Military Tribunal, 59 Stat. 1544, 82‬‬ ‫‪U.N.T.S. 279 (New York: United Nations, 8 August 1945).‬‬

‫اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺔ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ وﻣﻌﺎﻗﺒﺔ آﺒﺎر ﻣﺠﺮﻣﻰ اﻟﺤﺮب ﻟﺪول اﻟﻤﺤﻮر اﻷوروﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻴﺜﺎق اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻌﺴﻜﺮﻳﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ ‪)279 U.N.T.S 82 ،1544 ،59‬ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮرك‪ :‬اﻷﻣﻢ اﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪة ‪8‬‬ ‫أﻏﺴﻄﺲ ‪.(1945‬‬ ‫)‪(38) Statute of the International Tribunal for Rwanda, Security Council Resolution 955 (1994‬‬ ‫‪49th Sess., U.N. Doc. S/RES/955, (New York: United Nations, 8 November 1994).‬‬

‫اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻰ رواﻧﺪا‪ ،‬ﻗﺮار ﻣﺠﻠﺲ اﻷﻣﻦ ‪ (1994) 955‬اﻟﺠﻠﺴﺔ ‪،49‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻷﻣﻢ اﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪة ‪) ،S/RES / 955‬ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮرك‪ :‬اﻷﻣﻢ اﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪة‪ 8 ،‬ﻧﻮﻓﻤﺒﺮ ‪.(1994‬‬ ‫‪(39) Article 7(1) requires that an “attack upon a civilian population” be “systematic” or‬‬ ‫‪“widespread” as does Article 3 of the Statute of the ICTR, but Article 7(2) requires that‬‬

‫‪31‬‬

‫وهﻨﺎ ﺗﺠﺪر ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ أﻧﻪ ﻳﺠﺐ أن ﺗﺘﻮاﻓﺮ اﻷرآﺎن اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴ ﺔ ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﺠ ﺮاﺋﻢ ﺿ ﺪ‬ ‫اﻹﻧﺴﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫أ‪ .‬أن ﺗﻜ ﻮن هﻨ ﺎك ﺳﻴﺎﺳ ﺔ دوﻟ ﺔ أو ﺳﻴﺎﺳ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ ﻗﺒ ﻞ ﻣﻨﻈﻤ ﺔ ﻏﻴ ﺮ ﺣﻜﻮﻣﻴ ﺔ‬ ‫)اﻟﻤﺎدة‪.((2)7‬‬ ‫ب‪ .‬أن ﺗﻜﻮن اﻟﺠﺮﻳﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺠ ﺮاﺋﻢ اﻟﻤ ﺬآﻮرة واﻟﻤﺤ ﺪدة ﺣﺼ ﺮًا ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪7‬‬ ‫)‪.(1‬‬ ‫ج‪ .‬أن ﺗﺮﺗﻜ ﺐ ه ﺬﻩ اﻟﺠ ﺮاﺋﻢ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﻧﻄ ﺎق واﺳ ﻊ أو أﺳ ﺎس ﻣﻨﻬﺠ ﻰ اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪7‬‬ ‫)‪.(1‬‬ ‫وهﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺒﺮز أهﻤﻴﺔ رآﻦ اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻌﺪ اﻟﻤﺤ ﻚ ﻓ ﻰ ﺗﺤﺪﻳ ﺪ اﻻﺧﺘﺼ ﺎص‬ ‫واﻟﺬى ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆدى إﻟﻰ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ اﻟﺠﺮاﺋﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﻤﺔ وﻃﻨﻴﺔ إﻟﻰ ﺟﺮﻳﻤﺔ دوﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬وﻣﻦ ﺛ ﻢ‬ ‫ﻓﻬ ﻮ رآ ﻦ أﺳﺎﺳ ﻲ– ﺿ ﺮورى‪ ،‬وﻗ ﺪ ورد ﺿ ﻤﻦ ﻋﻨﺎﺻ ﺮ اﻟﺠﺮﻳﻤ ﺔ آﻤ ﺎ أﻋﺪﺗ ﻪ‬ ‫اﻟﻠﺠﻨ ﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻀ ﻴﺮﻳﺔ واﻟ ﺬى ورد ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﻔﻘ ﺮة اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜ ﺔ ﻣﻨ ﻪ " أن اﻟﻬﺠ ﻮم اﻟﻤﻮﺟ ﻪ ﺿ ﺪ‬ ‫ﺳﻜﺎن ﻣﺪﻧﻴﻴﻦ" هﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺼﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻜﺮار ارﺗﻜﺎب اﻷﻋﻤﺎل اﻟﻤﺸﺎر إﻟﻴﻬ ﺎ ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪7‬‬ ‫اﻟﻔﻘ ﺮة "‪ "1‬ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻨﻈ ﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﻰ ﺿ ﺪ اﻟﺴ ﻜﺎن اﻟﻤ ﺪﻧﻴﻴﻦ ووﻓﻘ ًﺎ ﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳ ﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ أو‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻤ ﺔ اﻟﻬﺎدﻓ ﺔ ﻻرﺗﻜ ﺎب ه ﺬا اﻟﻬﺠ ﻮم‪ .‬وه ﺬا اﻟﻔﻌ ﻞ ﻻ ﻳﻘﺘﻀ ﻰ ﺗﻀ ﻤﻨﻪ هﺠﻮﻣ ًﺎ‬ ‫ﻋﺴﻜﺮﻳّﺎ ﻣﻤ ﺎ ﻳﻌﻨ ﻰ أن "ﺳﻴﺎﺳ ﺔ ارﺗﻜ ﺎب ذﻟ ﻚ اﻟﻬﺠ ﻮم" ﺗﺘﻄﻠ ﺐ أن ﺗﻘ ﻮم اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ أو‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻤ ﺔ ﺑﺸ ﻜﻞ ﻓﻌ ﺎل ﻋﻠ ﻰ دﻋ ﻢ أو ﺗﺸ ﺠﻴﻊ ذﻟ ﻚ اﻟﻬﺠ ﻮم ﺿ ﺪ اﻟﺴ ﻜﺎن اﻟﻤ ﺪﻧﻴﻴﻦ‬ ‫)هﺎﻣﺶ ‪.(40)(1‬‬

‫‪such an “attack” be the product of a state’s “policy”. Thus, the element of “policy” is a‬‬ ‫‪prerequisite. See BASSIOUNI, CRIMES AGAINST HUMANITY, supra note 35, at 243-275.‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ (1) 7‬ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ "اﻟﻬﺠﻮم ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺴﻜﺎن اﻟﻤﺪﻧﻴﻴﻦ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺤﻮ "ﻣﻨﻈﻢ وﻣﻨﻬﺠﻲ" أو "واﺳﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﻨﻄﺎق" آﻤﺎ هﻮ اﻟﺤﺎل ﻓﻰ ﻧﺺ اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ 3‬ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺮواﻧﺪا‪،‬‬ ‫إﻻ أن اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ (2) 7‬ﺗﻘﺘﻀﻰ أن ﻳﻜﻮن "اﻟﻬﺠﻮم" ﻧﺎﺗﺠًﺎ ﻋﻦ "ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺔ" دوﻟﺔ‪ .‬وﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ رآﻦ‬ ‫"اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺔ" هﻮ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ أﺳﺎﺳﻰ‪ .‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺴﻴﻮﻧﻰ‪ ،‬ﺟﺮاﺋﻢ ﺿﺪ اﻹﻧﺴﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 35‬ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ ‪243‬‬ ‫– ‪.275‬‬ ‫‪(40 ) See Report of the Preparatory Commission of the International Criminal Court, Finalized‬‬ ‫‪Draft of the Elements of Crimes, U.N. Doc. PCNICC/2000/INF/3/Add.2 (30 June 2000).‬‬

‫اﻧﻈﺮ‪ :‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ اﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻀﻴﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻧﺴﺨﺔ ﻧﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻷرآﺎن اﻟﺠﺮﻳﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬ ‫اﻷﻣﻢ اﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪة ‪ / 3 /INF / 2000 / PCNICC‬إﺿﺎﻓﻰ ‪ 30) 2‬ﻳﻮﻧﻴﻮ ‪.(2000‬‬

‫‪32‬‬

‫وﻗﺪ ورد ﻓ ﻰ ﻧﻬﺎﺑ ﺔ ه ﺎﻣﺶ ه ﺬﻩ اﻟﻔﻘ ﺮة‪ :‬أن اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳ ﺔ اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻬ ﺔ ﺿ ﺪ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋ ﺔ‬ ‫ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﺴ ﻜﺎن اﻟﻤ ﺪﻧﻴﻴﻦ واﻟﺘ ﻰ ﺗﺒﺎﺷ ﺮهﺎ اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ أو ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋ ﺔ ﻣﻨﻈﻤ ﺔ‪ .‬وﻗ ﺪ ﺗﻘ ﻮم ه ﺬﻩ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺔ ﻓﻰ ﻇﺮوف اﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ أﺳ ﺎس اﻹﺣﺠ ﺎم ﻋ ﻦ اﻟﻘﻴ ﺎم ﺑﻔﻌ ﻞ ﻣﻌ ﻴﻦ ﺑﻘﺼ ﺪ‬ ‫ﺗﺸﺠﻴﻊ ارﺗﻜﺎب هﺬا اﻟﻬﺠﻮم‪ .‬وﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ اﻻﺳﺘﺪﻻل ﻋﻠﻰ وﺟﻮد ﺗﻠ ﻚ اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳ ﺔ ﺑﺼ ﻔﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻔﺮدة ﻓﻰ ﻏﻴﺎب اﻟﻌﻤﻞ اﻟﺤﻜﻮﻣﻰ أو اﻟﻌﻤﻞ اﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻤﻰ)‪.(41‬‬ ‫وﺗﺒﻌ ًﺎ ﻟ ﺬﻟﻚ ﻓ ﺈن ﺳﻴﺎﺳ ﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ اﻟﺘ ﻰ ﺗﺸ ﻤﻠﻬﺎ اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪) 7‬اﻻﻧﺘﺸ ﺎر اﻟﻮاﺳ ﻊ أو‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻨﻬﺠﻲ( ﻳﺠﺐ أن ﻳﺴﺘﺪل ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻮاﺳ ﻄﺔ "اﻟﺘﺸ ﺠﻴﻊ" أو اﻟ ﺪﻋﻢ اﻹﻳﺠ ﺎﺑﻰ‪ .‬وﻳﺠ ﺐ‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ أن اﻟﻔﺸﻞ ﻓﻰ ﻣﻨﻊ اﻟﺠﺮاﺋﻢ ﻻ ﻳﺨﻠﻖ ﻣﺮﺟﻌًﺎ ذاﺗ ّﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﻠﺘﺸﺠﻴﻊ أو اﻟﺘﺄﻳﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜ ﻦ‬ ‫إﻟﻰ ﺣ ﺪ ﻣ ﺎ ﻓﻘ ﻂ "ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﻈ ﺮوف اﻻﺳ ﺘﺜﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ" ﻳ ﺆدى ه ﺬا اﻟﻔﺸ ﻞ ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﻤﻨ ﻊ إﻟ ﻰ ﻣ ﺎ‬ ‫ﻳﻌﺎدل "اﻟﺘﺸﺠﻴﻊ أو اﻟﺪﻋﻢ اﻹﻳﺠﺎﺑﻰ"‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .18‬أﻣﺎ ﺑﺨﺼﻮص ﺟﺮاﺋﻢ اﻟﺤﺮب ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﻀﻤﻨﺖ اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪:(42) 8‬‬ ‫أ‪" .‬اﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎآﺎت اﻟﺠﺴﻴﻤﺔ")‪ (43‬اﻟﻤﻨﺼﻮص ﻋﻠﻴﻬ ﺎ ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪ 3‬ﻣ ﻦ اﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴ ﺎت‬ ‫ﺟﻨﻴﻒ ‪ 1949‬اﻟﺘﻰ ﺗﻢ اﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ‪ 186‬دوﻟﺔ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻓﻰ اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ 7‬ﻓﻘﺮة ‪.3‬‬

‫‪(41) Id.‬‬

‫‪(42) Id. at intro. to art. 7 para. 3.‬‬

‫‪(43 ) Geneva Convention for the Amelioration of the Condition of the Wounded and Sick in‬‬ ‫‪Armed Forces in the Field, 6 U.S.T. 3114, 75 U.N.T.S. 31, Article 50 (New York,‬‬ ‫‪United Nations: 12 August 1949); Geneva Convention for the Amelioration of the‬‬ ‫‪condition of Wounded, Sick and Shipwrecked Members of Armed forces at Sea, 6‬‬ ‫‪U.D.T. 3217, 75 U.N.T.S. 85, 6 U.S.T. 3316, 75 U.N.T.S. 135, Article 51 (New York,‬‬ ‫‪United Nations: 12 August 1949); Geneva Convention Relative to the Treatment of‬‬ ‫‪Prisoners of War, art. 130 (Geneva, United Nations: 12 August 1949); and Geneva‬‬ ‫‪Convention Relative to the Protection of Civilian Person in Times of War, 6 U.S.T.‬‬ ‫‪3516, 75 U.N.T.S. 287. art. 147 (New York: United Nations, 12 August 1949). See also‬‬ ‫‪authorities mentioned supra note 34.‬‬

‫اﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴ ﺔ ﺟﻨﻴ ﻒ اﻟﺘ ﻰ ﺗﺘﻌﻠ ﻖ ﺑﺘﺤﺴ ﻴﻦ ﺣﺎﻟ ﺔ اﻟﺠﺮﺣ ﻰ واﻟﻤﺮﺿ ﻰ ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﻘ ﻮات اﻟﻤﺴ ﻠﺤﺔ‪6 ،‬‬ ‫‪ ،31U.N.T.S.75 ،3114U.S.T‬اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪) 50‬ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮرك ‪ ،‬اﻷﻣ ﻢ اﻟﻤﺘﺤ ﺪة‪ 12 :‬أﻏﺴ ﻄﺲ ‪(1949‬؛‬ ‫اﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴ ﺔ ﺟﻨﻴ ﻒ ﻟﺘﺤﺴ ﻴﻦ ﺣﺎﻟ ﺔ اﻟﻤﺮﺿ ﻰ واﻟﺠﺮﺣ ﻰ وأﻓ ﺮاد اﻟﻘ ﻮات اﻟﻤﺴ ﻠﺤﺔ اﻟﻤﺼ ﺎﺑﻴﻦ ﻓ ﻰ ﺣﻄ ﺎم‬ ‫ﺳ ﻔﻴﻨﺔ ‪ ،135 U.N.T.S. 75 .3316 U.S.T. 6 , 85 U.N.T.S. 75 , 3217 U.D.T. 6.‬اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪) 51‬‬ ‫ﻧﻴﻮﻳ ﻮرك ‪ ،‬اﻷﻣ ﻢ اﻟﻤﺘﺤ ﺪة‪ 12 :‬أﻏﺴ ﻄﺲ ‪( 1949‬؛ اﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴ ﺔ ﺟﻨﻴ ﻒ اﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘ ﺔ ﺑﻤﻌﺎﻣﻠ ﺔ ﻣﺴ ﺠﻮﻧﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﺤ ﺮب‪ ،‬اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪ ) 130‬ﺟﻨﻴ ﻒ ‪ ،‬اﻷﻣ ﻢ اﻟﻤﺘﺤ ﺪة‪ 12 :‬أﻏﺴ ﻄﺲ ‪( 1949‬؛ واﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴ ﺔ ﺟﻨﻴ ﻒ أوﻗ ﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﺤ ﺮب‪ 287 U.N.T.S. 75 ، 3516 U.S.T. 6 ،‬اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪) 147‬ﻧﻴﻮﻳ ﻮرك ‪ :‬اﻷﻣ ﻢ اﻟﻤﺘﺤ ﺪة ‪12 ،‬‬ ‫أﻏﺴﻄﺲ ‪ .(1949‬اﻧﻈﺮ أﻳﻀًﺎ‪ :‬اﻟﺜﻘﺎت اﻟﻤﺬآﻮرة‪ ،‬هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 34‬ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪.‬‬

‫‪33‬‬

‫ب‪" .‬اﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎآ ﺎت اﻟﺠﺴ ﻴﻤﺔ" اﻟﻤﻨﺼ ﻮص ﻋﻠﻴﻬ ﺎ ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآ ﻮل اﻷول‬ ‫ﻟﻌ ﺎم)‪ 1977 (44‬واﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآ ﻮل اﻟﺜ ﺎﻧﻲ)‪ ،(45‬واﻟﻠ ﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻌ ﺪان ﺟ ﺰ ًءا ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻘ ﺎﻧﻮن‬ ‫اﻟﻌﺮﻓﻰ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺎزﻋﺎت اﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ)‪ .(46‬وﺗ ﻢ اﻟﺘﺼ ﺪﻳﻖ ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآ ﻮل اﻷول ﻣ ﻦ ﻗﺒ ﻞ‬ ‫‪ 147‬دوﻟﺔ‪ ،‬واﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮل اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ‪ 139‬دوﻟﺔ)‪. (47‬‬ ‫وﺑﺎﻹﺿ ﺎﻓﺔ إﻟ ﻰ ذﻟ ﻚ ﻓ ﺈن اﻟﻤ ﺎدة "‪ "8‬ﺗﺸ ﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﺟﺰﺋّﻴ ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣ ﺎ ﻳﻌ ﺮف ﺑﺎﻟﻘ ﺎﻧﻮن‬ ‫اﻟﻌﺮﻓﻰ ﻟﻠﻨﺰاع اﻟﻤﺴﻠﺢ وﻳﺸﻤﻞ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻢ أﺳﻠﺤﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .19‬وﺣﻴ ﺚ إن آ ﻼ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﺠ ﺮاﺋﻢ اﻟ ﺜﻼث اﻟﺪاﺧﻠ ﺔ ﻓ ﻰ اﺧﺘﺼ ﺎص اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ ﻳﺘﻀ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌ ﻞ اﻟﻘ ﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﺠﻨ ﺎﺋﻰ اﻟ ﺪوﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓ ﺈن اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺸﺮع ﺟﺮاﺋﻢ ﺟﺪﻳﺪة وﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺗﺒﻨﺖ ﻣ ﺎ ﺳ ﻠﻒ وﺟ ﻮدﻩ ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﻘ ﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﺠﻨ ﺎﺋﻰ‬ ‫اﻟ ﺪوﻟﻰ‪ .‬وﺑﺎﻹﺿ ﺎﻓﺔ إﻟ ﻰ ذﻟ ﻚ ﻓ ﺈن اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ ه ﻰ ﻧﺘ ﺎج ﻣﻌﺎه ﺪة‬

‫‪(44 )Protocol Additional to the Geneva Conventions of 12 August 1949, and Relating to the‬‬ ‫‪Protection of Victims of International Armed Conflicts of 8 June 1977 (1977 Protocol I),‬‬ ‫‪Annex I U.N. Doc A/32/144 (1977), reprinted in 16 I.L.M. 139. See YVES SANDOZ,‬‬ ‫‪COMMENTARY ON THE 1977 ADDITIONAL PROTOCOLS (1986).‬‬

‫ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآﻮل إﺿﺎﻓﻰ ﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺎت ﺟﻨﻴﻒ ﻓﻰ ‪ 12‬أﻏﺴﻄﺲ ‪ 1949‬واﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺿﺤﺎﻳﺎ اﻟﻨﺰاﻋﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻰ ‪ 8‬ﻳﻮﻧﻴﻮ ‪ 1977) 1977‬ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآﻮل( ﻣﻠﺤﻖ ‪ 1‬اﻷﻣﻢ اﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪة ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬ ‫أ‪ (1977) 144/32/‬واﻟﺬى أﻋﻴﺪ ﻃﺒﻌﻪ ﻓﻰ ‪ 16‬ال ﻣﻴﻢ ‪ .139‬اﻧﻈﺮ إﻳﻔﺲ ﺳﺎﻧﺪوز‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻻت اﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ‪.(1986) 1977‬‬ ‫‪(45) Protocol Additional to the Geneva Conventions of 12 August 1949, and relating to the‬‬ ‫‪Protection of Victims of Non-International Armed Conflicts (1977 Protocol II) Annex‬‬ ‫‪II, U.N. Doc A/32/144 (1977), reprinted in 16 I.L.M. 1391. See SANDOZ, COMMENTARY,‬‬ ‫= ‪supra note 49.‬‬

‫=ﺑﺮوﺗﻮآﻮل إﺿﺎﻓﻰ ﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺎت ﺟﻨﻴﻒ واﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺿﺤﺎﻳﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ اﻟﻨﺰاﻋﺎت اﻟﻤﺴﻠﺤﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ‬ ‫)‪ 1977‬اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮل ‪ ( 2‬ﻣﻠﺤﻖ ‪ ،2‬اﻷﻣﻢ اﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪة ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ أ‪ ( 1977) 144/320/‬وأﻋﻴﺪ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ‬ ‫ﻓﻰ ‪ .1 16‬ال‪.‬ﻣﻴﻢ ‪ .1391‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺳﺎﻧﺪوز‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ‪ ،‬هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 49‬ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪(46) See also Convention Respecting the Laws of Customs of War on Land (Second Hague‬‬ ‫)‪IV), 36 Stat. 2277 (The Hague: 18 October 1907‬‬

‫اﻧﻈﺮ أﻳﻀًﺎ اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﻰ ﺗﺮاﻋﻰ ﻗﻮاﻧﻴﻦ أﻋﺮاف اﻟﺤﺮب اﻟﺒﺮﻳﺔ )ﻻهﺎى اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ‪ 36 ( 4‬اﻟﻨﻈﺎم‬ ‫اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ ‪) 2277‬ﻻهﺎى ‪ 18:‬أآﺘﻮﺑﺮ ‪.(1907‬‬ ‫‪(47) For ratifications of the two protocols to the four Geneva Conventions, see BASSIOUNI,‬‬ ‫‪CONVENTIONS, supra note 38, at 457-494‬‬

‫ﻟﻠﺘﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮآﻮﻟﻴﻦ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺎت ﺟﻨﻴﻒ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺴﻴﻮﻧﻰ‪ ،‬اﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺎت‪ ،‬هﺎﻣﺶ‬ ‫‪ 38‬ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎ‪ ،‬اﻟﻤﻮاد ‪.494-457‬‬

‫‪34‬‬

‫وﺗﻨﻬﺾ ﺑﺄﻋﺒﺎء اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴ ﻖ اﻟﻤﺴ ﺘﻘﺒﻠﻲ)‪ (48‬وأى ادﻋ ﺎء ﺑ ﺄن اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﺴ ﺘﻨﺪ إﻟ ﻰ ﻧ ﺺ ﻟ ﻢ ﻳﺴ ﺒﻖ ﺗﺸ ﺮﻳﻌﻪ ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﻘ ﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﺠﻨ ﺎﺋﻰ اﻟ ﺪوﻟﻰ ه ﻮ ﻗ ﻮل ﻏﻴ ﺮ‬ ‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .20‬إن ﻋﻤ ﻞ اﻟﻠﺠﻨ ﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻀ ﻴﺮﻳﺔ اﻟﻤﻨﺸ ﺄة ﺑﻤﻮﺟ ﺐ اﻟﻘ ﺮار )أف( ﻣ ﻦ ﻗﺒ ﻞ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺆﺗﻤﺮ اﻟﺪﺑﻠﻮﻣﺎﺳﻰ هﻮ اﻟﻨﻬﻮض ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳ ﻒ أو ﺗﺤﺪﻳ ﺪ أرآ ﺎن اﻟﺠﺮﻳﻤ ﺔ وﻓﻘ ﺎ ﻟﻠﻤ ﺎدة‬ ‫"‪ "9‬ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﻈ ﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﻰ‪ ،‬وه ﺬﻩ اﻷرآ ﺎن ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤ ﻞ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﺗﻌ ﺪﻳﻞ اﻟﻨﻈ ﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﻰ‬ ‫وﻻ ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﺠ ﺮاﺋﻢ اﻟﺘ ﻰ ﺗﺸ ﺘﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬ ﺎ اﻟﻤ ﻮاد ‪ 8 ،7 ،6‬ﺣﺎﻟﻴ ﺎً‪ ،‬ﻓﻘ ﺪ وﺿ ﻌﺖ‬ ‫ﻓﻘﻂ "ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪة" اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻓﻰ إﺛﺒﺎت ﺗﻠﻚ اﻟﺠﺮاﺋﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .21‬إن أرآ ﺎن اﻟﺠﺮﻳﻤ ﺔ اﻟﻤﺸ ﺎر إﻟﻴﻬ ﺎ ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﺠﻠﺴ ﺔ اﻟﺨﺎﻣﺴ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ ﺟﻠﺴ ﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﻠﺠﻨ ﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻀ ﻴﺮﻳﺔ )اﻟﺘ ﻰ آ ﺎن ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻮاﺟ ﺐ ﺗﺒﻨﻴﻬ ﺎ ﻣ ﻦ ﻗﺒ ﻞ اﻟ ﺪول اﻷﻃ ﺮاف(‬ ‫أوﺿ ﺤﺖ ﻋﻠ ﻰ درﺟ ﺎت ﻣﺘﻔﺎوﺗ ﺔ ﻣ ﺎ ه ﻮ اﻟﻤ ﺮاد إﺛﺒﺎﺗ ﻪ‪ .‬وﻓ ﻰ اﻹﺑ ﺎدة اﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﻴ ﺔ ﻟ ﻢ‬ ‫ﺗﻀ ﻒ أرآ ﺎن اﻟﺠﺮﻳﻤ ﺔ أى ﺷ ﻲء ذا ﻃﺒﻴﻌ ﺔ ﺧﺎﺻ ﺔ ﻟﻠﻔﻬ ﻢ اﻟﻌ ﺎم ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳ ﻒ اﻹﺑ ﺎدة‬ ‫اﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﻴ ﺔ‪ .‬وﻓ ﻰ ﺟ ﺮاﺋﻢ اﻟﺤ ﺮب ﻗ ﺪﻣﺖ أرآ ﺎن اﻟﺠ ﺮاﺋﻢ ﻣﻔ ﺎهﻴﻢ ﻣﺜ ﻞ اﻟﻀ ﺮورة‬ ‫اﻟﻌﺴﻜﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬واﻟﻌﻘﻼﻧﻴﺔ واﻟﺘﺼﺮف ﻏﻴ ﺮ اﻟﻘ ﺎﻧﻮﻧﻰ دون وﺿ ﻊ ﻣﻌﻴ ﺎر واﺿ ﺢ ﻳﻤﻜ ﻦ‬ ‫أن ﻳﻜ ﻮن ﻣ ﺪﺧ ً‬ ‫ﻼ ﻟﺘﻠ ﻚ اﻹﺿ ﺎﻓﺎت‪ (49).‬وﻣ ﻦ ﺛ ﻢ ﻓ ﺈن ذﻟ ﻚ ﺳ ﻮف ﻳﺘ ﺮك ﻟﻘ ﺮارات‬ ‫واﺟﺘﻬﺎدات اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ أﺳﺎس اﻟﻤﺼﺎدر اﻟﻤﻤﺎﺛﻠﺔ اﻟﻮاﺟﺒﺔ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ واﻟﻤﻨﺼ ﻮص‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬ ﺎ ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﻤ ﺎدﺗﻴﻦ ‪ .21، 10‬إن اﻟﺠ ﺮاﺋﻢ ﺿ ﺪ اﻹﻧﺴ ﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﻘ ﺪم إﻃ ﺎرًا ذا ه ﺎﻣﺶ‬ ‫ﺗﻔﺴ ﻴﺮى‪ .‬وﻣ ﻊ ﻣﻼﺣﻈ ﺔ أن أرآ ﺎن اﻟﺠ ﺮاﺋﻢ ﺿ ﺪ اﻹﻧﺴ ﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﺘﻄﻠ ﺐ إﺛﺒ ﺎت ﺳﻴﺎﺳ ﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ أو ﺳﻴﺎﺳ ﺔ أﺷ ﺨﺎص ﻏﻴ ﺮ اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ ﺧ ﻼل إﻇﻬ ﺎر اﻟﺘﺸ ﺠﻴﻊ واﻟ ﺪﻋﻢ‬ ‫اﻹﻳﺠﺎﺑﻰ واﻟﻤﺘﻀﻤﻦ اﻟﻔﺸﻞ ﻓﻰ أو اﻻﻣﺘﻨﺎع ﻋﻦ ﻣﻨ ﻊ ارﺗﻜ ﺎب اﻟﻔﻌ ﻞ )اﻧﻈ ﺮ اﻟﻔﻘ ﺮة‬ ‫‪ .(28‬وﻳﺠﺐ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ أن اﻟﻤﺒﺎدئ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻰ اﻟﺬى ﺗﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻌﻈ ﻢ‬ ‫اﻟﻨﻈﻢ اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﺴ ﻠﻢ ﺑ ﺄن اﻟﻔﺸ ﻞ اﻟﻤﻘﺼ ﻮد أو اﻟﻌﻤ ﺪى ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﺘﺼ ﺮف ﻋﻨ ﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜ ﻮن‬ ‫هﻨ ﺎك اﻟﺘ ﺰام ﻗ ﺎﻧﻮﻧﻰ ﺳ ﺎﺑﻖ ﻟﻠﺘﺼ ﺮف‪ ،‬ﻳﻌ ﺪ ﺟ ﺰءًا ﻣ ﻦ اﻟ ﺮآﻦ اﻟﻤ ﺎدى ﻟﻠﺠ ﺮاﺋﻢ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ .‬وﺗﺒﻌًﺎ ﻟ ﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﺈﻧ ﻪ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜ ﻦ اﻧﺘﻬ ﺎج ﺳﻴﺎﺳ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ ﻗﺒ ﻞ دوﻟ ﺔ أو أﺷ ﺨﺎص‬ ‫‪(48) Articles 11 and 24 expressly state that ICC jurisdiction is prospective.‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﺎدﺗﺎن ‪ 24 ، 11‬ﺗﻘﺮران ﺑﻮﺿﻮح أن اﺧﺘﺼﺎص اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻪ أﺛﺮ رﺟﻌﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫‪49‬‬

‫‪( ) See Report of the Working Group on Elements of Crimes, supra note 45.‬‬

‫اﻧﻈﺮ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﻟﺠﻨﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ أرآﺎن اﻟﺠﺮﻳﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﻔًﺎ هﺎﻣﺶ ‪.45‬‬

‫‪35‬‬

‫ﻏﻴ ﺮ اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ ﺧ ﻼل اﻟﻔﺸ ﻞ اﻟﻤﻘﺼ ﻮد أو اﻟﻌﻤ ﺪى ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﺘﺼ ﺮف‪" .‬اﻟﺘﺸ ﺠﻴﻊ‬ ‫واﻟ ﺪﻋﻢ اﻹﻳﺠ ﺎﺑﻲ" ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻮاﺿ ﺢ أﻧ ﻪ ﻳﺸ ﺘﻤﻞ ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﺘ ﺪﺧﻞ ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﺘﺼ ﺮف ﻣ ﻦ ﻗﺒ ﻞ‬ ‫دوﻟ ﺔ أو أﺷ ﺨﺎص ﻏﻴ ﺮ اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ وه ﻮ ﻣ ﺎ ﻳﻨ ﺘﺞ ﻋﻨ ﻪ ارﺗﻜ ﺎب ﺟ ﺮاﺋﻢ ﺿ ﺪ اﻹﻧﺴ ﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬ ‫وﻓﻰ آﻠﺘﺎ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺘﻴﻦ ﺳﻮاء ﺑﺎﻻرﺗﻜﺎب أو ﺑﺎﻻﻣﺘﻨ ﺎع ﻋ ﻦ )أو اﻟﻔﺸ ﻞ ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﺘﺼ ﺮف أو‬ ‫اﻟﻔﻌﻞ اﻟﺴﻠﺒﻲ( ﻳﺠﺐ أن ﻳﻘﺘﺮن ذﻟﻚ ﺑﺮآﻦ اﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .22‬ﻳﺮاﻋ ﻰ ﻓ ﻰ ﺷ ﺄن آ ﻞ اﻟﺠ ﺮاﺋﻢ اﻟ ﺜﻼث وﺟ ﻮب ﺗ ﻮاﻓﺮ اﻟ ﺮآﻦ اﻟﻤﻌﻨ ﻮى‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻨﺼ ﻮص ﻋﻠﻴ ﻪ ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪) 30‬واﻟﺘ ﻰ ﺗﻄﺒ ﻖ ﻓﻴﻤ ﺎ ﻋ ﺪا اﻟ ﺮآﻦ اﻟﻤﻌﻨ ﻮى‬ ‫ﺻ ﺎ(‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻨﺼ ﻮص ﻋﻠﻴ ﻪ ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪) 6‬اﻹﺑ ﺎدة اﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﻴ ﺔ( اﻟ ﺬى ﻳﺘﻄﻠ ﺐ ﻗﺼ ﺪًا ﺧﺎ ّ‬ ‫وﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤ ﻞ أن ﺗﻈﻬ ﺮ أرآ ﺎن اﻟﺠ ﺮاﺋﻢ ﺑﻌ ﺾ اﻟﻠ ﺒﺲ ﺑ ﻴﻦ اﻟﻘﺼ ﺪ اﻟﻌ ﺎم واﻟﻘﺼ ﺪ‬ ‫اﻟﺨﺎص‪ .‬وﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜ ﻦ إزاﻟ ﺔ ه ﺬا اﻟﻠ ﺒﺲ ﻋ ﻦ ﻃﺮﻳ ﻖ وﺿ ﻊ ﻣﻌﻴ ﺎر ﺁﺧ ﺮ ﻟﺼ ﺎﻧﻌﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳ ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺼ ﺪ ﻋ ﺎم ﺷ ﺎﻣﻞ ﻳﺘﻀ ﻤﻦ اﻟﻌﻠ ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻷن ﻣﻘ ﺪرة ه ﺆﻻء اﻷﺷ ﺨﺎص ﻋﻠ ﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓ ﺔ أو اﻟﺘﻨﺒ ﺆ ﺑﻨﺘ ﺎﺋﺞ أﻋﻤ ﺎﻟﻬﻢ ﺗﺮﺟ ﻊ إﻟ ﻰ اﺗﺼ ﺎﻟﻬﻢ اﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷ ﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣ ﺎت‬ ‫وﻗﺪراﺗﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻰ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﺪوﻟﺔ‪ ،‬وﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﻔﺬﻳﻦ اﻷﻗﻞ ﻓﺈﻧ ﻪ ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺗ ﻮاﻓﺮ‬ ‫اﻟﻘﺼ ﺪ اﻟﺨ ﺎص ﻋ ﻦ ﻃﺮﻳ ﻖ ﻣﻌﺮﻓ ﺔ اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳ ﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣ ﺔ اﻟﺘ ﻰ ﻳﻘﻮﻣ ﻮن ﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴ ﺬهﺎ أو‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺎﺻﺮﺗﻬﺎ‪ .‬وﻟﻦ ﺗﻜﻮن هﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ذﻟﻚ ﻻرﺗﻜ ﺎب ﺟ ﺮاﺋﻢ‬ ‫ﺻﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺮب )اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ (8‬ﻷن هﺬﻩ اﻟﺠﺮاﺋﻢ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻗﺼﺪًا ﺧﺎ ّ‬ ‫‪ .23‬ﺗﺘﺪاﺧﻞ اﻟﺠﺮاﺋﻢ اﻟﺜﻼث ﻓﻰ أرآﺎﻧﻬﺎ اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻧﻴﺔ وﻟﻜﻦ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﻰ ﻻ‬ ‫ﺼ ﺎ ﻋ ﻦ آﻴﻔﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣ ﻞ ﺳ ﻮاء ﻣ ﻊ اﻟﺘ ﺪاﺧﻞ اﻟﻘ ﺎﻧﻮﻧﻰ أو اﻟﺘ ﺪاﺧﻞ ﻓ ﻰ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻀ ﻤﻦ ﻧ ّ‬ ‫اﻟﻮﻗﺎﺋﻊ)‪ ،(50‬وﺑﺼﻮرة ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻬﺔ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻣ ﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠ ﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻘﻮﺑ ﺎت اﻟﺘ ﻰ ﺗﺘﻌﺎﻣ ﻞ ﻣ ﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺘﺪاﺧﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺠﺮاﺋﻢ ]اﻟﻤﺎدﺗﻴﻦ ‪ [80، 70‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮن هﻨ ﺎك ﺷ ﺨﺺ ﻗ ﺪ أدﻳ ﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﺎرﺗﻜﺎب ﻋﺪة ﺟﺮاﺋﻢ )واﻟﺘﻰ ﻟ ﺪﻳﻬﺎ أرآ ﺎن ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻴ ﺔ ﻣﻤﺎﺛﻠ ﺔ( ﻧﺎﺗﺠ ﺔ ﻋ ﻦ ذات اﻟﻔﻌ ﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫إن ﻣﺸﻜﻼت ﺗﺪاﺧﻞ اﻟﻨﺼ ﻮص اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻧﻴ ﺔ‪ ،‬ﺧﺼﻮﺻ ًﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴ ﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺠ ﺮاﺋﻢ اﻟﻤﻨﺼ ﻮص‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬ ﺎ ﻓ ﻰ ]اﻟﻤ ﻮاد ‪ ،[7،8 ،6‬ﻻﺳ ﻴﻤﺎ أن اﻷرآ ﺎن اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻧﻴ ﺔ ﺗﺘﻀ ﻤﻦ اﻟﻌﺪﻳ ﺪ ﻣ ﻦ‬ ‫‪(50 ) See M. Cherif Bassiouni, The Normative Framework of International Humanitarian‬‬ ‫‪Law: Overlaps, Gaps, and Ambiguities, 8 TRANSNATIONAL L. & CONTEP. PROBS. 199‬‬ ‫‪(1998).The civilist legal systems address this problem as a Concours ideal d’infractions.‬‬

‫اﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﺤﻤﻮد ﺷﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺴﻴﻮﻧﻰ‪ ،‬اﻹﻃﺎر اﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﻰ ﻟﻠﻘ ﺎﻧﻮن اﻹﻧﺴ ﺎﻧﻰ اﻟ ﺪوﻟﻲ‪ :‬اﻟﺘ ﺪاﺧﻞ‪ ،‬اﻟﺜﻐ ﺮات‬ ‫واﻟﻐﻤﻮض‪ 8 ،‬اﻟﻘﻀﺎﻳﺎ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﺻﺮة وﻋﺒﺮ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ‪ .(1998) 199 ،‬اﻟﻨﻈﻢ اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻧﻴﺔ اﻟﻼﺗﻴﻨﻴ ﺔ ﻋﺮﻓ ﺖ‬ ‫هﺬﻩ اﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﺑـ "ﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖ اﻟﺠﺮاﺋﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﻔﻌﻞ‪".‬‬

‫‪36‬‬

‫اﻟﺘﺸ ﺎﺑﻪ اﻟ ﺬى ﺳ ﻮف ﻳﻈﻬ ﺮ ﻋﻨ ﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺤ ﺪد اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ ﻋ ﺪم ﺟ ﻮاز اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤ ﺔ ﻋ ﻦ‬ ‫اﻟﺠﺮﻳﻤﺔ ذاﺗﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﺗﻴﻦ ]اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ ،[20‬هﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼت ﺳﻮف ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﻰ ﻣﺤ ﺎآﻢ اﻟ ﺪول‬ ‫اﻷﻃ ﺮاف‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻴ ﻒ ﺳ ﻴﺘﻨﺎول ﻗﻀ ﺎة اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ واﻟﻘﻀ ﺎة اﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴ ﻮن‬ ‫هﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼت ﻏﻴﺮ اﻟﻘﺎﻃﻌﺔ؟‬ ‫)اﻟﺠﺪول رﻗﻢ ‪ (2‬ﻗﻮاﻋﺪ اﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎص اﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﻰ‬

‫اﻟﻐﺮض‪ :‬ﺗﻤﺎرس اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ اﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﺷﺨﺎص اﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺮﺗﻜﺒﻮن أﺷ ﺪ‬ ‫اﻟﺠﺮاﺋﻢ ﺧﻄﻮرة واﻟﺘﻰ هﻰ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ اﻻهﺘﻤﺎم اﻟﺪوﻟﻰ )اﻟﻤﺎدة‪.(1‬‬ ‫اﻻﺧﺘﺼ ﺎص‪ :‬ـ ـ ﻳﻘﺘﺼ ﺮ اﺧﺘﺼ ﺎص اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ ﻋﻠ ﻰ أﺷ ﺪ اﻟﺠ ﺮاﺋﻢ ﺧﻄ ﻮرة‬ ‫واﻟﺘﻰ هﻰ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ اهﺘﻤﺎم اﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ اﻟﺪوﻟﻰ ﺑﺄﺳﺮﻩ )اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪.(5‬‬ ‫ ﻣﻜﻤﻞ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﺎء اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻰ اﻟﻮﻃﻨﻰ )اﻟﻔﻘﺮة ‪ 10‬ﻣﻦ اﻟﺪﻳﺒﺎﺟﺔ(‪.‬‬‫ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻪ ﺑﺄﺛﺮ رﺟﻌﻰ )اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪.(11‬‬‫اﻟﺠﺮاﺋﻢ اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﺔ ﻓﻰ ﻧﻄﺎق اﺧﺘﺼﺎص اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ )اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪(5‬‬ ‫ﺎدة‬

‫اﻹﺑ‬ ‫اﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‬ ‫ــ ﻣﻌﺮﻓ ﺔ ﻓ ﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪.6‬‬ ‫ــ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ‬ ‫ﻧﻬﺞ اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪2‬‬ ‫ﻣ ﻦ اﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴ ﺔ‬ ‫ﺎدة‬ ‫اﻹﺑ‬ ‫اﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺪ ﺟﺮاﺋﻢ اﻟﺤﺮب‬

‫ﺟ ﺮاﺋﻢ ﺿ‬ ‫اﻹﻧﺴﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬ ‫ــ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻓﻰ اﻟﻤﺎدة‬ ‫‪.7‬‬ ‫ـ ـ اﻟﻘﺎﻋ ﺪة اﻟﻌﺎﻣ ﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﻘﺘﻀ ﻰ أن ﺗﻜ ﻮن‬ ‫اﻟﺠﺮﻳﻤ ﺔ ﻗ ﺪ‬ ‫ارﺗﻜﺒ ﺖ ﻓ ﻰ إﻃ ﺎر‬ ‫هﺠ ﻮم واﺳ ﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﻨﻄ ﺎق أو ﻣ ﻨﻈﻢ‬ ‫ﺿﺪ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ‬ ‫اﻟﻤ ﺪﻧﻴﻴﻦ ﻣ ﻊ اﻟﻌﻠ ﻢ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺬا اﻟﻬﺠﻮم‪.‬‬

‫ــ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻓﻰ اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪.8‬‬ ‫ــ اﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪة اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﺗﻀ ﻊ‬ ‫ﺑﻌ ﺾ اﻟ ﺪﻻﺋﻞ ﻋﻠ ﻰ‬ ‫ارﺗﻜﺎب اﻟﺠﺮﻳﻤﺔ ﻋﻠ ﻰ‬ ‫ﺳ ﺒﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺜ ﺎل ﻻ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺼ ﺮ ﻣﺜ ﻞ وﺟ ﻮد‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺎﺳ ﺔ وﺧﻄ ﺔ أو‬ ‫ﺗﺮﺗﻜ ﺐ اﻟﺠﺮﻳﻤ ﺔ ﻋﻠ ﻰ‬ ‫ﻧﻄﺎق واﺳﻊ‪.‬‬ ‫ــ اﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎآﺎت اﻟﺠﺴ ﻴﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴ ﺎت ﺟﻨﻴ ﻒ ﻟﻌ ﺎم‬ ‫‪) 1949‬اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ 8‬ﻓﻘ ﺮة‬ ‫‪ 2‬ﺑﻨﺪ أ(‪.‬‬ ‫ــ اﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎآﺎت اﻟﺠﺴ ﻴﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻘ ﻮاﻧﻴﻦ واﻷﻋ ﺮاف‬

‫اﻟﻌﺪوان‬ ‫ـ ـ ﺳ ﻮف ﻳﻨﻌﻘ ﺪ‬ ‫اﺧﺘﺼﺎص اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺑﻌ ﺪ‬ ‫وﺿ ﻊ ﺻ ﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﻣﺤ ﺪدة‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺠﺮﻳﻤ ﺔ وﻟﻀ ﻮاﺑﻂ‬ ‫اﻧﻌﻘ ﺎد اﺧﺘﺼ ﺎص‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ )اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﻤﺎدﺗﻴﻦ‬ ‫‪ 123 ،121‬ﻣﺮاﺟﻌ ﺔ‬ ‫ﺎم‬ ‫ﺪﻳﻞ اﻟﻨﻈ‬ ‫وﺗﻌ‬ ‫اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺒﻨ ﻰ ﻧﺼ ﻮص ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻘ ﺔ‬ ‫ﻣ ﻊ اﻟﻨﺼ ﻮص اﻟ ﻮاردة‬ ‫ﺑﻤﻴﺜﺎق اﻷﻣﻢ اﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪة‪.‬‬

‫‪37‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﻨﺰاﻋ ﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ اﻟﻤﺴ ﻠﺤﺔ‬ ‫)اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪ 8‬ﻓﻘ ﺮة ‪ 2‬ﺑﻨ ﺪ‬ ‫ﺎت‬ ‫ب(‪ ،‬واﻟﻨﺰاﻋ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺴ ﻠﺤﺔ اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﻴ ﺔ‬ ‫)اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ 8‬ﻓﻘﺮة ‪ 2‬ﺑﻨﺪى‬ ‫ج ‪ ،‬ﻩ (‪.‬‬ ‫ـ ـ ﻳﻌ ﺎد اﻟﻨﻈ ﺮ ﻓ ﻰ‬ ‫أﺣﻜ ﺎم ه ﺬﻩ اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ﺑﻌ ﺪ‬ ‫ﺳ ﺒﻊ ﺳ ﻨﻮات )اﻟﻤ ﺎدة‬ ‫‪.(124‬‬

‫ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻇﺔ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻰ اﻟﺒﺎب اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ أن ﻳﻔﺴﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ أﻧﻪ ﻳﻘﻴﺪ ﺑ ﺄى‬ ‫ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻗﻮاﻋﺪ اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﺪوﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮدة أو ﺗﻠﻚ اﻟﺘﻰ ﻓﻰ ﻃ ﻮر اﻟﺘﻄ ﻮﻳﺮ ﻵى‬ ‫ﻏﺮض ﺁﺧﺮ ﺧﺎرج هﺬا اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ )اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪.(10‬‬

‫‪38‬‬

‫اﻟـﻤﺒـﺤـﺚ اﻟﺜﺎﻟــﺚ‬ ‫ﻗﻮاﻋﺪ اﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎص اﻟﺰﻣﺎﻧﻰ واﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﻰ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ‬

‫أو ًﻻ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ اﻟﺰﻣﺎن‪:‬‬ ‫‪ .24‬إن اﺧﺘﺼ ﺎص اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ ﻣﺴ ﺘﻘﺒﻠﻰ ﻓﻘ ﻂ)‪] (51‬اﻟﻤﺎدﺗ ﺎن‬ ‫‪ (52)،[(1) 42 ،11‬وﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺮى اﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺠ ﺮاﺋﻢ اﻟﺘ ﻰ ارﺗﻜﺒ ﺖ ﻗﺒ ﻞ‬ ‫ﺳﺮﻳﺎن اﻟﻤﻌﺎه ﺪة‪ .‬وﻓﻴﻤ ﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠ ﻖ ﺑﺎﻟ ﺪول اﻟﺘ ﻰ ﺗﻨﻀ ﻢ إﻟ ﻰ اﻟﻤﻌﺎه ﺪة ﻓ ﺈن اﺧﺘﺼ ﺎص‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ ﻳﻨﻄﺒ ﻖ ﻓﻘ ﻂ ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﺠ ﺮاﺋﻢ اﻟﺘ ﻰ ﺗﺮﺗﻜ ﺐ ﺑﻌ ﺪ اﻧﻀ ﻤﺎم‬ ‫اﻟﺪوﻟﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .25‬ﻳﺴﺮى اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﻰ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ ﻋﻨ ﺪﻣﺎ ﻳ ﺘﻢ اﻟﺘﺼ ﺪﻳﻖ‬ ‫ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻻﻧﻀ ﻤﺎم ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎه ﺪة ﺑﻤﻌﺮﻓ ﺔ ‪ 60‬دوﻟ ﺔ ـ ـ وﻋﻠ ﻰ وﺟ ﻪ اﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳ ﺪ ـ ـ ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﻴ ﻮم‬ ‫اﻷول ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﺸ ﻬﺮ ﺑﻌ ﺪ اﻟﻴ ﻮم اﻟﺴ ﺘﻴﻦ اﻟﺘ ﺎﻟﻰ ﻹﻳ ﺪاع وﺛﻴﻘ ﺔ اﻟﺘﺼ ﺪﻳﻖ اﻟﺴ ﺘﻴﻦ ]ﻣ ﺎدة‬ ‫‪.[(1) 126‬‬ ‫‪(51) See generally Saland, supra note 15. For additional commentary on Ratione Temporis,‬‬ ‫‪see Sharon A. Williams, Article 11: Jurisdiction ratione temporis, in COMMENTARY ON‬‬ ‫‪ROME STATUTE, supra note 13, at 323-328. For additional commentary on the treaty's‬‬ ‫‪entry into force, see Roger S. Clark, Article 126: Entry into force, in COMMENTARY ON‬‬ ‫‪ROME STATUTE, supra note 13, at 1289-1291.‬‬

‫اﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﺳﺎﻻﻧﺪ هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 15‬ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎت إﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺣﻮل اﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎص ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ‬ ‫اﻟﺰﻣﺎن‪ ،‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﺎرون أ وﻳﻠﻴﺎﻣﺰ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎدة ‪ :11‬اﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎص ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ اﻟﺰﻣﺎن‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎم‬ ‫روﻣﺎ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ‪ ،‬هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 13‬ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎً‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ ‪ .328 -323‬ﻟﻠﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎت ﺣﻮل دﺧﻮل اﻟﻤﻌﺎهﺪة‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺰ اﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎم روﻣﺎ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ‪ ،‬هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 13‬ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ ‪.1291 -1289‬‬ ‫‪(52) Article 11 should have been merged with Article 24. Article 11 overlaps with Article 24,‬‬ ‫‪but as stated above, because Article 11 was contained in Part 2, it went directly to the‬‬ ‫‪Committee of the whole and not to the Drafting Committee, see Bassiouni, Negotiating‬‬ ‫‪the Treaty of Rome, supra note 18. In the event of a possible inconsistency, Article 24‬‬ ‫‪should control as it is elaborated in Part 3, which concerns general criminal law‬‬ ‫‪principles.‬‬

‫آﺎن ﻳﺠﺐ دﻣﺞ اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ 11‬ﻣﻊ اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ .24‬اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ 11‬ﺗﺘﺪاﺧﻞ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ ،24‬و ﻟﻜﻦ آﻤﺎ ذآﺮﻧﺎ ﺁﻧﻔ ًﺎ‬ ‫أﻧﻪ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ وﺟﻮد اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ 11‬ﺿﻤﻦ اﻟﺒﺎب اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻰ‪ ،‬اﻟﺬى أرﺳﻞ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮة إﻟﻰ اﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ وﻟﻴﺲ إﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﻟﺠﻨﺔ اﻟﺼﻴﺎﻏﺔ‪ ،‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺴﻴﻮﻧﻰ‪ ،‬اﻟﻤﻔﺎوﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺎهﺪة روﻣﺎ‪ ،‬هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 18‬ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪ .‬ﻓﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ اﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺠﺐ اﻻرﺗﻜﺎن إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ 24‬ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﺻﻴﻐﺖ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎم ﻓﻰ اﻟﺒﺎب اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ ،‬و‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻣﺒﺎدئ اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻰ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪39‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺪول اﻟﺘﻰ ﺗﻨﻀﻢ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺳﺮﻳﺎن اﻟﻤﻌﺎهﺪة‪ ،‬ﻓ ﺈن اﻟﺘ ﺎرﻳﺦ اﻟﻔﻌﻠ ﻰ ﻟﻠﺴ ﺮﻳﺎن‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﺘﻠﻚ اﻟﺪول هﻮ اﻟﻴ ﻮم اﻷول ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﺸ ﻬﺮ اﻟ ﺬى ﻳﻠ ﻲ‪ 60‬ﻳﻮﻣ ﺎ ﻣ ﻦ إﻳ ﺪاع ﺗﻠ ﻚ‬ ‫اﻟﺪول وﺛﺎﺋﻖ اﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﻖ ]ﻣ ﺎدة ‪ .[(2) 126‬ﻳ ﻨﺺ اﻟﻨﻈ ﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﻰ ﻋﻠ ﻰ أﻧ ﻪ ﻳﺠ ﻮز‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺪوﻟ ﺔ –ﻋﻨ ﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺼ ﺒﺢ ﻃﺮﻓ ًﺎ – أن ﺗﺨﺘ ﺎر ﺗﺄﺟﻴ ﻞ ﺗﻄﺒﻴ ﻖ اﺧﺘﺼ ﺎص اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ ﻓﻴﻤ ﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠ ﻖ ﺑﺠ ﺮاﺋﻢ اﻟﺤ ﺮب ]ﻣ ﺎدة ‪ [8‬ﻟﻤ ﺪة ﺳ ﺒﻊ ﺳ ﻨﻮات ]ﻣ ﺎدة‬ ‫‪.[124‬‬ ‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴ ًﺎ ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ اﻷﺷﺨﺎص‬ ‫‪ .26‬ﻳﻄﺒ ﻖ اﺧﺘﺼ ﺎص اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ ﻓﻘ ﻂ ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻷﻓ ﺮاد‬ ‫]اﻟﻤﺎدﺗ ﺎن ‪ [(1) 25 ،1‬اﻟ ﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺮﺗﻜﺒ ﻮن ﺟﺮﻳﻤ ﺔ ﺑﻌ ﺪ ﺑﻠ ﻮغ ﺳ ﻦ ‪ 18‬ﺳ ﻨﺔ‬ ‫]ﻣﺎدة‪.(53)[26‬‬ ‫ﻟ ﻴﺲ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ اﺧﺘﺼ ﺎص ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟ ﺪول أو اﻟﻬﻴﺌ ﺎت‬ ‫اﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎرﻳﺔ)‪.(54‬‬ ‫ﻋ ﻼوة ﻋﻠ ﻰ ذﻟ ﻚ ﻻ ﻳﺴ ﺘﺜﻨﻰ ﺷ ﺨﺺ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻤﺴ ﺆوﻟﻴﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ ﺑﺴ ﺒﺐ ﺻ ﻔﺘﻪ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﺜﻠﻤﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮن واردا ﻓﻰ اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﻰ ]اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪.(55)[27‬‬

‫‪(53) See Lee, supra note 13, at 32. For additional commentary on Ratione Personae, see Kai‬‬ ‫‪Ambos, Article 25: Individual criminal responsibility, in COMMENTARY ON ROME‬‬ ‫‪STATUTE, supra note 13, at 475-493. On the subject of Individual criminal‬‬ ‫‪responsibility, see generally Farhad Malekian, International Criminal Responsibility, in‬‬ ‫‪INTERNATIONAL CRIMINAL LAW, VOL. I 153-222 (M. Cherif Bassiouni, ed. 1999).‬‬

‫اﻧﻈﺮ " ﻟﻰ " اﻟﻤﻠﺤﻮﻇﺔ ﺳﺎﺑﻘًﺎ ‪ 13‬ص ‪ – 32‬ﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎت إﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﺄن اﻟﻤﺴﺆوﻟﻴﺔ اﻟﻔﺮدﻳﺔ – اﻧﻈﺮ‬ ‫آﺎى ﺁﻣﺒﻮس ﻣﺎدة ‪ 25‬اﻟﻤﺴﺆوﻟﻴﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﻔﺮدﻳﺔ – ﻓﻰ " اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ ﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺔ‬ ‫روﻣﺎ – هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 13‬ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎً‪ – ،‬ص ‪ .493 – 475‬ﻓﻰ ﻣﻮﺿﻮع اﻟﻤﺴﺆوﻟﻴﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﻔﺮدﻳﺔ – اﻧﻈﺮ‬ ‫ﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻓﺎرهﺎد ﻣﺎﻟﻜﻴﺎن اﻟﻤﺴﺆوﻟﻴﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻰ اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻰ اﻟﺪوﻟﻰ –ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ‪-1‬ص‬ ‫‪) 222 – 153‬ﺷﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺴﻴﻮﻧﻰ – ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ‪.(1999‬‬ ‫‪(54) For a discussion of the criminal responsibility of states and organizations under‬‬ ‫‪international criminal law, see Bassiouni, Sources of International Criminal Law, supra‬‬ ‫‪note 4, at 24-31.‬‬

‫ﻟﻤﻨﺎﻗﺸﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺆوﻟﻴﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ ﻟﻠ ﺪول واﻟﻤﻨﻈﻤ ﺎت ﻃﺒﻘ ًﺎ ﻟﻠﻘ ﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﺠﻨ ﺎﺋﻰ اﻟ ﺪوﻟﻰ‪ ،‬اﻧﻈ ﺮ ﺑﺴ ﻴﻮﻧﻰ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﺼﺎدر اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻰ اﻟﺪوﻟﻰ‪ ،‬هﺎﻣﺶ‪ 4‬ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎً‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ ‪.31-24‬‬

‫‪40‬‬

‫اﻟـﻤـﺒﺤـﺚ اﻟﺮاﺑــﻊ‬ ‫إﺷﻜﺎﻟﻴﺎت اﻟﺘﻮﺳﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻰ ﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎص اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ‬ ‫)‪(56‬‬

‫أو ًﻻ‪ :‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺟﺮﻳﻤﺔ اﻟﻌﺪوان وﻏﻴﺮهﺎ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺠﺮاﺋﻢ اﻷﺧﺮى‬ ‫ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﻓﻰ اﺧﺘﺼﺎص اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ‪:‬‬

‫اﻟﺘﻰ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ أن‬

‫‪ .27‬اﻟﺠﺮﻳﻤﺔ اﻟﺮاﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬اﻟﻌﺪوان‪ ،‬واﻟﻤﺬآﻮرة ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪) (1)5‬د( ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻨﻈ ﺎم‬ ‫اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ ﻟﻢ ﻳ ﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳ ﺪهﺎ ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﻨﻈ ﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﻰ آ ﺎﻟﺠﺮاﺋﻢ اﻟ ﺜﻼث اﻷﺧ ﺮى اﻟﺪاﺧﻠ ﺔ‬ ‫ﺿ ﻤﻦ اﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻ ﻬﺎ‪ ،‬وه ﻰ اﻹﺑ ﺎدة اﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﻴ ﺔ )اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪ ،(6‬وﺟ ﺮاﺋﻢ ﺿ ﺪ اﻹﻧﺴ ﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬ ‫)اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪ (7‬وﺟ ﺮاﺋﻢ اﻟﺤ ﺮب )اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪ ،(8‬وﻟﻜ ﻦ اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪ (2)5‬ﺗﺤﻴ ﻞ إﻟ ﻰ اﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳ ﻒ‬ ‫اﻟﺮاهﻦ ﻟﻠﻌﺪوان ﻓﺘﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ أﻧﻪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺗﻤ ﺎرس اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﻻﺧﺘﺼ ﺎص ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﺟﺮﻳﻤ ﺔ اﻟﻌ ﺪوان ﻣﺘ ﻰ اﻋﺘﻤ ﺪ ﺣﻜ ﻢ ﺑﻬ ﺬا‬ ‫اﻟﺸ ﺄن وﻓﻘ ﺎ ﻟﻠﻤ ﺎدﺗﻴﻦ ‪121‬و‪ 123‬ﻳﻌ ﺮف ﺟﺮﻳﻤ ﺔ اﻟﻌ ﺪوان وﻳﻀ ﻊ اﻟﺸ ﺮوط اﻟﺘ ﻰ‬ ‫ﺑﻤﻮﺟﺒﻬﺎ ﺗﻤﺎرس اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ اﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻﻬﺎ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ اﻟﺠﺮﻳﻤﺔ‪ .‬وﻳﺠ ﺐ أن ﻳﻜ ﻮن‬ ‫هﺬا اﻟﺤﻜﻢ ﻣﺘﺴﻘﺎ ﻣﻊ اﻷﺣﻜﺎم ذات اﻟﺼﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻴﺜﺎق اﻷﻣﻢ اﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪة‪.‬‬ ‫‪(55) See Saland, supra note 15, at 202. For additional commentary on Immunity, see Otto‬‬ ‫‪Triffterer, Article 27: Irrelevance of official capacity, in COMMENTARY ON ROME‬‬ ‫‪STATUTE, supra note 13, at 501-515.‬‬

‫اﻧﻈﺮ ﺳﺎﻻﻧﺪ هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 15‬ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎً‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ ‪ .202‬ﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎت إﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺤﺼﺎﻧﺔ‪ ،‬اﻧﻈﺮ اوﺗﻮ ﺗﺮﻳﻔﺘﻴﺮﻳﺮ‪،‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ :27‬ﻻ ﻋﻼﻗﻴﺔ اﻟﺼﻔﺔ اﻟﺮﺳﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎم روﻣﺎ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ‪ ،‬هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ ،13‬ﻓﻰ‬ ‫‪.515-501‬‬ ‫‪(56 ) See von Hebel and Robinson, supra note 32, at 81-85. For additional commentary on‬‬ ‫‪jurisdiction over the crime of aggression, see Zimmerman, supra note 32, at 102-106.‬‬ ‫‪For additional commentary on amending the treaty, see Roger S. Clark, Article 121:‬‬ ‫‪Amendments, in COMMENTARY ON ROME STATUTE, supra note 13, at 1265-1273. See‬‬ ‫‪also BENJAMIN FERENCZ, DEFINING INTERNATIONAL AGGRESSION (1975); M. Cherif‬‬ ‫‪Bassiouni and Benjamin B. Ferencz, The Crime Against Peace, in 1 ICL, supra note 4,‬‬ ‫‪at 313-354.‬‬

‫اﻧﻈﺮ ﻓﻮن هﻴﺒﻞ و روﻧﻴﺴﻮن‪ ،‬هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 32‬ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎً‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ ‪ .85-81‬وﻟﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮ أوﺿﺢ ﻟﻠﻨﻈﺮ ﻓﻰ اﻟﺪﻋﺎوى‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺮاﺋﻢ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻨﻒ‪ ،‬اﻧﻈﺮ زﻳﻤﺮﻣﺎن‪ ،‬هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 32‬ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎً‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ ‪.106– 102‬‬ ‫وﻟﻠﺘﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺑﺼﻮرة أآﺜﺮ ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺔ اﻧﻈﺮ روﺟﺮ‪ .‬إس‪ .‬آﻼرك‪ ،‬ﻣﺎدة )‪ :(121‬ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻼت ‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎم روﻣﺎ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ‪ ،‬هﺎﻣﺶ‪ 13‬ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎً‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ ‪ .1273- 1265‬اﻧﻈﺮ أﻳﻀًﺎ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻣﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﺮﻧﻴﺰ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ اﻟﻌﻨﻒ اﻟﺪوﻟﻰ )‪(1975‬؛ م‪ .‬ﺷﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺴﻴﻮﻧﻰ وﺑﻨﻴﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻰ ﻓﻴﺮﻧﺰ‪ ،‬اﻟﺠﺮﻳﻤﺔ ﺿﺪ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﻼم‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ ‪ ،ICL 1‬هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 4‬ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎً‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ ‪.354- 313‬‬

‫‪41‬‬

‫‪ .28‬وهﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ أن هﺬﻩ اﻟﺠﺮﻳﻤﺔ ﺳ ﻮف ﺗﺼ ﺒﺢ ﻣﺤ ﻞ اﺧﺘﺼ ﺎص اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﻬﺎ واﻟﻤﻮاﻓﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒ ﻞ ﺟﻤﻌﻴ ﺔ اﻟ ﺪول اﻷﻃ ﺮاف ]اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪ [(2)5‬إﻣ ﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻹﺟﻤ ﺎع أو ﺑﺄﺻ ﻮات ﺛﻠﺜ ﻰ أﻏﻠﺒﻴ ﺔ اﻟ ﺪول اﻷﻃ ﺮاف ﻓ ﻰ ﺣﺎﻟ ﺔ ﻣ ﺎ ﻟ ﻢ ﻳﻜ ﻦ هﻨ ﺎك‬ ‫ﻼ ﻟﻠﺘﻄﺒﻴ ﻖ ﻋﻠ ﻰ‬ ‫إﺟﻤ ﺎع‪ .‬وﺑﻌ ﺪ اﻟﻤﻮاﻓﻘ ﺔ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﺗﻌﺮﻳ ﻒ اﻟﻌ ﺪوان ﻓﺈﻧ ﻪ ﺳﻴﺼ ﺒﺢ ﻗ ﺎﺑ ً‬ ‫اﻟﺪول اﻷﻃﺮاف اﻟﺘﻰ ﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻌ ﺪ ﻋ ﺎم ﻣ ﻦ إﻳ ﺪاع ﻣﺴ ﺘﻨﺪات‬ ‫اﻟﺘﺼ ﺪﻳﻖ ]اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪ [(5) 121‬وﻟ ﻦ ﺗﺼ ﺒﺢ ﺟﺮﻳﻤ ﺔ اﻟﻌ ﺪوان ﻗﺎﺑﻠ ﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻄﺒﻴ ﻖ ﻋﻠ ﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣ ﻦ ذﻟ ﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴ ﺒﺔ ﻟﻠ ﺪول اﻷﻃ ﺮاف اﻟﺘ ﻰ ﻟ ﻢ ﺗﻮاﻓ ﻖ ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﺘﻌ ﺪﻳﻞ وﻋﻠ ﻰ أى‬ ‫ﺣﺎل ﻓﺈن ﺟﺮﻳﻤﺔ اﻟﻌﺪوان ﺳﻮف ﺗﺴﺮى ﺑﺼﻮرة ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻴﺔ ]اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪.[(1)22‬‬ ‫‪ .29‬وﺗﺒﺎﻋًﺎ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﺈن اﺧﺘﺼﺎص اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ أن ﻳﺸﻤﻞ ﺟﺮاﺋﻢ أﺧﺮى وﻓﻘ ًﺎ‬ ‫ﻟﻶﻟﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﺬآﻮرة ﻓﻰ اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ ،121‬ﻓﺎﻟﺠﺮاﺋﻢ ﻣﺜﻞ اﻻﺗﺠﺎر ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺨﺪرات واﻹره ﺎب ﻗ ﺪ‬ ‫ﺗﻢ ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺸ ﺘﻬﺎ ﻟﻀ ﻤﻬﺎ وﺗﻀ ﻤﻦ ﻗ ﺮار ﻟﻠﺘﺄآﻴ ﺪ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌ ﺔ ذﻟ ﻚ ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﻤﺴ ﺘﻘﺒﻞ)‪،(57‬‬ ‫وﺟﺮاﺋﻢ ﺟﺪﻳﺪة ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻋﺎم ﻣ ﻦ إﻳ ﺪاع ﻣﺴ ﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﺘﺼ ﺪﻳﻖ ﺑﻘﺒ ﻮل اﻟ ﺪول‬ ‫اﻷﻃ ﺮاف‪ .‬ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟ ﺮﻏﻢ ﻣ ﻦ ذﻟ ﻚ ﻓﻠ ﻦ ﺗﻤ ﺎرس اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ‬ ‫اﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎص ﻓﻴﻤ ﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠ ﻖ ﺑﺠﺮﻳﻤ ﺔ ﺟﺪﻳ ﺪة ﺗﺨﻀ ﻊ ﻟﻠﺘﻌ ﺪﻳﻞ ﻋﻨ ﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﺗﻜﺒﻬ ﺎ ﻣﻮاﻃﻨ ﻮ‬ ‫اﻟﺪوﻟﺔ اﻟﻄ ﺮف اﻟﺘ ﻰ ﻟ ﻢ ﺗﻮاﻓ ﻖ ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﺘﻌ ﺪﻳﻞ أو ﺑﺠﺮﻳﻤ ﺔ ﺗﺮﺗﻜ ﺐ ﻓ ﻰ إﻗﻠ ﻴﻢ اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻄﺮف اﻟﺘﻰ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ اﺧﺘﺼﺎص اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺗﻠﻚ اﻟﺠﺮاﺋﻢ اﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪة‪.‬‬ ‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴ ًﺎ‪ :‬أﺣﻜ ﺎم اﻟﻤﺴ ﺆوﻟﻴﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ وﺗﺤﺪﻳ ﺪ ﻣﻀ ﻤﻮن اﻟ ﺮآﻦ اﻟﻤ ﺎدى ﻟﻠﺠ ﺮاﺋﻢ‪:‬‬ ‫)‪(58‬‬ ‫"اﻟﻘﺴﻢ اﻟﻌﺎم"‬ ‫‪(57 ) See von Hebel and Robinson, supra note 32, at 85-87.‬‬

‫اﻧﻈﺮ ﻓﻮن هﻴﺒﻴﻞ و روﺑﻴﻨﺴﻮن‪ ،‬هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 32‬ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ ‪.87 -85‬‬ ‫‪) See generally Per Saland, supra note 15. For additional commentary on Criminal‬‬ ‫‪Responsibility, see Raul C. Pangalangan, Article 25: Individual criminal responsibility,‬‬ ‫‪in COMMENTARY ON ROME STATUTE, supra note 13, at 475-492. For additional‬‬ ‫‪commentary on Exoneration of Criminal Responsibility, see Albin Eser, Article 31:‬‬ ‫‪Grounds for excluding criminal responsibility, in COMMENTARY ON ROME STATUTE,‬‬ ‫‪supra note 13, at 537-554; Otto Triffterer, Article 32: Mistake of fact or mistake of law,‬‬ ‫‪in COMMENTARY ON ROME STATUTE, supra note 13, at 555 -572; Otto Triffterer, Article‬‬ ‫‪33: Superior order and prescription of law, in COMMENTARY ON ROME STATUTE, supra‬‬ ‫‪note 13, at 573-588. See generally Bassiouni, Sources, supra note 4, at 3-126. For‬‬ ‫‪discussion on general principles of International Law, see M. Cherif Bassiouni, A‬‬ ‫‪Functional Approach to >General Principles of International Law’, 11 MICH. J. INT’L L.‬‬ ‫‪768 (1990).‬‬

‫‪58‬‬

‫(‬

‫اﻧﻈﺮ ﻋﻤﻮﻣًﺎ ﺳﺎﻻﻧﺪ اﻟﻤﻠﺤﻮﻇﺔ ‪ 15‬ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺴﺆوﻟﻴﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﻔﺮدﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ‬

‫‪42‬‬

‫‪ .30‬ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ اﻟﻨﻈ ﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﻰ أرآ ﺎن اﻟﻤﺴ ﺆوﻟﻴﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ اﻟﻔﺮدﻳ ﺔ ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﻤ ﺎدة‬ ‫‪ 25‬وﺷ ﺮوط اﻹﻋﻔ ﺎء ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻤﺴ ﺆوﻟﻴﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﻤ ﺎدﺗﻴﻦ ‪ (59) 33 -31‬وﻋﻠ ﻰ‬ ‫)‪(60‬‬ ‫اﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ذﻟﻚ ﻓﺈن ه ﺬﻩ اﻟﻨﺼ ﻮص ﻟ ﻢ ﺗﺘﻀ ﻤﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳ ﺪ "اﻟ ﺮآﻦ اﻟﻤ ﺎدى"‬ ‫‪actus‬‬ ‫‪ reus‬اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮب‪.‬‬ ‫ﻻ‬ ‫‪ .31‬ووﻓﻘ ًﺎ ﻟﻠﻤ ﺎدة ‪ 25‬ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻨﻈ ﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﻰ ﻓ ﺈن اﻟﺸ ﺨﺺ ﻳﻜ ﻮن ﻣﺴ ﺆو ً‬ ‫ﺟﻨﺎﺋّﻴﺎ ﻋﻦ "اﻟﺴﻠﻮك" اﻟﺬى ﻳﺘﻀ ﻤﻦ اﻟﺠﺮﻳﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺪاﺧﻠ ﺔ ﺿ ﻤﻦ اﺧﺘﺼ ﺎص اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﻐ ﺾ اﻟﻨﻈ ﺮ ﻋ ﻦ ارﺗﻜﺎﺑﻬ ﺎ ﺑﺸ ﻜﻞ ﻓ ﺮدى أو ﺟﻤ ﺎﻋﻰ‪ ،‬وﻓ ﻰ ﺣﺎﻟ ﺔ إذا آ ﺎن ذﻟ ﻚ‬ ‫اﻟﺸﺨﺺ‪:‬‬ ‫أ‪ -‬أﻣﺮ أو أﻏﺮى ﺑﺎرﺗﻜ ﺎب أو ﺣ ﺚ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ارﺗﻜ ﺎب‪ ،‬ﺟﺮﻳﻤ ﺔ وﻗﻌ ﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌ ﻞ أو‬ ‫ﺷﺮع ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎم روﻣﺎ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ‪ ،‬اﻟﻤﻠﺤﻮﻇﺔ ‪ 13‬ﻓﻰ ص ‪ ،492 -475‬ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫اﻹﻋﻔﺎء ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺆوﻟﻴﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬اﻧﻈﺮ أﻟﺒﻦ إﻳﺴﺮ‪ ،‬اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ :31‬أﺳﺲ اﻹﻋﻔﺎء ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺆوﻟﻴﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎم روﻣﺎ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 13‬ﺳﺎﺑﻘًﺎ‪554 – 537 .‬؛ أوﺗﻮ ﺗﺮﻳﻔﺘﺮ‪،‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ ،32‬ﺧﻄﺄ ﻓﻰ اﻟﻮﻗﺎﺋــﻊ أو =‬ ‫= اﻟﺨﻄﺄ ﻓﻰ اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮن‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎم روﻣﺎ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 13‬ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎً‪،588 – 573 ،‬‬ ‫اﻧﻈﺮ ﻋﻤﻮﻣًﺎ ﺑﺴﻴﻮﻧﻰ‪ ،‬اﻟﻤﺼﺎدر‪ ،‬ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻇﺔ‪ 4‬ﻓﻰ ‪ – 126 – 3‬ﻟﻤﻨﺎﻗﺸﺔ اﻟﻤﺒﺎدئ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﻧﻮن‬ ‫اﻟﺪوﻟﻰ‪ ،‬اﻧﻈﺮ م‪ .‬ﺷﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺴﻴﻮﻧﻰ‪ ،‬اﻟﻤﻨﻬﺞ اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﻰ ﻟﻠﻤﺒﺎدئ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﺪوﻟﻰ‪ 11 ،‬ﻣﻴﻚ ﺟﻴﻪ‬ ‫إﻧﺘﺮﻧﺎﺷﻴﻮﻧﺎل ‪.(1990) 768‬‬ ‫‪(59 ) These elements reflect general principles of criminal law contained in the world’s major‬‬ ‫‪criminal justice system. The codification contained in these ICC provisions may not‬‬ ‫‪however be in full conformity with the requirements of all national legal systems, but‬‬ ‫‪they are not thereby in conflict with what is called the Ageneral part@ of criminal law‬‬ ‫‪of most legal systems.‬‬

‫هﺬﻩ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺗﻌﻜﺲ اﻟﻤﺒﺎدئ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻰ اﻟﻤﺘﻀﻤﻨﺔ ﻓﻰ ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﻌﺪاﻟﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪ .‬وﻣﻦ اﻟﺠﺎﺋﺰ أﻻ ﻳﻜﻮن اﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻒ اﻟﻮارد ﻓﻰ أﺣﻜﺎم اﻟـ ‪ ICC‬ﻣﻊ ذﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﻔﻘًﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎت اﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻧﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ آﺎﻓﺔ ‪ ،‬وﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﺘﻌﺎرﺿﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ "اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ اﻷﻋﻢ"‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻘﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻰ ﻷﻏﻠﺐ اﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪(60) The reason for the absence of such a provision was the failure of the delegates of the‬‬ ‫‪Diplomatic Conference to reach consensus on a failure to act or an omission as part of‬‬ ‫‪the material element. Bassiouni, Negotiating the Treaty of Rome, supra note 18, at 464.‬‬

‫ﺳﺒﺐ ﻏﻴﺎب ﻣﺜﻞ هﺬا اﻟﺤﻜﻢ هﻮ ﻓﺸﻞ اﻟﻮﻓﻮد ﻓﻰ اﻟﻤﺆﺗﻤﺮ اﻟﺪﺑﻠﻮﻣﺎﺳﻰ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮل إﻟﻰ ﻣﻮاﻓﻘﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻹﺟﻤﺎع ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪم اﻟﻘﺪرة ﻟﻠﺘﺼﺮف أو اﻟﺘﻘﺼﻴﺮ آﺠﺰء ﻣﻦ اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ اﻟﻤﺎدى‪ .‬ﺑﺴﻴﻮﻧﻰ‪" ،‬اﻟﺘﻔﺎوض‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺎهﺪة روﻣﺎ"‪ ،‬هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ ،18‬ص ‪.464‬‬

‫‪43‬‬

‫ب‪ -‬ﻗﺪم اﻟﻌ ﻮن أو ﺣ ﺮض أو ﺳ ﺎﻋﺪ ﺑ ﺄى ﺷ ﻜﻞ ﺁﺧ ﺮ ﻟﻐ ﺮض ﺗﻴﺴ ﻴﺮ ارﺗﻜ ﺎب‬ ‫هﺬﻩ اﻟﺠﺮﻳﻤﺔ أو اﻟﺸﺮوع ﻓﻰ ارﺗﻜﺎﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ُﻳ َﻌ ّﺪ اﻟﺸ ﺨﺺ أﻳﻀ ًﺎ ﻣ ﺬﻧﺒًﺎ إذا ﻗ ﺎم ذﻟ ﻚ اﻟﺸ ﺨﺺ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺴ ﺎهﻤﺔ ﻓ ﻰ ارﺗﻜ ﺎب‬ ‫اﻟﺠﺮﻳﻤﺔ ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺎ ﺑﻮاﺳ ﻄﺔ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋ ﺔ ذات ﻗﺼ ﺪ ﻣﺸ ﺘﺮك ]اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪)(25‬د([ وﻳﺠ ﺐ أن‬ ‫ﻳﻜﻮن ﺳﻠﻮك اﻟﻔﺮد ﻣﺘﻌﻤﺪًا وأن ﻳﻜ ﻮن ﻗ ﺪ ﺗ ﻢ إﻣ ﺎ ﺑﻬ ﺪف ﻣﻌﺎوﻧ ﺔ اﻟﻨﺸ ﺎط اﻹﺟﺮاﻣ ﻰ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋ ﺔ ﺣﻴ ﺚ ﻳﻜ ﻮن ه ﺬا اﻟﻨﺸ ﺎط أو اﻟﻐ ﺮض ﻣﻨﻄﻮﻳ ًﺎ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ارﺗﻜ ﺎب ﺟﺮﻳﻤ ﺔ‬ ‫داﺧﻠﺔ ﺿﻤﻦ اﺧﺘﺼﺎص اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ أو ﻳﻜ ﻮن ﻗ ﺪ ﺗ ﻢ ﻣ ﻊ اﻟﻌﻠ ﻢ ﺑﻘﺼ ﺪ اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋ ﺔ ﻓ ﻰ‬ ‫ارﺗﻜﺎب ﺟﺮﻳﻤﺔ ] اﻟﻤﺎدة‪ )25‬د( )‪.[(2 -1‬‬ ‫‪.32‬‬

‫وﻓﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﻷﺣﻮال ﻓﺈن اﻟﻤﺴﺆوﻟﻴﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺠﻨﺒﻬﺎ ﺑﺎدﻋﺎء‪:‬‬

‫أ ‪ -‬اﻟﺼﻔﺔ اﻟﺮﺳﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﺮﺗﻜﺐ اﻟﺠﺮﻳﻤﺔ ]اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪.[27‬‬ ‫ب‪ -‬أى ﻣﺪد زﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﺴﻘﻮط اﻟﺠﺮﻳﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻘﺎدم ] اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪.[ 29‬‬ ‫ج‪ -‬اﻟﺨﻄ ﺄ ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﻘ ﺎﻧﻮن ﻣ ﺎ ﻟ ﻢ ﻳﻜ ﻦ ه ﺬا اﻟﺨﻄ ﺄ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻔ ﺎ ﻟﻠ ﺮآﻦ اﻟﻤﻌﻨ ﻮى‬ ‫]ﻣﺎدة ‪.(61)[(2)32‬‬ ‫‪ .33‬آﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﺪ اﻟﺤﺮﺑﻰ ﺗﺠﻨ ﺐ اﻟﻤﺴ ﺆوﻟﻴﺔ ﻋ ﻦ اﻟﺠ ﺮاﺋﻢ اﻟﺘ ﻰ ﻳ ﺘﻢ‬ ‫ارﺗﻜﺎﺑﻬﺎ ﺗﺤﺖ رﺋﺎﺳﺘﻪ إذا ﻋﻠﻢ هﺬا اﻟﺤﺪث أو آﺎن ﻳﺠﺐ أن ﻳﻌﻠﻢ أو ﻳﻜﻮن ﻗﺪ أﺧﻔ ﻖ‬ ‫ﻓﻰ ﻣﻨﻊ ﺣﺪوث ﺗﻠﻚ اﻟﺠﺮاﺋﻢ ﺑﺼﻮرة ﻣﻼﺋﻤ ﺔ )ﻣ ﺎدة ‪) 28‬أ(( وه ﺬا ﻳﺸ ﻤﻞ اﻟﺠ ﺮاﺋﻢ‬ ‫اﻟﺘ ﻰ ﻳﺮﺗﻜﺒﻬ ﺎ اﻟﻤﺮءوﺳ ﻮن إذا ﻋﻠ ﻢ رﺋﻴﺴ ﻬﻢ أو ﻳﻔﺘ ﺮض أن ﻳﻜ ﻮن ﻗ ﺪ ﻋﻠ ﻢ ﺑﻮﻗ ﻮع‬

‫‪) For additional commentary on official capacity of offender, see Otto Triffterer,‬‬ ‫‪Article27: Irrelevance of official capacity, in COMMENTARY ON ROME STATUTE, supra‬‬ ‫‪note 13, at 501-514. For additional commentary on the Period of limitations, see William‬‬ ‫‪A. Schabas, Article 29: Non-applicability of statute of limitations, in COMMENTARY ON‬‬ ‫‪ROME STATUTE, supra note 13, at 523-527. See Christine Van den Wyngaert, War‬‬ ‫‪Crimes, Genocide and Crimes Against Humanity -- Are States Taking National‬‬ ‫‪Prosecutions Seriously?, in 3 ICL, supra note 4, at 227-238.‬‬

‫‪(61‬‬

‫ﻟﻤﺰﻳ ﺪ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻘ ﺎت ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻷهﻠﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺮﺳ ﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺠ ﺮم اﻧﻈ ﺮ أوﺗ ﻮ ﺗﺮﻳﻔﺘ ﺮ‪ ،‬اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪ :27‬ﻻ ﻋﻼﻗﻴ ﺔ‬ ‫اﻷهﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﺮﺳﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎم روﻣﺎ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ‪ .‬ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻇﺔ ‪، 13‬ص ‪ .514 – 501‬ﻟﻤﺰﻳ ﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺘﺮة اﻟﺘﻘﺎدم‪ ،‬اﻧﻈﺮ وﻳﻠﻴﺎم ا‪.‬ﺷﺎﺑﺎس‪ ،‬اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪" :29‬ﻋ ﺪم ﺗﻄﺒﻴ ﻖ ﻗ ﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﺘﻘ ﺎدم "‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﻰ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎم روﻣﺎ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ‪ ،‬اﻟﻤﻠﺤﻮﻇﺔ ‪ ،13‬ﻓﻰ ‪ .527 - 523‬اﻧﻈﺮ آﺮﻳﺴﺘﻴﻦ ﻓ ﺎن دﻳ ﻦ‬ ‫واﻳﻨﺠ ﺎرت‪ ،‬ﺟ ﺮاﺋﻢ اﻟﺤ ﺮب‪ ،‬اﻟﻤ ﺬاﺑﺢ اﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﻴ ﺔ واﻟﺠ ﺮاﺋﻢ ﺿ ﺪ اﻹﻧﺴ ﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ه ﻞ ﺗﺄﺧ ﺬ اﻟ ﺪول‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤﺎت اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ اﻟﺠﺪ؟ ﻓﻰ ‪ ICL 3‬اﻟﻤﻠﺤﻮﻇﺔ ‪ ،4‬ﻓﻰ ‪.238-227‬‬

‫‪44‬‬

‫ﺗﻠﻚ اﻟﺠﺮاﺋﻢ أو آ ﺎن ﻳ ﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻴﻬ ﺎ ﺑﻔﺎﻋﻠﻴ ﺔ‪ .‬أو ﻳﻜ ﻮن ﻗ ﺪ أﺧﻔ ﻖ ﻓ ﻰ اﺗﺨ ﺎذ إﺟ ﺮاءات‬ ‫ﺣﺎﺳﻤﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺗﻠﻚ اﻟﺠﺮاﺋﻢ ]ﻣﺎدة ‪) 28‬ب([)‪.(62‬‬ ‫‪.34‬‬

‫ﻻ ﺟﻨﺎﺋّﻴﺎ ﻓﻰ ﻇﻞ ﻇﺮوف ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ‪:‬‬ ‫وﻻ ﻳﻜﻮن اﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﺴﺆو ً‬

‫)أ( إذا آﺎن هﺬا اﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﻳﻌﺎﻧﻰ ﻣ ﻦ ﻣ ﺮض ﻋﻘﻠ ﻰ أو أى ﻇ ﺮوف أﺧ ﺮى‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻮق دون ﺗﺤﻜﻢ هﺬا اﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﻓﻰ ﺳﻠﻮآﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫)ب( اﻟﺘﺼﺮف ﻓﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺪﻓﺎع ﻋﻦ اﻟﻨﻔﺲ‪.‬‬ ‫)ج( أو إذا آﺎن ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ إآﺮاﻩ ]اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪.[31‬‬

‫‪(62 ) For additional commentary on Command responsibility, see William J. Fenrick, Article‬‬ ‫‪28: Responsibility of commanders and other superiors, in COMMENTARY ON ROME‬‬ ‫‪STATUTE, supra note 13, at 515-523. See Jordan J. Paust, Superior Orders and‬‬ ‫‪Command Responsibility, in 1 ICL, supra note 4, at 223-238.‬‬

‫ﻟﻤﺰﻳ ﺪ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻘ ﺎت ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﻣﺴ ﺆوﻟﻴﺔ اﻵﻣ ﺮ‪ ،‬اﻧﻈ ﺮ وﻳﻠﻴ ﺎم ﺟﻴ ﻪ ﻓﻴﻨﺮﻳ ﻚ‪ ،‬اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪ :28‬ﻣﺴ ﺆوﻟﻴﺔ‬ ‫اﻵﻣﺮﻳﻦ وﻏﻴﺮهﻢ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺆوﻟﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎم روﻣﺎ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 13‬ﺳ ﺎﺑﻘًﺎ ‪– 515‬‬ ‫‪ .523‬اﻧﻈ ﺮ ﺟ ﻮردك ﺟﻴ ﻪ ﺑﺎوﺳ ﺖ‪ ،‬اﻷواﻣ ﺮ اﻟﻌﻠﻴ ﺎ وﻣﺴ ﺆوﻟﻴﺔ اﻵﻣ ﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓ ﻰ ‪ ، ICL 1‬ه ﺎﻣﺶ ‪،4‬‬ ‫‪.238 - 223‬‬

‫‪45‬‬

‫اﻟﻔـﺼـﻞ اﻟﺜﺎﻟــﺚ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ اﻟﺪﻋﻮى اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ أﻣﺎم اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪ .34‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺮﻳ ﻚ اﻟ ﺪﻋﻮى اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ أﻣ ﺎم اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ ﺑﺈﺣ ﺪى‬ ‫وﺳﻴﻠﺘﻴﻦ‪ :‬اﻷوﻟﻰ وﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ إﺣﺎﻟﺔ "اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ"‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ اﻟﺪﻋﻮى أو "اﻟﺤﺎﻟ ﺔ"‪،‬‬ ‫ﺑﺤﺴﺐ اﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ اﻟﻮارد ﻓﻰ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻠﺐ ﻳﺘﻘﺪم ﺑﻪ ﻣﺠﻠ ﺲ اﻷﻣ ﻦ‬ ‫أو إﺣﺪى اﻟﺪول اﻷﻃﺮاف أو ﻏﻴﺮ اﻷﻃﺮاف ﺑﻨﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷ ﺮوط وإﺟ ﺮاءات ﻣﺤ ﺪدة‬ ‫ﺑﺸ ﻜﻞ دﻗﻴ ﻖ‪ .‬أﻣ ﺎ اﻟﻮﺳ ﻴﻠﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴ ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻮاﻣﻬ ﺎ ه ﻮ ﺗﺤ ﺮك اﻟﻤ ﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌ ﺎم ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ وﺗﺪﺧﻠﻪ ﻣ ﻦ ﺗﻠﻘ ﺎء ﻧﻔﺴ ﻪ ﻹﺟ ﺮاء ﺗﺤﻘﻴ ﻖ ودوﻧﻤ ﺎ إﺣﺎﻟ ﺔ‪ ،‬وﻗ ﺪ ﺗﻜﻔ ﻞ‬ ‫اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺿﻮاﺑﻂ وإﺟﺮاءات هﺬا اﻟﺘﺪﺧﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫وﻓﻴﻤ ﺎ ﻳﻠ ﻰ ﻧﻌ ﺮض ﻟﻬ ﺎﺗﻴﻦ اﻟﻮﺳ ﻴﻠﺘﻴﻦ ﻓ ﻰ ﻣﺒﺤﺜ ﻴﻦ أول وﺛ ﺎن‪ ،‬ﻗﺒ ﻞ أن‬ ‫ﻧﻌﺮض ﻟﻘﻮاﻋﺪ ﻗﺒﻮل أو ﻋﺪم ﻗﺒﻮل اﻟﺪﻋﻮى أﻣﺎم اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻓﻰ ﻣﺒﺤﺚ ﺛﺎﻟﺚ وأﺧﻴﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟـﻤـﺒﺤـﺚ اﻷول‬ ‫إﺣﺎﻟﺔ »ﺣﺎﻟﺔ« إﻟـﻰ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ‬ ‫‪ .35‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﻤﺎرس اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ اﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻﻬﺎ )‪ ،(63‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣ ﺪوث ﺣﺎﻟ ﺔ‬ ‫ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺪﻋﻰ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺎرﺗﻜﺎب ﺟﺮﻳﻤﺔ أو أآﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ اﻟﻤﻮﺿ ﺤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈ ﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﻰ‬

‫‪(63 ) See generally Lionel Yee, The International Criminal Court and The Security Council,‬‬ ‫‪in MAKING OF THE ROME STATUTE, supra note 13, at 143-152. For additional‬‬ ‫‪commentary on Referring ASituations@ to the Court, see Williams, Article 12, supra‬‬ ‫‪note 20; Sharon Williams, Article 13: Exercise of Jurisdiction, in COMMENTARY ON‬‬ ‫‪ROME STATUTE, supra note 13, at 343-352; Antonio Marchesi, Article 14: Referral of a‬‬ ‫‪situation by a State Party, in COMMENTARY ON ROME STATUTE, supra note 13, at 329‬‬‫‪359.‬‬

‫اﻧﻈ ﺮ ﻋﻤﻮﻣ ًﺎ ﻟﻴﻮﻧﻴ ﻞ ﻳ ﻰ‪ ،‬اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ وﻣﺠﻠ ﺲ اﻷﻣ ﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓ ﻰ ﺻ ﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﻧﻈ ﺎم روﻣ ﺎ‬ ‫اﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﻰ‪ ،‬ه ﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 13‬ﺳ ﺎﺑﻘًﺎ ‪ .152 - 143‬ﻟﻤﺰﻳ ﺪ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻘ ﺎت ﻋﻠ ﻰ إﺣﺎﻟ ﺔ "اﻟﻤﻮاﻗ ﻒ" إﻟ ﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ‪ ،‬اﻧﻈ ﺮ وﻳﻠﻴ ﺎﻣﺰ‪ ،‬اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪ 212‬ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻇ ﺔ ‪ ،20‬ﺷ ﺎرون وﻳﻠﻴ ﺎﻣﺰ اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪ :13‬ﻣﻤﺎرﺳ ﺔ‬ ‫اﻻﺧﺘﺼ ﺎص‪ ،‬ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴ ﻖ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﻧﻈ ﺎم روﻣ ﺎ اﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﻰ ه ﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 13‬ﺳ ﺎﺑﻘًﺎ ‪ ،352- 343‬أﻧﺘﻮﻧﻴ ﻮ‬ ‫ﻣﺎرﺷﻴﺰى اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪" :14‬إﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ دوﻟﺔ ﻃﺮف"‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴ ﻖ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﻧﻈ ﺎم روﻣ ﺎ اﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﻰ‬ ‫هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 13‬ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪46‬‬

‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺤﺎل ﻟﻠﻤﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌ ﺎم ﻋ ﻦ ﻃﺮﻳ ﻖ )أ( اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ اﻟﻄ ﺮف ]اﻟﻤ ﻮاد ‪ 13‬ب ‪[14 ،‬؛‬ ‫)ب( ﻣﺠﻠﺲ اﻷﻣﻦ؛ ]ﻣﺎدة ‪) 13‬ب([؛ )ج( اﻟﺪوﻟﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ اﻟﻄﺮف ]ﻣﺎدة ‪.[(3) 12‬‬ ‫‪ .36‬ﺗ ﺘﻢ اﻹﺣﺎﻟ ﺔ ﻋ ﻦ ﻃﺮﻳ ﻖ دوﻟ ﺔ ﻃ ﺮف ﺑ ﺄن ﺗﺤ ﺪد ه ﺬﻩ اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ اﻟﻈ ﺮوف‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺤﻴﻄﺔ وﺗﺮﻓﻖ ﺑﻬﺎ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات ﻣﺪﻋﻤﺔ )ﻣﺎدة ‪.((2) 14‬‬ ‫‪ .37‬ﻋﻨ ﺪﻣﺎ ﻳ ﺘﻢ إﺣﺎﻟ ﺔ "ﺣﺎﻟ ﺔ" إﻟ ﻰ اﻟﻤ ﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌ ﺎم ﻋ ﻦ ﻣﺠﻠ ﺲ اﻷﻣ ﻦ ووﻓﻘ ًﺎ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺒ ﺎب اﻟﺴ ﺎﺑﻊ ﻣ ﻦ ﻣﻴﺜ ﺎق اﻷﻣ ﻢ اﻟﻤﺘﺤ ﺪة‪ ،‬ﻳﺠ ﺐ أن ﺗﺘﻀ ﻤﻦ ﺗﻠ ﻚ "اﻟﺤﺎﻟ ﺔ" ﺗﻬﺪﻳ ﺪًا‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺴﻠﻢ واﻷﻣﻦ‪ .‬وﻋﻨﺪ إﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺠﻠﺲ اﻷﻣﻦ ﻟـ"ﺣﺎﻟﺔ" ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ إﻟ ﻰ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ وﻓﻘ ًﺎ ﻟﻠﺒ ﺎب‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈن اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺤﺘﺎج إﻟﻰ اﻟﺘﻘﻴﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺮوط اﻟﻤﺬآﻮرة ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ]‪[(2)12‬‬ ‫وه ﻰ‪ :‬ارﺗﻜ ﺎب اﻟﺠﺮﻳﻤ ﺔ ﺑﻤﻌﺮﻓ ﺔ أﺣ ﺪ ﻣ ﻮاﻃﻨﻰ دوﻟ ﺔ ﻃ ﺮف أو ﻋﻠ ﻰ إﻗﻠ ﻴﻢ ﺗﻠ ﻚ‬ ‫اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ‪ .‬وﻟﻜ ﻦ ﻳﺠ ﺐ أن ﺗﺘﻀ ﻤﻦ ﺗﻠ ﻚ اﻟﺤﺎﻟ ﺔ "ﺗﻬﺪﻳ ﺪا ﻟﻠﺴ ﻠﻢ واﻷﻣ ﻦ‪ ".‬وﻳﺠ ﺪر‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻼﺣﻈﺔ أن ﻣﺠﻠ ﺲ اﻷﻣ ﻦ ﻳﺘﻤﺘ ﻊ ﺑﺴ ﻠﻄﺔ ﺗﺄﺟﻴ ﻞ اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴ ﻖ واﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤ ﺔ ﻟﻠ ـ"ﺣﺎﻟ ﺔ"‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻰ ﺗﻤﺖ إﺣﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ‪ ،‬إﻣ ﺎ ﻋ ﻦ ﻃﺮﻳ ﻖ اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ اﻟﻄ ﺮف ]ﻣ ﺎدة ‪) 13‬أ([ وإﻣ ﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﻤﻌﺮﻓ ﺔ اﻟﻤ ﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌ ﺎم ﻣ ﻦ ﺗﻠﻘ ﺎء ﻧﻔﺴ ﻪ )ﻣ ﺎدة ‪ (15‬ﻟﻤ ﺪة اﺛﻨ ﻰ ﻋﺸ ﺮ ﺷ ﻬﺮًا ﻣ ﺎدة‬ ‫)‪ .(16‬وهﺬا اﻟﺘﺄﺟﻴﻞ ﻳﺤﺪث وﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﻘﺮار ﻣﻦ ﻣﺠﻠﺲ اﻷﻣﻦ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬًا ﻟﻤ ﺎ ه ﻮ ﻣﻨﺼ ﻮص‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻰ اﻟﺒﺎب اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻴﺜﺎق اﻷﻣﻢ اﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪة ر ّدا ﻋﻠﻰ "ﺗﻬﺪﻳﺪ اﻷﻣﻦ واﻟﺴﻼم‪".‬‬ ‫‪ .38‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ إﻟ ﻰ ذﻟ ﻚ ﻳﺠ ﻮز ﻟﻠﻤ ﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌ ﺎم ﻣﺒﺎﺷ ﺮة اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴ ﻖ ﻓ ﻰ ارﺗﻜ ﺎب‬ ‫اﻟﺠﺮاﺋﻢ اﻟﺘﻰ ﻳﺤﺪدهﺎ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﻣﻮاﻓﻘ ﺔ "داﺋ ﺮة اﻟﺸ ﺆون‬ ‫اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤﺔ" ]آﻤﺎ ﻓﻰ اﻟﻤﺎدﺗﻴﻦ ‪) 13‬ج( و‪) [15‬اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﻔﻘ ﺮات ‪52‬‬ ‫و‪ 54‬اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ(‪.‬‬ ‫‪" .39‬اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ" هﻰ اﻟﻨﺺ اﻟﻔﻌﻠﻰ اﻟﻌﺎم اﻟﺬى ﻳﻌﺘﻘ ﺪ ﺑﻤﻮﺟﺒ ﻪ أن ﺟﺮﻳﻤ ﺔ داﺧﻠ ﺔ‬ ‫ﻓ ﻰ اﺧﺘﺼ ﺎص اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ]ﻣ ﺎدة ‪ [5‬ﻗ ﺪ ﺗ ﻢ ارﺗﻜﺎﺑﻬ ﺎ)‪ .(64‬وﺑﻬ ﺬا ﻳﺘﻀ ﺢ أن اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻬ ﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻴ ﻪ ﺳ ﻴﻒ اﻻﺗﻬ ﺎم ﺿ ﺪ ﺷ ﺨﺺ ﻣﻌ ﻴﻦ وﺑﺎﻟﺘ ﺎﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﻳﺼﻌﺐ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ أداة ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ أى ﻓﺮد‪.‬‬

‫‪(64 ) For additional commentary on crimes within the jurisdiction of the court, see Andreas‬‬ ‫‪Zimmerman, supra note 32.‬‬

‫ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺠﺮاﺋﻢ اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﺔ ﻓﻰ اﺧﺘﺼﺎص اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ‪ ،‬اﻧﻈﺮ أﻧﺪرﻳﺎس زﻣﺮﻣﺎن‪،‬‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺑﻘًﺎ هﺎﻣﺶ ‪.32‬‬

‫‪47‬‬

‫اﻟﻠﻔﻆ "ﺣﺎﻟﺔ" ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜ ﻦ ﺗﻔﺴ ﻴﺮﻩ ذﻟ ﻚ اﻟﺘﻔﺴ ﻴﺮ اﻟﻤﺤ ﺪود أو اﻟﻀ ﻴﻖ اﻟ ﺬى ﻳﻌﻨ ﻰ‬ ‫ﻗﻴﺎم ﻧﺰاع ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ أو ﻓﺮد أو وﺣﺪة ﻋﺴ ﻜﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬أو أن ﻳﻔﺴ ﺮ ﻟﻴﺸ ﻴﺮ إﻟ ﻰ ﺣ ﺪث‬ ‫ﻣﻌ ﻴﻦ دون اﻟﺮﺟ ﻮع إﻟ ﻰ اﻟﺴ ﻴﺎق اﻟﻌ ﺎم ﻟﻠ ﻨﺺ‪ .‬وه ﺬا اﻟﻤﻌﻨ ﻰ اﻟﻤﻘﺼ ﻮد ﻟﻠﻔ ﻆ‬ ‫"اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ" ﺳﻮف ﻳﻜ ﻮن ﺑ ﺎﻟﻄﺒﻊ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔ ًﺎ ﻣ ﻦ واﻗﻌ ﺔ إﻟ ﻰ أﺧ ﺮى‪ ،‬وﻟﻜ ﻦ ﻳﺠ ﺐ أن ﻳ ﺘﻢ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔ ﻪ ﻋ ﻦ ﻃﺮﻳ ﻖ اﻟﻤ ﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌ ﺎم ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ وﺑﺎﻟﺘ ﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﺨﻀ ﻊ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻤﺮاﺟﻌﺔ اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻧﻴ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ ﻗﺒ ﻞ داﺋ ﺮة ﻣﻜﻮﻧ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ ﺛﻼﺛ ﺔ ﻗﻀ ﺎة ]ﻣ ﺎدة ‪ [61‬وﻣﺮاﺟﻌ ﺔ‬ ‫ﻧﻬﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ داﺋ ﺮة اﻻﺳ ﺘﺌﻨﺎف )ﻣ ﺎدة ‪ ،(82‬وﺗﻜ ﻮن ه ﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﺮاﺟﻌ ﺔ اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻧﻴ ﺔ ﻋﻠ ﻰ‬ ‫درﺟﺘﻴﻦ ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻧﺎن ﻓﻰ ﻣﺠﻤﻠﻬﻤﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺛﻤﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻗﻀﺎة ﻟﻀﻤﺎن ﺗﻜﺎﻣﻞ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .40‬ه ﺬا وﺗﺠ ﺪر اﻹﺷ ﺎرة إﻟ ﻰ أن آﻠﻤ ﺔ "ﺣﺎﻟ ﺔ" اﻟﺘ ﻰ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜ ﻦ إﺣﺎﻟﺘﻬ ﺎ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻤ ﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌ ﺎم ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ ﻋ ﻦ ﻃﺮﻳ ﻖ ﻣﺠﻠ ﺲ اﻷﻣ ﻦ أو اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻄﺮف‪ ،‬هﻰ ذاﺗﻬﺎ اﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮدة ﻋﻨﺪ اﻹﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ دوﻟﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻃﺮف وذﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺮﻏﻢ‬ ‫ﻣ ﻦ اﺳ ﺘﺨﺪام ﻟﻔ ﻆ ﺟﺮﻳﻤ ﺔ ﻓ ﻰ ]اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪ [(3)12‬اﻟﺘ ﻰ ﺗﺘﻨ ﺎول ﻗﺒ ﻮل اﺧﺘﺼ ﺎص‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ ﻗﺒ ﻞ دوﻟ ﺔ ﻏﻴ ﺮ ﻃ ﺮف ﻓ ﻰ ﺣ ﺪود "اﻟﺠﺮﻳﻤ ﺔ ﻣﺤ ﻞ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺴ ﺎءﻟﺔ‪ ".‬ﺣﻴ ﺚ ﻳﺒ ﺪو أن اﻟﻠﻔ ﻆ "ﺟﺮﻳﻤ ﺔ" ﻗ ﺪ اﺳ ﺘﺨﺪم ﺧﻄ ﺄ ﻋ ﻦ ﻃﺮﻳ ﻖ اﻟ ﺬﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺻﺎﻏﻮا هﺬا اﻟﻨﺺ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ رﺳﻤﻴﺔ ﺑﺪﻻ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻠﻔﻆ "ﺣﺎﻟﺔ" اﻟ ﺬى ﺗ ﻢ اﺳ ﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺼﺪد اﻹﺣﺎﻟ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ ﻣﺠﻠ ﺲ اﻷﻣ ﻦ أو اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ اﻟﻄ ﺮف)‪ ،(65‬وآ ﺎن اﻟﻐ ﺮض ﻣ ﻦ ه ﺬا‬ ‫‪(65 ) The small group of delegates worked with the Chairman of the Committee of the Whole‬‬ ‫”‪to develop the text. It is clear that they did not intend to alter the essence of a “referral,‬‬ ‫‪namely a “situation.” See Bassiouni, Negotiating the Treaty of Rome, supra note 17, at‬‬ ‫‪443, 453, 457-458 (1999). It is difficult to ascertain the view of the negotiating‬‬ ‫‪conditions, and the drafting of this provision by a few delegates and not by the Drafting‬‬ ‫‪Committee (that was not referred the provisions in Part 2), what the appropriate‬‬ ‫‪formulation was to be. Most likely it was intended to be “a situation giving rise to a‬‬ ‫‪crime within the jurisdiction of the court.” Even though most of these words are absent‬‬ ‫‪from the text, it is surely construed that way. Any other construction would absurdly‬‬ ‫‪result in non-parties having the ability to select which Acrimes@ are to be investigated‬‬ ‫‪and which ones should not, and by implication also predetermine which party is to be‬‬ ‫‪investigated. Such a situation would fly in the face of all the basic principles on which‬‬ ‫‪the ICC’s jurisdiction is founded.‬‬

‫ﻋﻤﻠﺖ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺻﻐﻴﺮة ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻨﺪوﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻊ رﺋﻴﺲ اﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ آﻠﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ اﻟ ﻨﺺ‪ ،‬وﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻮاﺿ ﺢ أﻧﻬ ﻢ‬ ‫ﻟﻢ ﺗﺘﺠﻪ ﻧﻴﺘﻬﻢ ﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺟﻮهﺮ آﻠﻤﺔ "إﺣﺎﻟﺔ" إﻟ ﻰ "ﺣﺎﻟ ﺔ"‪ .‬واﻧﻈ ﺮ ﺑﺴ ﻴﻮﻧﻰ اﻟﺘﻔ ﺎوض ﻟﻤﻌﺎه ﺪة روﻣ ﺎ‬ ‫هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 17‬وﻓﻰ ‪ 458 -457 ،443‬ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ‪ .1999‬وﻣ ﻦ اﻟﺼ ﻌﺐ ﺗﺄآﻴ ﺪ ﻧﻈ ﺮ اﻟﺸ ﺮوط اﻟﺘﻔﺎوﺿ ﻴﺔ‬ ‫وﻣﺴﻮدة هﺬا اﻟﻨﺺ آﻌﻤﻞ ﺗﺤﻀﻴﺮى وﺿﻌﻪ ﻗﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻨﺪوﺑﻴﻦ وﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻀ ﻴﺮﻳﺔ )ﻣﻤ ﺎ‬

‫‪48‬‬

‫اﻟﻨﺺ هﻮ أن ﻳﻜﻮن ﻟﻠﺪوﻟﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ اﻟﻄﺮف اﻟﺤﻖ ﻓ ﻰ إﺣﺎﻟ ﺔ "ﺣﺎﻟ ﺔ" واﻟﺘ ﻰ ﻗ ﺪ ﺗﺸ ﻜﻞ‬ ‫"ﺟﺮﻳﻤ ﺔ ﺗ ﺪﺧﻞ ﺿ ﻤﻦ اﺧﺘﺼ ﺎص اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ‪ ".‬وﻻ ﻳﻌﺘﻘ ﺪ أن ه ﺬا اﻟﺨﻄ ﺄ اﻟﻤ ﺎدى‬ ‫اﻟﻮارد ﻓﻰ اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ (3)12‬ﺳﻮف ﻳﻜﻮن ﺳﺒﺒًﺎ ﻓﻰ أن ﺗﻘ ﻮم اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮ هﺬا اﻟﻨﺺ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻤﺎﺷﻰ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺎ ورد ﺳﻠﻔﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .41‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺘﻢ إﺣﺎﻟ ﺔ اﻟﻘﻀ ﻴﺔ إﻟ ﻰ اﻟﻤ ﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌ ﺎم ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ‬ ‫ﺳﻮاء ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﺠﻠ ﺲ اﻷﻣ ﻦ أو اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ اﻟﻄ ﺮف أو اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ ﻏﻴ ﺮ اﻟﻄ ﺮف‪ ،‬ﻳﻘ ﻮم‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌﺎم ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮة اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎت ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﺘﺄآﺪ ﻣﻦ وﺟﻮد "أﺳ ﺒﺎب‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻘﻮﻟ ﺔ" ﻟﻠﺴ ﻴﺮ ﻓ ﻰ اﻹﺟ ﺮاءات وﻓﻘ ًﺎ ﻟﻠﻨﻈ ﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﻰ ]ﻣ ﺎدة‪) [(1) 53‬اﻧﻈ ﺮ‬ ‫اﻟﻔﻘﺮات ‪ 55-53‬ﻟﻠﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻨﺎﻗﺸﺎت ﺣﻮل إﺟﺮاءات اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ(‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .42‬ﻋﻨ ﺪ "إﺣﺎﻟ ﺔ ﻗﻀ ﻴﺔ" ﻋ ﻦ ﻃﺮﻳ ﻖ ﻣﺠﻠ ﺲ اﻷﻣ ﻦ أو اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ اﻟﻄ ﺮف أو‬ ‫اﻟﺪوﻟﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ اﻟﻄﺮف ﺗﻜﻮن ﺗﻠﻚ "اﻹﺣﺎﻟﺔ" ﻓﻰ ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮى‪ .‬وﻻ ﻳﻔﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ذﻟ ﻚ أن‬ ‫"اﻹﺣﺎﻟ ﺔ" ﻣ ﻦ ﻗﺒ ﻞ ﻣﺠﻠ ﺲ اﻷﻣ ﻦ ﺗﻤﺜ ﻞ اﻟﺘﺰاﻣ ﺎ ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﻤ ﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌ ﺎم ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮة إﺟﺮاءات اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤﺔ‪ .‬وهﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﺼﺎدر اﻟﺜﻼﺛ ﺔ ﻟﻺﺣﺎﻟ ﺔ ﻓﻘ ﻂ‬ ‫ﺗﻠﻔﺖ اﻧﺘﺒﺎﻩ اﻟﻤﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌ ﺎم ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ إﻟ ﻰ وﻗ ﺎﺋﻊ ﻗ ﺪ ﺗﺴ ﺘﻠﺰم إﺟ ﺮاء‬ ‫ﻻ"‬ ‫اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ‪ .‬وﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺪﻣ ﻪ ذﻟ ﻚ اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴ ﻖ ﻣ ﻦ أدﻟ ﺔ آﺎﻓﻴ ﺔ ه ﻮ ﻣ ﺎ ﻳﺸ ﻜﻞ "أﺳﺎﺳ ًﺎ ﻣﻌﻘ ﻮ ً‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺎآﻤ ﺔ وه ﻮ ﻣ ﺎ ﻳﺘﻮﻗ ﻒ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﻣ ﺎ ﻳﺴ ﻔﺮ ﻋﻨ ﻪ ذﻟ ﻚ اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴ ﻖ ]ﻣ ﺎدة ‪) .[61‬اﻧﻈ ﺮ‬ ‫اﻟﺠﺪول رﻗﻢ ‪.(3‬‬

‫ﻟﻢ ﺗﺮﺟﻊ إﻟﻴﻪ اﻟﻨﺼﻮص ﻓﻰ اﻟﻘﺴﻢ ‪ (2‬اﻷﻣﺮ اﻟﺬى آﺎن ﻳﻨﺒﻐ ﻰ أن ﺗﻜ ﻮن ﻋﻠﻴ ﻪ اﻟﺼ ﻴﺎﻏﺔ اﻟﻤﻼﺋﻤ ﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫واﻷﻗ ﺮب إﻟ ﻰ اﻟﻈ ﻦ واﻻﺣﺘﻤ ﺎل أن اﻟﻨﻴ ﺔ ﻗ ﺪ اﺗﺠﻬ ﺖ إﻟ ﻰ "ﺣﺎﻟ ﺔ" ﺗﺤ ﺪث ﺟﺮﻳﻤ ﺔ ﺗ ﺪﺧﻞ ﺿ ﻤﻦ‬ ‫اﻻﺧﺘﺼ ﺎص اﻟﻘﻀ ﺎﺋﻰ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ‪ .‬ورﻏ ﻢ ذﻟ ﻚ ﻓﻘ ﺪ ﻏﺎﺑ ﺖ ﻣﻌﻈ ﻢ ه ﺬﻩ اﻟﻜﻠﻤ ﺎت ﻋ ﻦ اﻟ ﻨﺺ‪ ،‬وﻣ ﻦ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺆآﺪ أﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻔﺴﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ذﻟﻚ اﻟﻨﺤﻮ‪ ،‬وﺳﻴﺆدى أى ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺁﺧــﺮ ــ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺤ ﻮ ﻣﻐ ﺎﻳﺮ ﻟﻠﻌﻘ ﻞ ـ ـ إﻟ ﻰ أن‬ ‫ﺗﻜ ﻮن ﻟ ﺪى اﻟ ﺪول ﻏﻴ ﺮ اﻷﻃ ﺮاف ﻗ ﺪرة ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﺧﺘﻴ ﺎر أى ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﺠ ﺮاﺋﻢ= =ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﻬ ﺎ وأﻳﻬ ﺎ ﻻ‬ ‫ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﻬ ﺎ‪ ،‬وﻳﻘ ﺪر ﺿ ﻤﻨًﺎ أى ﻃ ﺮف ﺳ ﻴﻘﻮم ﺑ ﺎﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ‪ ،‬وﺳ ﺘﺘﺤﺪى ﺣﺎﻟ ﺔ آﻬ ﺬﻩ ﺟﻤﻴ ﻊ اﻟﻤﺒ ﺎدئ‬ ‫اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﻰ ﺗﺄﺳﺲ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪49‬‬

‫)اﻟﺠﺪول رﻗﻢ ‪ (3‬اﻹﺣﺎﻟﺔ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻮاﻗﻌ ﺔ اﻟﻤُﺤﺎﻟ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ ﻣﺠﻠ ﺲ اﻟﻮاﻗﻌ ﺔ اﻟﻤُﺤﺎﻟ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ دوﻟ ﺔ ﻃ ﺮف اﻟﻮاﻗﻌ ﺔ اﻟﺘ ﻰ ﻳﺒ ﺪأ‬ ‫اﻷﻣﻦ‬ ‫إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌﺎم‬ ‫اﻟﻤ ﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌ ﺎم ﻣﺒﺎﺷ ﺮة‬ ‫اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬ ‫)اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ 13‬ﻓﻘﺮة أ(‬ ‫)اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ 13‬ﻓﻘﺮة أ(‬ ‫)اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ 13‬ﻓﻘﺮة ب(‬ ‫ﺑﻨﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺼ ﻼﺣﻴﺎت اﻟﻤﺨﻮﻟ ﺔ ﻳﺠ ﺐ أن ﺗﺸ ﻤﻞ اﻹﺣﺎﻟ ﺔ ﺳ ﻮف ﻳﺒﺎﺷ ﺮ اﻟﻤ ﺪﻋﻰ‬ ‫ﻟﻤﺠﻠ ﺲ اﻷﻣ ﻦ وﻓﻘ ًﺎ ﻟﻠﻔﺼ ﻞ اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺴﺎت اﻟﻤﺤﻴﻄﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻮاﻗﻌ ﺔ ﺑﻤ ﺎ اﻟﻌ ﺎم اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴ ﻖ وﻓﻘ ًﺎ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻴﺜﺎق اﻷﻣ ﻢ اﻟﻤﺘﺤ ﺪة ﻓ ﻰ ذﻟ ﻚ اﻟﻮﺛ ﺎﺋﻖ اﻟﺪاﻟ ﺔ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﻟﻠﻀ ﻮاﺑﻂ اﻟﻤﻮﺿ ﻮﻋﺔ‬ ‫)اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ 13‬ﻓﻘﺮة ب(‬ ‫وﻗﻮﻋﻬ ﺎ )اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪ 14‬اﻟﻔﻘ ﺮﺗﻴﻦ ‪ ،1‬ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺎدة ‪15‬‬ ‫‪(2‬‬ ‫ﻻ ﻳﺘﻄﻠ ﺐ اﻷﻣ ﺮ ﻣﻮاﻓﻘ ﺔ دوﻟ ﺔ اﻟﺸ ﺮوط اﻟﻤﺴﺒﻘـ ـﺔ ﻟﻤﻤﺎرﺳ ﺔ اﻻﺧﺘﺼ ﺎص )اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪ 12‬ﺑﻨ ﺪ‬ ‫‪.(2‬‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‬ ‫ﻳﺠﻮز ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ أن ﺗﻤ ﺎرس اﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻ ﻬﺎ إذا آﺎﻧ ﺖ واﺣ ﺪة أو‬ ‫أآﺜ ﺮ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟ ﺪول اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴ ﺔ ﻃﺮﻓ ﺎ ﻓ ﻰ ه ﺬا اﻟﻨﻈ ﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﻰ أو‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻠﺖ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺼﺎص اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ .‬اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ اﻟﺘ ﻰ وﻗ ﻊ ﻓ ﻰ إﻗﻠﻴﻤﻬ ﺎ اﻟﺴ ﻠﻮك ﻗﻴ ﺪ اﻟﺒﺤ ﺚ أو دوﻟ ﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﺴ ﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺴ ﻔﻴﻨﺔ أو اﻟﻄ ﺎﺋﺮة إذا آﺎﻧ ﺖ اﻟﺠﺮﻳﻤ ﺔ ﻗ ﺪ ارﺗﻜﺒ ﺖ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺳﻔﻴﻨﺔ أو ﻃﺎﺋﺮة ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .‬اﻟﺪوﻟﺔ اﻟﺘﻰ ﻳﻜﻮن اﻟﺸﺨﺺ اﻟﻤﺘﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﺮﻳﻤﺔ أﺣﺪ رﻋﺎﻳﺎهﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻇﺔ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮز اﻟﺒﺪء أو اﻟﻤﻀﻰ ﻓﻰ ﺗﺤﻘﻴ ﻖ أو ﻣﻘﺎﺿ ﺎة ﺑﻤﻮﺟ ﺐ ه ﺬا اﻟﻨﻈ ﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﻰ‬ ‫ﻟﻤﺪة اﺛﻨﻰ ﻋﺸﺮ ﺷﻬﺮا إذا ﻃﻠ ﺐ ﻣﺠﻠ ﺲ اﻷﻣ ﻦ إﻟ ﻰ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ ذﻟ ﻚ ﺑﻨ ﺎء ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﻗ ﺮار ﻳﺼ ﺪر ﻋ ﻦ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺲ ﺑﻤﻮﺟﺐ اﻟﻔﺼﻞ اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻴﺜ ﺎق اﻷﻣ ﻢ اﻟﻤﺘﺤ ﺪة؛ وﻳﺠ ﻮز ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻠ ﺲ ﺗﺠﺪﻳ ﺪ ه ﺬا اﻟﻄﻠ ﺐ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺮوط ذاﺗﻬﺎ )اﻟﻤﺎدة‪.(16‬‬

‫‪50‬‬

‫اﻟـﻤـﺒﺤـﺚ اﻟﺜﺎﻧــﻰ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ اﻟﺪﻋﻮى ﺑﻘﺮار ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌﺎم ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ‬ ‫‪ .43‬وﻓﻘ ًﺎ ﻟﻠﻤ ﺎدة )‪ (15‬ﻗ ﺪ ﻳﻘ ﻮم اﻟﻤ ﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌ ﺎم ﻣ ﻦ ﺗﻠﻘ ﺎء ﻧﻔﺴ ﻪ)‪ (66‬ﺑﻤﺒﺎﺷ ﺮة‬ ‫اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴ ﻖ دون اﻹﺣﺎﻟ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ ﻗﺒ ﻞ إﺣ ﺪى اﻟ ﺪول اﻷﻃ ﺮاف )ﻣ ﺎدة ‪)13‬أ( ‪ (14،‬أو‬ ‫ﻣﺠﻠﺲ اﻷﻣﻦ ]ﻣﺎدة ‪)13‬ب([ أو دوﻟﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻃﺮف ]ﻣﺎدة ‪ ،[(3)12‬وﻣ ﻊ ذﻟ ﻚ ﻓﺈﻧ ﻪ‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﺒﺪء ﻓﻰ إﺟﺮاءات اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻳﻘﻮم اﻟﻤﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌﺎم ﺑﺘﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﻃﻠﺐ ﻣ ﺪﻋﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺴ ﺘﻨﺪات‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺎدﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺪاﺋﺮة اﻟﺘﻤﻬﻴﺪﻳﺔ )ﻣﺎدة ‪ ((2)15‬واﻟﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﻣﻮاﻓﻘﺘﻬ ﺎ )ﻣ ﺎدة ‪((4)15‬‬ ‫ﺑﺄﻏﻠﺒﻴﺔ اﻷﺻﻮات اﻟﺘﻰ ﻻ ﺗﻘﻞ ﻋﻦ )‪ 2‬ﻣﻦ واﻗﻊ ‪ 3‬أﺻﻮات(‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .44‬ﻋﻨ ﺪ ﺟﻤ ﻊ اﻟﻤﺴ ﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﻤﺪﻋﻤ ﺔ وﺗﻘ ﺪﻳﺮ ﻣﻼءﻣ ﺔ ﺗﻘ ﺪﻳﻢ ه ﺬا اﻟﻄﻠ ﺐ ﻳﻘ ﻮم‬ ‫اﻟﻤ ﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌ ﺎم ﺑﺠﻤ ﻊ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣ ﺎت ﻋ ﻦ ﻃﺮﻳ ﻖ ﻣﺼ ﺎدر ﻣﻮﺛ ﻮق ﺑﻬ ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜ ﻞ اﻟ ﺪول‪،‬‬ ‫اﻷﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻸﻣﻢ اﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪة‪ ،‬أو اﻟﺠﻬﺎت اﻟﺤﻜﻮﻣﻴﺔ واﻟﻤﻨﻈﻤﺎت ﻏﻴ ﺮ اﻟﺤﻜﻮﻣﻴ ﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫وﻳﻘﻮم اﻟﻤﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌﺎم أﻳﻀًﺎ ﺑﺘﻠﻘﻰ ﺷ ﻬﺎدة ﺷ ﻔﻬﻴﺔ أو ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮﻳ ﺔ ﺑﻤﻘ ﺮ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ أو ﻓ ﻰ‬ ‫أى ﺟﻬﺔ أﺧﺮى )ﻣﺎدة ‪ ((1)15‬وﻳﺠﻮز أﻳﻀﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻨ ﻰ ﻋﻠ ﻴﻬﻢ اﻟﻤﺮاﻓﻌ ﺔ أﻣ ﺎم داﺋ ﺮة‬ ‫اﻟﺸﺆون اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .45‬ﻻ ﻳﻘ ﻮم اﻟﻤ ﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌ ﺎم ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ ﺑﻤﺒﺎﺷ ﺮة اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴ ﻖ إﻻ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﻗﻴﺎم داﺋ ﺮة اﻟﺸ ﺆون اﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﺔ ﺑﻤ ﺎ ﻗﺒ ﻞ اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤ ﺔ ﺑ ﺈﻗﺮار وﺟ ﻮد أﺳ ﺎس ﻣﻌﻘ ﻮل‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺸ ﺮوع ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴ ﻖ وأن اﻟﺤﺎﻟ ﺔ ﺗﻘ ﻊ ﻓ ﻰ داﺋ ﺮة اﺧﺘﺼ ﺎص اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ )ﻣ ﺎدة‬ ‫‪ ((4)15‬وإذا ﻟﻢ ﺗﺄذن داﺋﺮة اﻟﺸﺆون اﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﺔ ﺑﻤ ﺎ ﻗﺒ ﻞ اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤ ﺔ ﺑ ﺈﺟﺮاء اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴ ﻖ‬ ‫ﺟ ﺎز ﻟﻠﻤ ﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌ ﺎم ﺗﻘ ﺪﻳﻢ ﻃﻠﺒ ﺎت أﺧ ﺮى ﻋﻨ ﺪ ﻇﻬ ﻮر وﻗ ﺎﺋﻊ أو دﻟﻴ ﻞ ﺟﺪﻳ ﺪ )ﻣ ﺎدة‬ ‫‪) .((5)15‬اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺠﺪول رﻗﻢ ‪.(4‬‬ ‫‪) See generally Silvia A. Fernandez de Gurmendi, The Role of the International‬‬ ‫‪Prosecutor, in MAKING OF THE ROME STATUTE, supra note 13, at 175-188. For‬‬ ‫‪additional commentary on Proprio motu, see Morten Bergsmo and Jelena Pejic, Article‬‬ ‫‪15: Prosecutor, in COMMENTARY ON ROME STATUTE, supra note 13, at 359-373.‬‬

‫‪(66‬‬

‫اﻧﻈﺮ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻠﻔﻴﺎ ﻓﻴﺮﻧﺎﻧﺪﻳﺰ دى ﺟﺮﻣﻨﺪى‪ ،‬دور اﻟﻤﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌﺎم اﻟﺪوﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم‬ ‫اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ ﻟﺮوﻣﺎ هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 13‬ﻓﻰ ‪ .188-175‬وﻟﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮ إﺿﺎﻓﻰ ﺣﻮل ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ اﻟﻤﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌﺎم ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻘﺎء‬ ‫ﻧﻔﺴﻪ اﻧﻈﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮرﺗﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﻤﻮ وﺟﻴﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺑﻴﺠﻴﻚ‪ ،‬اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ :15‬اﻟﻤﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌﺎم‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم‬ ‫اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ ﻟﺮوﻣﺎ هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 13‬ﻓﻰ ‪.373-359‬‬

‫‪51‬‬

‫)اﻟﺠﺪول رﻗﻢ ‪ (4‬ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ اﻟﺪﻋﻮى اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﻤﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌﺎم )اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪(15‬‬ ‫اﻟﺒﺪء ﻓﻰ اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ‬ ‫* ﻟﻠﻤﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌﺎم أن ﻳﺒﺎﺷﺮ اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎت ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻘﺎء ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ أﺳﺎس اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﺠﺮاﺋﻢ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﻓﻰ اﺧﺘﺼﺎص اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ‪0‬‬ ‫* ﻳﻘ ﻮم اﻟﻤ ﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌ ﺎم ﺑﺘﺤﻠﻴ ﻞ ﺟﺪﻳ ﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣ ﺎت اﻟﻤﺒﻠ ﻎ ﻋﻨﻬ ﺎ ‪ 0‬وﻳﺠ ﻮز ﻟ ﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻟﻬ ﺬا‬ ‫اﻟﻐ ﺮض ‪ ،‬اﻟﺘﻤ ﺎس ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣ ﺎت إﺿ ﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟ ﺪول ‪ ،‬أو أﺟﻬ ﺰة اﻷﻣ ﻢ اﻟﻤﺘﺤ ﺪة ‪ ،‬أو‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻤﺎت اﻟﺤﻜﻮﻣﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ أو ﻏﻴﺮ اﻟﺤﻜﻮﻣﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬أو أى ﻣﺼﺎدر أﺧ ﺮى ﻣﻮﺛ ﻮق ﺑﻬ ﺎ‬ ‫ﻳﺮاهﺎ ﻣﻼﺋﻤﺔ ‪ 0‬وﻳﺠﻮز ﻟﻪ ﺗﻠﻘﻰ اﻟﺸﻬﺎدة اﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮﻳﺔ أو اﻟﺸﻔﻮﻳﺔ ﻓﻰ ﻣﻘﺮ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫* إذا اﺳﺘﻨﺘﺞ اﻟﻤﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌﺎم أن هﻨﺎك أﺳﺎﺳﺎ ﻣﻌﻘ ﻮﻻ ﻟﻠﺒ ﺪء ﻓ ﻰ إﺟ ﺮاء ﺗﺤﻘﻴ ﻖ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘ ﺪم‬ ‫إﻟﻰ اﻟﺪاﺋﺮة اﻟﺘﻤﻬﻴﺪﻳﺔ ﻃﻠﺒﺎ ﻟﻺذن ﺑﺈﺟﺮاء ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﻔﻮﻋﺎ ﺑﺄى ﻣﻮاد ﻣﺆﻳﺪة ﻳﺠﻤﻌﻬ ﺎ‬ ‫‪ 0‬وﻳﺠ ﻮز ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻨ ﻰ ﻋﻠ ﻴﻬﻢ إﺟ ﺮاء ﻣﺮاﻓﻌ ﺎت ﻟ ﺪى اﻟ ﺪاﺋﺮة اﻟﺘﻤﻬﻴﺪﻳ ﺔ وﻓﻘ ﺎ ﻟﻠﻘﻮاﻋ ﺪ‬ ‫اﻹﺟﺮاﺋﻴﺔ وﻗﻮاﻋﺪ اﻹﺛﺒﺎت‪0‬‬ ‫)‪(8‬‬ ‫ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢ اﻟﻤﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌﺎم ﻟﻸﺳﺒﺎب اﻟﻤﻌﻘﻮﻟﺔ‬ ‫ﻓ ﻰ ﺣﺎﻟ ﺔ ﺗ ﻮاﻓﺮ اﻷﺳ ﺒﺎب ﻓ ﻰ ﺣﺎﻟ ﺔ ﻋ ﺪم ﺗ ﻮاﻓﺮ اﻷﺳ ﺒﺎب اﻟﻤﻌﻘﻮﻟ ﺔ ﻳﺒﻠ ﻎ اﻟﻤ ﺪﻋﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻌﻘﻮﻟﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻌ ﺎم أوﻟﺌ ﻚ اﻟ ﺬﻳﻦ أﺧﻄ ﺮوا ﺑﺎﻟﻮاﻗﻌ ﺔ ﺑﻌ ﺪم اﻟﻤﻀ ﻰ ﻓ ﻰ‬ ‫إﺟﺮاءات اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺪ أن ﻟﻪ اﻟﺤﻖ ﻓﻰ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺑﺎب اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ‬ ‫ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى إذا ﻣﺎ ﺗﻮاﻓﺮت وﻗﺎﺋﻊ أو أدﻟﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪة‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﺪاﺋﺮة اﻟﺘﻤﻬﻴﺪﻳﺔ‬ ‫* ﻳﻘﺪم اﻟﻤﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌ ﺎم ﻃﻠﺒ ﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺴ ﻤﺎح ﻟ ﻪ ﺑﺒ ﺪء اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻘ ﺎت ﻟﻠ ﺪاﺋﺮة اﻟﺘﻤﻬﻴﺪﻳ ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸ ﻔﻮﻋًﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻷدﻟﺔ اﻟﺘﻰ ﻓﻰ ﺣﻮزﺗﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫* ﻳﺠﻮز ﻟﻠﻀﺤﺎﻳﺎ اﻟﺘﻘﺪم ﻟﻠﺪاﺋﺮة وﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﻘﻮاﻋﺪ اﻹﺟﺮاء واﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﻟﻠ ﺪاﺋﺮة اﻟﺘﻤﻬﻴﺪﻳ ﺔ اﻟﺤ ﻖ ﻓ ﻰ ﺗﺤﺪﻳ ﺪ ﻣ ﺎ إذا آ ﺎن هﻨ ﺎك أﺳ ﺒﺎب ﻣﻌﻘﻮﻟ ﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻀ ﻰ ﻓ ﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻘ ﺎت ﻣ ﻦ ﻋﺪﻣ ﻪ وذﻟ ﻚ دون اﻟﻤﺴ ﺎس ﺑﻤ ﺎ ﺗﻘ ﺮرﻩ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ ﻓﻴﻤ ﺎ ﺑﻌ ﺪ ﺑﺸ ﺄن‬ ‫اﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎص أو ﻗﺒﻮل اﻟﺪﻋﻮى‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﺮار اﻟﺪاﺋﺮة اﻟﺘﻤﻬﻴﺪﻳﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻷﺳﺒﺎب اﻟﻤﻌﻘﻮﻟﺔ‬ ‫ﻓ ﻰ ﺣﺎﻟ ﺔ ﺗ ﻮاﻓﺮ اﻷﺳ ﺒﺎب‬ ‫ﻓﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪم ﺗﻮاﻓﺮ اﻷﺳﺒﺎب اﻟﻤﻌﻘﻮﻟﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻌﻘﻮﻟﺔ‬ ‫* ﻋﺪم اﻟﻤﻀﻰ ﻓ ﻰ إﺟ ﺮاءات اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴ ﻖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴ ﺪ أن ﻟﻠﻤ ﺪﻋﻰ‬ ‫* اﻟﻤﻮاﻓﻘ ﺔ ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﺒ ﺪء ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﻌﺎم اﻟﺤﻖ ﻓﻰ اﻟﺘﻘﺪم ﺑﻄﻠﺐ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺑﺎب اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻣﺮة‬ ‫إﺟﺮاءات اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ‪.‬‬ ‫أﺧﺮى إذا ﻣﺎ ﺗﻮاﻓﺮت وﻗﺎﺋﻊ أو أدﻟﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪة‪.‬‬ ‫* اﻟﻘﺮار اﻟﺼﺎدر ﻣﻦ اﻟﺪاﺋﺮة‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻤﻬﻴﺪﻳ ﺔ ﻏﻴ ﺮ ﻗﺎﺑ ﻞ‬ ‫ﻟﻼﺳ ﺘﺌﻨﺎف وﻓﻘ ﺎ ﻷﺣﻜ ﺎم‬ ‫)‪ (8‬راﺟﻊ اﻷﺳﺒﺎب اﻟﻤﻌﻘﻮﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﺬآﻮرة ﻓﻰ اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ 53‬وآﺬا ﻗﻮاﻋﺪ اﻹﺟﺮاء واﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ أرﻗﺎم ‪،105 ،104‬‬ ‫‪.110 ،109 ،108 ،107 ،106‬‬

‫‪52‬‬

‫اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟـﻤـﺒﺤـﺚ اﻟﺜﺎﻟــﺚ‬ ‫ﻗﻮاﻋﺪ ﻗﺒﻮل اﻟﺪﻋﻮى أﻣﺎم اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪ .46‬ﻗﺒ ﻞ اﺗﺨ ﺎذ أى ﻣ ﻦ إﺟ ﺮاءات اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴ ﻖ وﻗﺒ ﻞ إﺻ ﺪار أى ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻘ ﺮارات‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺎﺳ ﺔ ﺑﺤﻘ ﻮق و ﺣﺮﻳ ﺎت اﻟﻤﺘﻬﻤ ﻴﻦ آ ﺄﻣﺮ اﻟﻘ ﺒﺾ)‪ ،(67‬ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﻤ ﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌ ﺎم‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮاﻓﻘﺔ اﻟﻐﺮﻓﺔ اﻟﻤﺨﺘﺼﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻋﻦ اﻷﻣ ﻮر اﻟﺴ ﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺎآﻤ ﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫أى داﺋﺮة اﻟﺸﺆون اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤ ﺔ )ﻣ ﺎدة ‪ .(68)(58‬وﺗﻘ ﺮر ﺗﻠ ﻚ اﻟ ﺪاﺋﺮة‬ ‫ﻣﺎ إذا آﺎﻧﺖ هﻨﺎك أﺳﺲ ﻣﻌﻘﻮﻟﺔ ﻟﻼﻋﺘﻘﺎد ﺑﺄن اﻟﺸﺨﺺ اﻟﻤﻄﻠ ﻮب اﻟﻘ ﺒﺾ ﻋﻠﻴ ﻪ ﻗ ﺪ‬ ‫ﻗﺎم ﺑﺎرﺗﻜﺎب ﺟﺮﻳﻤﺔ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﻓﻰ اﺧﺘﺼﺎص اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ‪ .‬وﻋﻼوة ﻋﻠﻰ ذﻟ ﻚ ﻋﻨ ﺪ ﺗﺴ ﻠﻴﻢ‬ ‫اﻟﺸﺨﺺ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ ﻳﺠ ﺐ أن ﻳ ﺘﻢ اﻟﺘﺄآ ﺪ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟ ﺘﻬﻢ اﻟﻤﻮﺟ ﻪ إﻟﻴ ﻪ‬ ‫ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ داﺋﺮة اﻟﺸﺆون اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤﺔ ]ﻣ ﺎدة ‪ .[61، (2)60‬وﺑ ﺬﻟﻚ‬ ‫ﻓ ﺈن أى ﺗﺤﻘﻴ ﻖ ﺗﻘ ﻮم ﺑﻄﻠﺒ ﻪ إﺣ ﺪى اﻟﺠﻬ ﺎت اﻟ ﺜﻼث اﻟﻤﻨ ﻮط ﻟﻬ ﺎ ﺑﺎﻹﺣﺎﻟ ﺔ ]اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻄ ﺮف اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪)13‬أ( أو اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ ﻏﻴ ﺮ اﻟﻄ ﺮف )ﻣ ﺎدة ‪ ((3) 12‬أو ﻣﺠﻠ ﺲ اﻷﻣ ﻦ‬ ‫)ﻣﺎدة ‪)13‬ب([ أو ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ اﻟﻤ ﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌ ﺎم ﻣ ﻦ ﺗﻠﻘ ﺎء ﻧﻔﺴ ﻪ ]ﻣ ﺎدة ‪ [15‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜ ﻦ‬ ‫أن ﻳﻨﺸﺄ ﻋﻦ هﺬا اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻣﺤﺎآﻤ ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣ ﺎ ﻟ ﻢ ﻳ ﺘﻢ اﻋﺘﻤ ﺎد اﻟ ﺘﻬﻢ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ اﻟ ﻮاردة ﺑ ﺄﻣﺮ‬

‫‪(67 ) See generally Fabricio Guariglia, Investigation and Prosecution, in MAKING OF THE‬‬ ‫‪ROME STATUTE, supra note 13, at 227-237. For additional commentary on admissibility‬‬ ‫‪of a case, see Williams, Article 17, supra note 22; Christopher K. Hall, Article 19:‬‬ ‫‪Challenges to the jurisdiction of the Court or the admissibility of a case, in‬‬ ‫‪COMMENTARY ON ROME STATUTE, supra note 13, at 405-419.‬‬

‫اﻧﻈﺮ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺑﺮﻳﺘﺸﻴﻮ ﺟﻮارﻳﺠﻠﻴﺎ اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ وﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮة اﻟﻄﻘﻮس اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﻧﻈﺎم روﻣﺎ‬ ‫اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ اﻟﻬﺎﻣﺶ رﻗﻢ ‪ 13‬ﻓﻰ ‪ ،237-227‬وﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ إﺿﺎﻓﻰ ﻋﻦ ﻗﺒﻮل اﻟﺪﻋﻮى‪ ،‬اﻧﻈﺮ وﻳﻠﻴﺎﻣﺰ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ 17‬واﻟﻬﺎﻣﺶ رﻗﻢ ‪ 22‬آﺮﻳﺴﺘﻮﻓﺮ هﻮل واﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ :19‬اﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺎت اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻟﻼﺧﺘﺼﺎص‬ ‫اﻟﻘﻀﺎﺋﻰ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ أو ﻋﺪم ﻗﺒﻮل اﻟﺪﻋﻮى‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎم روﻣﺎ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 13‬ﻓﻰ‬ ‫‪.419 - 405‬‬ ‫‪(68 ) For additional commentary on the Pre-Trial Chamber and arrest warrants, see Angelika‬‬ ‫‪Schlunk, Article 58: Issuance by the Pre-trial Chamber of a Warrant of Arrest or a‬‬ ‫‪Summons to Appear, in COMMENTARY ON ROME STATUTE, supra note 13, at 753-764.‬‬

‫ﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ إﺿﺎﻓﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ داﺋﺮة اﻟﺸﺆون اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤﺔ وأواﻣﺮ اﻟﺤﺠﺰ‪ ،‬اﻧﻈﺮ أﻧﺠﻴﻠﻴﻜﺎ‬ ‫ﺷﻼﻧﻚ‪ ،‬اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ :58‬اﻟﺼﺎدر ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ داﺋﺮة اﻟﺸﺆون اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤﺔ ﻷﻣﺮ ﺣﺒﺲ أو‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻜﻠﻴﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻀﻮر ﻓﻰ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎم روﻣﺎ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 13‬ﻓﻰ ‪.764 - 753‬‬

‫‪53‬‬

‫اﻹﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺼﺎدر ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌﺎم ]ﻣﺎدة‪ (69)[61‬ﻣ ﻦ ﻗﺒ ﻞ داﺋ ﺮة اﻟﺸ ﺆون اﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﻤﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .47‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﻘﺮر اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ أن اﻟﺪﻋﻮى ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻟﺔ ﻷﺣﺪ اﻷﺳـﺒﺎب اﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫)أ( إذا آﺎن اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ أو اﻟﻤﻘﺎﺿﺎة ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﻪ دوﻟ ﺔ ﻟﻬ ﺎ اﺧﺘﺼ ﺎص ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟ ﺪﻋﻮى‬ ‫)اﻷوﻟﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﻸﻧﻈﻤﺔ اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻧﻴﺔ اﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴﺔ ﻃﺒﻘًﺎ ﻟﻤﺒ ﺪإ اﻟﺘﻜﺎﻣ ﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻣ ﺎ ﻟ ﻢ ﺗﻜ ﻦ اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ ﺣﻘ ﺎ‬ ‫ﻏﻴﺮ راﻏﺒﺔ أو ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎدرة ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ اﻟﺘﺰاﻣﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﻓﻰ اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴ ﻖ واﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤ ﺔ ]ﻣ ﺎدة ‪17‬‬ ‫)‪،(1‬أ[؛‬ ‫)ب( إذا آﺎﻧﺖ إﺣﺪى اﻟﺪول ذات اﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎص ﻗﺪ أﺟﺮت اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻓﻰ اﻟﺪﻋﻮى‬ ‫وﻗﺮرت ﻋ ﺪم اﻟﺤﻜ ﻢ ﻓ ﻰ ه ﺬﻩ اﻟﻘﻀ ﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻣ ﺎ ﻟ ﻢ ﻳﻜ ﻦ اﻟﻘ ﺮار ﻧﺎﺗﺠ ًﺎ ﻋ ﻦ ﻋ ﺪم رﻏﺒ ﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺪوﻟﺔ أو ﻋﺪم ﻗﺪرﺗﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻘﺎﺿﺎة ])ﻣﺎدة ‪)17‬أ( ‪ ،‬ب[؛‬ ‫)ج( إذا آ ﺎن اﻟﺸ ﺨﺺ ﻗ ﺪ ﺳ ﺒﻖ ﻣﺤﺎآﻤﺘ ﻪ ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﺴ ﻠﻮك ﻣﻮﺿ ﻮع اﻟﺸ ﻜﻮى‬ ‫]ﻣﺎدة ‪) (1)17‬ج([؛‬ ‫)د( إذا ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ اﻟﺪﻋﻮى ﻋﻠﻰ درﺟﺔ آﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺨﻄﻮرة ﺗﺒ ﺮر اﺗﺨ ﺎذ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ‬ ‫إﺟﺮاء ﺁﺧ ﺮ ]ﻣ ﺎدة ‪)17‬أ()د([‪ .‬وإذا اﻗﺘﻀ ﺖ اﻟﺤﺎﺟ ﺔ أن ﻳﻘ ﺪر اﻟﻤ ﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌ ﺎم ﻋ ﺪم‬ ‫ﻣﻼءﻣ ﺔ إﺟ ﺮاء اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴ ﻖ ﺟ ﺎز ﻟ ﻪ أن ﻳﻄﻠ ﺐ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ إﻣ ﺪادﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺰﻳ ﺪ ﻣ ﻦ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﺘﻰ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻹﺟﺮاءات اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ]ﻣﺎدة ‪.[(11)19‬‬ ‫‪ .48‬ﺗﻘﻮم اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺎ إذا آﺎﻧﺖ اﻟﺪوﻟﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ راﻏﺒﺔ ﺣﻘًﺎ ﻓﻰ اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴ ﻖ أو‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻘﺎﺿﺎة‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ اﻷﺣﻮال اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫) أ ( ﻗﻴ ﺎم اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ ﺑﺎﺗﺨ ﺎذ إﺟ ﺮاءات ﻣ ﻦ ﺷ ﺄﻧﻬﺎ ﺣﻤﺎﻳ ﺔ اﻟﺸ ﺨﺺ و ﺗﺠﻨﻴﺒ ﻪ‬ ‫اﺧﺘﺼﺎص اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ ]ﻣﺎدة ‪ (2)17‬أ[‪.‬‬ ‫)ب( أن ﻳﻜ ﻮن هﻨ ﺎك ﺗﺄﺟﻴ ﻞ ﻻ ﻣﺒ ﺮر ﻟ ﻪ ﻓ ﻰ ﺳ ﻴﺮ إﺟ ﺮاءات اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤ ﺔ ﺑﻤ ﺎ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻌﺎرض ﻣﻊ ﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﺜﻮل اﻟﺸﺨﺺ أﻣﺎم اﻟﻌﺪاﻟﺔ ]ﻣﺎدة ‪ (2)17‬ب[‪.‬‬ ‫‪(69 ) For additional commentary on the Pre-Trial Chamber and prosecution, see Kuniji‬‬ ‫‪Shibahara, Article 61: Confirmation of the charges before trial, in COMMENTARY ON‬‬ ‫= ‪ROME STATUTE, supra note 13, at 783-792.‬‬

‫= ﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴ ﻖ إﺿ ﺎﻓﻰ ﻋﻠ ﻰ داﺋ ﺮة اﻟﺸ ﺆون اﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﺔ ﺑﻤ ﺎ ﻗﺒ ﻞ اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤ ﺔ واﻹدﻋ ﺎء اﻟﺠﻨ ﺎﺋﻰ‪ ،‬اﻧﻈ ﺮ‬ ‫آ ﻮﻧﻴﺠﻰ ﺷ ﻴﺒﺎهﺎر‪ ،‬اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪ 61‬ﻟﺘﺄآﻴ ﺪ اﻻﺗﻬﺎﻣ ﺎت ﻗﺒ ﻞ اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤ ﺔ ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴ ﻖ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﻧﻈ ﺎم روﻣ ﺎ‬ ‫اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ ،13‬ص ‪.792-783‬‬

‫‪54‬‬

‫)ج( إذا ﻟ ﻢ ﺗُﺒﺎﺷ ﺮ اﻹﺟ ﺮاءات ﺑﺼ ﻮرة ﻣﺴ ﺘﻘﻠﺔ أو دون ﺗﺤﻴ ﺰ ]ﻣ ﺎدة ‪(2)17‬‬ ‫ج[‪.‬‬ ‫وﻋ ﺪم ﻗ ﺪرة اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﻣﻘﺎﺿ ﺎة ﺷ ﺨﺺ ﻓ ﻰ دﻋ ﻮى ﻣﻌﻴﻨ ﺔ ﻗ ﺪ ﻳﺮﺟ ﻊ إﻟ ﻰ‬ ‫اﻧﻬﻴﺎر آﻠﻰ أو ﺟﻮهﺮى ﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣﻬﺎ اﻟﻘﻀ ﺎﺋﻰ اﻟ ﻮﻃﻨﻰ‪ ،‬وه ﻮ ﻣ ﺎ ﻗ ﺪ ﻳﻤﻨ ﻊ ﺗﻠ ﻚ اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ اﻟﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ دﻟﻴﻞ ﺿﺮورى أو إﺣﻀﺎر اﻟﻤﺘﻬﻢ ]ﻣﺎدة ‪.[(3)17‬‬ ‫‪ .49‬ﺗﺘﺤﻘﻖ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ داﺋﻤ ًﺎ ﻣ ﻦ اﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻ ﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻨﻈ ﺮ ﻓ ﻰ اﻟ ﺪﻋﻮى اﻟﻤﻌﺮوﺿ ﺔ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬وﻟﻬ ﺎ أن ﺗﺒ ﺖ ﻓ ﻰ ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻟﻴ ﺔ ه ﺬﻩ اﻟ ﺪﻋﻮى ]ﻣ ﺎدة ‪ ،[19‬وﺑﺎﻹﺿ ﺎﻓﺔ إﻟ ﻰ ذﻟ ﻚ‬ ‫ﻓﺈن اﻟﺪﻓﻊ ﺑﻌﺪم ﻗﺒﻮل اﻟﺪﻋﻮى ﻗﺪ ﻳﺒ ﺪى ﻣ ﻦ ﻗﺒ ﻞ )أ( اﻟﺸ ﺨﺺ اﻟﻤ ﺘﻬﻢ؛ )ب( اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺔ اﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎص )ﻋﻠﻰ أﺳﺎس ﻗﻴ ﺎم اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ ﺑﻮاﺟﺒﺎﺗﻬ ﺎ اﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﺔ ﺑ ﺎﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ أو إﺣﺎﻟ ﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺪﻋﻮى ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺎآﻤ ﺔ(؛ )ج( اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ اﻟﺘ ﻰ ُارﺗﻜ ﺐ ﻓﻴﻬ ﺎ اﻟﺴ ﻠﻮك اﻟ ُﻤﺴ ﺘﻮﺟﺐ ﻟﻠﻌﻘﻮﺑ ﺔ؛‬ ‫)د( اﻟﺪوﻟﺔ اﻟﺘﻰ ﻳﺤﻤﻞ اﻟﺸﺨﺺ اﻟﻤﺘﻬﻢ ﺟﻨﺴﻴﺘﻬﺎ ]ﻣﺎدة ‪.[(2)19‬‬ ‫‪ .50‬ﻗ ﺮار اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ ﺑﻘﺒ ﻮل أو ﻋ ﺪم ﻗﺒ ﻮل اﻟ ﺪﻋﺎوى ﻳﺠ ﻮز اﻟﻄﻌ ﻦ ﻓﻴ ﻪ ﻟﻤ ﺮة‬ ‫واﺣﺪة ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ أى ﺷﺨﺺ أو دوﻟ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻤ ﺬآﻮرﻳﻦ ﺁﻧﻔ ًﺎ‪ .‬وه ﺬا اﻟﻄﻌ ﻦ ﺑﺼ ﻔﺔ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻣ ﺔ ﻳﺠ ﺐ أن ﻳ ﺘﻢ ﻗﺒ ﻞ أو ﻋﻨ ﺪ ﺑ ﺪء اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤ ﺔ ]ﻣ ﺎدة ‪ [(5)-(4)19‬وﻗﺒ ﻞ ﺛﺒ ﻮت‬ ‫اﻻﺗﻬﺎم‪ .‬وُﻳﻘﺪم اﻟﻄﻌﻦ إﻟﻰ داﺋﺮة اﻟﺸﺆون اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤ ﺔ ﺛ ﻢ إﻟ ﻰ ﻏﺮﻓ ﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤ ﺔ ]ﻣ ﺎدة ‪ [(6)19‬وﺑ ﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﻜ ﻮن اﻟﻘ ﺮارات اﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﺔ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺼ ﺎص اﻟﻐ ﺮﻓﺘﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎف ]اﻟﻤﻮاد ‪) .[82، (6) 19‬اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺠﺪول رﻗﻢ ‪.(5‬‬ ‫‪ .51‬إذا ﻗﺎﻣ ﺖ إﺣ ﺪى اﻟ ﺪول ﺑ ﺎﻟﻄﻌﻦ ﻳﻘ ﻮم اﻟﻤ ﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌ ﺎم ﺑﺈرﺟ ﺎء اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴ ﻖ‬ ‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺼﺪر اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻗﺮاره ﺎ ]ﻣ ﺎدة ‪ .[(7) 19‬وﺑ ﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣ ﻦ ذﻟ ﻚ و ﺣﺘ ﻰ ﺗُﺼ ﺪر‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻗﺮارهﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻠﻤﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌﺎم أن ﻳﻠﺘﻤﺲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ اﻹذن ﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﺳ ﺘﻤﺮار ﻓ ﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ‪:‬‬ ‫) أ ( إذا آ ﺎن ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻀ ﺮورى اﻟﻤﺤﺎﻓﻈ ﺔ ﻋﻠ ﻰ دﻟﻴ ﻞ ﻣﻬ ﻢ و ﻳﺨﺸ ﻰ ﻣ ﻦ‬ ‫ﺗﻠﻔﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫)ب( ﻻﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎل أﻗﻮال اﻟﺸﻬﻮد‪.‬‬ ‫)ج( ﻟﻤﻨﻊ هﺮب ﻣﻦ ﻳﻜﻮن اﻟﻤﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌﺎم ﻗﺪ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ إﺻﺪار أﻣﺮ ﺑ ﺎﻟﻘﺒﺾ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ]ﻣﺎدة ‪.[(8) 19‬‬ ‫‪55‬‬

‫وﻓﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﻷﺣﻮال ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎز ﻟﻠﻤﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌﺎم أن ﻳﻘﺪم ﻃﻠﺒﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺑﺈﻋﺎدة اﻟﻨﻈ ﺮ‬ ‫ﻓﻰ ﻗﺮار ﻋ ﺪم ﻗﺒ ﻮل اﻟ ﺪﻋﻮى ﻋﻨ ﺪ ﻇﻬ ﻮر وﻗ ﺎﺋﻊ أو دﻟﻴ ﻞ ﺟﺪﻳ ﺪ ]ﻣ ﺎدة ‪.[(10)19‬‬ ‫)اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺠﺪول رﻗﻢ ‪.(6‬‬

‫‪56‬‬

‫)اﻟﺠﺪول رﻗﻢ ‪(5‬‬ ‫اﻟﺪﻓﻮع اﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﻌﺪم ﻗﺒﻮل اﻟﺪﻋﻮى أو ﻋﺪم اﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎص )اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪(19‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ اﻟﺬى ﻟﻪ اﻟﺤﻖ ﻓﻰ إﺑﺪاء اﻟﺪﻓﻮع؟‬ ‫ﻖ‬

‫* ﺗﺘﺤﻘ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ‬ ‫ﻣ ﻦ أن ﻟﻬ ﺎ‬ ‫اﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻ ﺎ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻨﻈ ﺮ ﻓ ﻰ‬ ‫ﺪﻋﻮى‬ ‫اﻟ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻌﺮوﺿ ﺔ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫* ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣ ﻦ ﺗﻠﻘ ﺎء‬ ‫ﻧﻔﺴ ﻬﺎ أن‬ ‫ﺗﺘﺼﺪى ﻟﻠﺒ ﺖ‬ ‫ﻓ ﻰ ﻣﻮﺿ ﻮع‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻮل اﻟﺪﻋﻮى‬ ‫ﺎ‬ ‫وﻓﻘ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻤﺎدة)‪.(17‬‬ ‫* ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟ ﺪ‬ ‫ﺣ ﺪ أﻗﺼ ﻰ‬ ‫ﺪاء‬ ‫ﻹﺑ‬ ‫اﻟﺪﻓﻮع‪.‬‬ ‫)‪( 9‬‬

‫* اﻟﻤ ﺘﻬﻢ‬ ‫أو‬ ‫اﻟﺸ ﺨﺺ‬ ‫اﻟﺬى ﻳﻜ ﻮن‬ ‫ﻗ ﺪ ﺻ ﺪر‬ ‫ﺑﺤﻘ ﻪ أﻣ ﺮ‬ ‫ﺎء‬ ‫ﺑﺈﻟﻘ‬ ‫اﻟﻘ ﺒﺾ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴ ﻪ أو‬ ‫ﺮ‬ ‫أﻣ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻀ ﻮر‬ ‫ﻼ‬ ‫ﻋﻤ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪85‬‬ ‫‪.‬‬

‫* اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ * اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ اﻟﺘ ﻰ * ﻟﻠﻤﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌﺎم أن ﻳﻄﻠ ﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺘ ﻰ ﻟﻬ ﺎ ﻳﻄﻠ ﺐ ﻗﺒﻮﻟﻬ ﺎ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ إﺻﺪار ﻗﺮار‬ ‫اﺧﺘﺼ ﺎص ﻟﻼﺧﺘﺼ ﺎص ﻋﻤ ﻼ ﺑﺸﺄن ﻣﺴ ﺄﻟﺔ اﻻﺧﺘﺼ ﺎص‬ ‫أو ﻗﺒﻮل اﻟﺪﻋﻮى)‪.(10‬‬ ‫اﻟﻨﻈ ﺮ ﻓ ﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺎدة ‪0 12‬‬ ‫اﻟ ﺪﻋﻮى‬ ‫ﺎ‬ ‫ﻟﻜﻮﻧﻬ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﻘ ﻖ أو‬ ‫ﺮ‬ ‫ﺗﺒﺎﺷ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻘﺎﺿ ﺎة‬ ‫ﻓﻰ اﻟ ﺪﻋﻮى‬ ‫أو ﻟﻜﻮﻧﻬ ﺎ‬ ‫ﻗﺪ ﺣﻘﻘﺖ أو‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺷ ﺮت‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻘﺎﺿ ﺎة‬ ‫ﻓﻰ اﻟ ﺪﻋﻮى‬ ‫‪.‬‬

‫ﻓ ﻰ أﺛﻨ ﺎء ﻧﻈ ﺮ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻠ ﺪﻋﻮى‪ ،‬ﻳﺠ ﻮز ﻟﻠﻤ ﺪﻋﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﻌ ﺎم ﻃﻠ ﺐ اﻟﺘﺼ ﺮﻳﺢ ﻟ ﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺗﺨ ﺎذ اﻹﺟ ﺮاءات‬ ‫اﻟﻼزﻣﺔ واﻟﻤﻌﻘﻮﻟﺔ ﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳ ﺔ‬ ‫اﻷدﻟ ﺔ و ﻟﻤﻨ ﻊ ﻓ ﺮار‬ ‫اﻷﺷﺨﺎص‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﻜﻢ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﻜ ﻢ اﻟﺼ ﺎدر ﻣ ﻦ‬

‫اﻟﻤ ﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌ ﺎم ﺳ ﻮف ﻳﻮﻗ ﻒ اﻟﺴ ﻴﺮ ﻓ ﻰ‬ ‫إﺟ ﺮاءات اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴ ﻖ ﺣﺘ ﻰ ﺗﻨﺘﻬ ﻰ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ‬ ‫اﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﻓﻰ ﻣﻮﺿ ﻮع اﻟ ﺪﻓﻮع اﻟﻤﺜ ﺎرة وﻓﻘ ًﺎ ﻟﻠﻤ ﺎدة‬ ‫‪.17‬‬ ‫اﻟﻘﻴ ﻮد اﻟﺘ ﻰ ﺗ ﺮد ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ و اﻟﺸ ﺨﺺ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺘﻬﻢ ﻓﻰ إﺑﺪاء اﻟﺪﻓﻮع أﻣﺎم اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻳﺤﻖ ﻟﻠﺪوﻟﺔ إﺑﺪاء اﻟﺪﻓﻊ ﻓﻰ أﻗﺮب ﻓﺮﺻﺔ‬ ‫ﻳﺤﻖ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻃﺮف إﺑﺪاء اﻟﺪﻓﻊ ﻟﻤﺮة واﺣﺪة ﻣ ﺎ‬ ‫ﻟﻢ ﺗﺄذن اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺑﺨﻼف ذﻟﻚ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟ ﺪﻓﻮع ﺗ ﺮد ﻓﻘ ﻂ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ ﻗﺒ ﻞ ﺑ ﺪء‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤ ﺔ ﻣ ﺎ ﻟ ﻢ ﺗ ﺄذن اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ ﺑﺨ ﻼف ذﻟ ﻚ‬ ‫وﻓﻘﻂ ﻓ ﻰ ﺣﺎﻟ ﺔ اﻟ ﺪﻓﻊ ﺑﻌ ﺪم ﺟ ﻮاز ﻧﻈ ﺮ اﻟ ﺪﻋﻮى‬ ‫ﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ اﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ وﻓﻘ ًﺎ ﻟﻤﺒﺪإ ﻋﺪم ﺟﻮاز ﻣﺤﺎآﻤﺔ‬

‫)‪ (9‬اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺗﻴﻦ رﻗﻤﻰ ‪ 58‬و ‪ 133‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮاﻋﺪ اﻹﺟﺮاء واﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫)‪ (10‬اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺗﻴﻦ رﻗﻤﻰ ‪ 59‬و ‪ 60‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮاﻋﺪ اﻹﺟﺮاء واﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‪.‬‬

‫‪57‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﻄﻌﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ اﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﻋ ﻦ ذات اﻟﺠ ﺮم ﻣ ﺮﺗﻴﻦ اﻟ ﻮارد ﺑﺎﻟﻤ ﺎدة‬ ‫أﻣ ﺎم اﻟ ﺪاﺋﺮة اﻻﺳ ﺘﺌﻨﺎﻓﻴﺔ ‪. 20‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﻷﻃﺮاف‪.‬‬

‫‪58‬‬

‫)اﻟﺠﺪول رﻗﻢ ‪ (6‬اﻷﺣﻜﺎم اﻟﺘﻤﻬﻴﺪﻳﺔ اﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﻘﺒﻮل اﻟﺪﻋﻮى‬

‫)‪(11‬‬

‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳ ﺪ ﻣ ﺎ إذا آ ﺎن هﻨ ﺎك أﺳ ﺎس ﻣﻌﻘ ﻮل ﻟﺒ ﺪء ﺗﺤﻘﻴ ﻖ‪ ،‬أو ﻣﺒﺎﺷ ﺮة اﻟﻤ ﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌ ﺎم‬ ‫اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻋﻤﻼ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺎدﺗﻴﻦ ‪) 13‬ج( و ‪.15‬‬ ‫ﻳﻘﻮم اﻟﻤ ﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌ ﺎم ﺑﺈﺷ ﻌﺎر ﺟﻤﻴ ﻊ اﻟ ﺪول اﻷﻃ ﺮاف واﻟ ﺪول اﻟﺘ ﻰ ﻳ ﺮى ﻓ ﻰ ﺿ ﻮء‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣ ﺎت اﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣ ﺔ أﻧ ﻪ وﻓﻘ ًﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺠ ﺮى اﻟﻌ ﺎدى ﻟﻸﻣ ﻮر ﻗ ﺪ ﺗﻤ ﺎرس اﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻ ﻬﺎ ﻋﻠ ﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﺠﺮاﺋﻢ ﻣﺤﻞ اﻟﻨﻈﺮ‪0‬‬ ‫* وﻟﻠﻤﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌﺎم أن ﻳﺨﻄﺮ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺪول ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺳﺮى‪،‬‬ ‫* وﻳﺠﻮز ﻟﻪ أن ﻳﺤﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻄﺎق اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﺘﻰ ﺗﻘﺪم إﻟﻰ اﻟﺪول إذا رأى ذﻟﻚ ﻻزﻣ ﺎ‬ ‫ﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ اﻷﺷﺨﺎص أو ﻟﻤﻨﻊ إﺗﻼف اﻷدﻟﺔ أو ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﻓﺮار اﻷﺷﺨﺎص‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻰ ﻏﻀﻮن ﺷﻬﺮ واﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻘﻰ ذﻟﻚ اﻹﺧﻄﺎر‪ ،‬ﻟﻠﺪوﻟﺔ أن ﺗﺒﻠﻎ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺑﺄﻧﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺗﺠﺮى أو ﺑﺄﻧﻬﺎ أﺟﺮت ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎ ﻓﻰ اﻟﻮاﻗﻌﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓ ﻰ ﺣﺎﻟ ﺔ ﻗﻴ ﺎم اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮة اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪم ﻗﻴﺎم اﻟﺪوﻟﺔ ﺑﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮة اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻘﻮم اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺪء ﻓﻰ اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻜﻮن ﺗﻨﺎزل اﻟﻤﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌﺎم ﻋ ﻦ اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴ ﻖ ﻟﻠﺪوﻟ ﺔ ﻗ ﺎﺑﻼ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻤ ﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌ ﺎم اﻟﺤ ﻖ‬ ‫ﻓﻰ ﻃﻠﺐ اﻟﺒﺪء ﻓﻰ اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴ ﻖ ﻹﻋﺎدة ﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﻤﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌﺎم ﻓﻴ ﻪ ﺑﻌ ﺪ ﺳ ﺘﺔ أﺷ ﻬﺮ ﻣ ﻦ ﺗ ﺎرﻳﺦ‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻨ ﺎزل أو ﻓ ﻰ أى وﻗ ﺖ ﻳﻄ ﺮأ ﻓﻴ ﻪ ﺗﻐﻴ ﺮ ﻣﻠﻤ ﻮس ﻓ ﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ اﻟﻐﺮﻓﺔ اﻟﺘﻤﻬﻴﺪﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻈﺮوف ﻳﺴﺘﺪل ﻣﻨﻪ أن اﻟﺪوﻟﺔ أﺻﺒﺤﺖ ﺣﻘ ﺎ ﻏﻴ ﺮ راﻏﺒ ﺔ‬ ‫ﻓﻰ اﻻﺿﻄﻼع ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ أو ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎدرة ﻋﻠﻰ ذﻟﻚ‪0‬‬ ‫إذا ﻟ ﻢ ﺗﺼ ﺮح اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ ﻟﻠﻤ ﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌ ﺎم ﺑﺎﻟﺒ ﺪء ﻓ ﻰ‬ ‫إذا ﺻ ﺮﺣﺖ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻤ ﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌ ﺎم ﺑﺎﻟﺒ ﺪء ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈن ﻟﻪ اﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎف هﺬا اﻟﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴ ﻖ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠ ﻮز ﻟﻠﺪوﻟ ﺔ‬ ‫اﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎف هﺬا اﻟﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫)‪ (11‬راﺟﻊ اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ 18‬ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ اﻟﻤﻌﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺑـ "اﻟﻘﺮارات اﻷوﻟﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺒﻮﻟﻴﺔ" وآﺬا‬ ‫اﻟﻘﻮاﻋﺪ أرﻗﺎم ‪ 57 ،56 ،55 ،54 ،52،53‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮاﻋﺪ اﻹﺟﺮاء واﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‪.‬‬

‫‪59‬‬

60

‫ﻋﺪم ﺟﻮاز اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤﺔ ﻋﻦ اﻟﺠﺮﻳﻤﺔ ذاﺗﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﺗﻴﻦ‬

‫)‪(70‬‬

‫‪ .52‬ﻳﺘﺴ ﻖ ﻣﺒ ﺪأ ﻋ ﺪم ﺟ ﻮاز اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤ ﺔ ﻋ ﻦ اﻟﺠﺮﻳﻤ ﺔ ذاﺗﻬ ﺎ ﻣ ﺮﺗﻴﻦ ﻣ ﻊ ﻣﺒ ﺪإ‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻜﺎﻣ ﻞ اﻟﻤ ﺬآﻮر ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪ ،17‬اﻟ ﺬى ﻳﺤ ﻮل دون ﻣﺒﺎﺷ ﺮة اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ ﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻ ﻬﺎ ﻋﻨ ﺪ ﻗﻴ ﺎم اﻟﻨﻈ ﺎم اﻟﻘ ﺎﻧﻮﻧﻰ اﻟ ﻮﻃﻨﻰ اﻟﻤﺨ ﺘﺺ ﺑﻤﻤﺎرﺳ ﺔ‬ ‫ﻼ )اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﻔﻘﺮة ‪ 58-57‬ﻋﻨﺪ دراﺳﺔ ﻣﺎدة ‪.(17‬‬ ‫اﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎص ﻓﻌ ً‬ ‫‪ .53‬ﻳﺤﻤ ﻰ ﻣﺒ ﺪأ ﻋ ﺪم ﺟ ﻮاز اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤ ﺔ ﻋ ﻦ اﻟﺠﺮﻳﻤ ﺔ ذاﺗﻬ ﺎ ﻣ ﺮﺗﻴﻦ‬ ‫اﻷﺷ ﺨﺎص ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻤﺜ ﻮل ﻣ ﺮﺗﻴﻦ أﻣ ﺎم اﻟﻤﺤ ﺎآﻢ ﺑﺴ ﺒﺐ اﻟﻘﻴ ﺎم ﺑﺎرﺗﻜ ﺎب ﻓﻌ ﻞ ﻗ ﺪ‬ ‫ﺳ ﺒﻖ اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤ ﺔ ﻋﻠﻴ ﻪ ﺳ ﻮاء ﺛﺒﺘ ﺖ ﺑﺮاءﺗ ﻪ أو ﺗﻤ ﺖ إداﻧﺘ ﻪ ]ﻣ ﺎدة ‪.[(1) 20‬‬ ‫وآ ﺬﻟﻚ ﻓ ﺈن ه ﺬا اﻟﻤﺒ ﺪأ ﻳﻤﻨ ﻊ اﻟﻨﻈ ﺎم اﻟﻘﻀ ﺎﺋﻰ اﻟ ﻮﻃﻨﻰ ﻟﻠﺪوﻟ ﺔ اﻟﻄ ﺮف ﻣ ﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺎآﻤ ﺔ ﺷ ﺨﺺ ﻋ ﻦ ذات اﻟﺴ ﻠﻮك اﻟ ﺬى ﻳﺸ ﻜﻞ ﺟﺮﻳﻤ ﺔ آﺎﻧ ﺖ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ ﻗ ﺪ ﺳ ﺒﻖ ﻟﻬ ﺎ إداﻧ ﺔ أو ﺗﺒﺮﺋ ﺔ ذﻟ ﻚ اﻟﺸ ﺨﺺ ﻋﻨﻬ ﺎ ]ﻣ ﺎدة‬ ‫‪ .[(2)21‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿ ﺎﻓﺔ إﻟ ﻰ أن اﻟﺸ ﺨﺺ اﻟ ﺬى ﻳﻜ ﻮن ﻗ ﺪ ﺻ ﺪر ﺣﻜ ﻢ ﻋﻠﻴ ﻪ‬ ‫ﺳ ﻮاء ﺑﺎﻹداﻧ ﺔ أو اﻟﺒ ﺮاءة ﻣ ﻦ ﻣﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ وﻃﻨﻴ ﺔ ﻟﺴ ﻠﻮك ﻳﺸ ﻜﻞ أﺳﺎﺳ ﺎ ﺟ ﺮاﺋﻢ‬ ‫وﻓﻘ ًﺎ ﻟﻠﻨﻈ ﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﻰ ﻻ ﻳﺠ ﻮز ﻣﺤﺎآﻤﺘ ﻪ أﻣ ﺎم اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ‬ ‫]ﻣﺎدة ‪.[(3)20‬‬ ‫وﻣﻊ ذﻟﻚ ﻓﺈن اﻟﺤﻜﻢ اﻟﺼ ﺎدر ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻘﻀ ﺎء اﻟ ﻮﻃﻨﻰ ﺳ ﻮاء ﺑﺎﻹداﻧ ﺔ أو اﻟﺒ ﺮاءة‬ ‫ﻟﻦ ﻳﺤﻮل دون اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤﺔ أﻣﺎم اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺎ إذا آﺎﻧﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫) أ ( اﻷه ﺪاف اﻟﺘ ﻰ أﻗﺎﻣ ﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬ ﺎ اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ إﺟ ﺮاءات اﻟﺘﻘﺎﺿ ﻰ ﻏﺎﻳﺘﻬ ﺎ ﺣﻤﺎﻳ ﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺸﺨﺺ اﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺆوﻟﻴﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ]ﻣﺎدة ‪(3)21‬أ[؛ أو‬ ‫)ب( ﻟ ﻢ ﺗﻜ ﻦ إﺟ ﺮاءات اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤ ﺔ اﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴ ﺔ ﻗ ﺪ ﺗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘ ﺔ ﻣﺴ ﺘﻘﻠﺔ ودون‬ ‫ﺗﺤﻴﺰ]ﻣﺎدة ‪ (3)21‬ب[‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .54‬وهﻜ ﺬا ﻓ ﺈن ﻣﺒ ﺪأ ﻋ ﺪم ﺟ ﻮاز اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤ ﺔ ﻋ ﻦ اﻟﺠﺮﻳﻤ ﺔ ذاﺗﻬ ﺎ‬ ‫ﻣ ﺮﺗﻴﻦ ﻳﻤﻨ ﻊ ﻓﻘ ﻂ ﻣ ﻦ ﻣﺤﺎآﻤ ﺔ اﻟﻤ ﺘﻬﻢ ﻟﻠﻤ ﺮة اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴ ﺔ ﻓ ﻰ ﺣ ﺎﻟﺘﻴﻦ‪ (1) :‬ﻋﻨ ﺪﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﺗﻜ ﻮن اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤ ﺔ اﻷوﻟ ﻰ أﻣ ﺎم اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ أﻣ ﺎ اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴ ﺔ‬ ‫‪ROME‬‬

‫‪ON‬‬

‫‪(70 ) See generally Immi Tallgren, Article 20: Ne bis in idem, in COMMENTARY‬‬ ‫‪STATUTE, supra note 13, at 419-434.‬‬

‫اﻧﻈﺮ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً‪ ،‬إﻳﻤﻰ ﺗﻮﻟﺠﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ :20‬ﻋﺪم ﺟﻮاز إﻋﺎدة اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤﺔ ﻓﻰ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎم‬ ‫روﻣﺎ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ هﺎﻣﺶ‪ 13‬ﻓﻰ ‪.434 - 419‬‬

‫‪61‬‬

‫ﻓﺘﻜ ﻮن ﻣ ﻦ دوﻟ ﺔ ﻃ ﺮف أو اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ ذاﺗﻬ ﺎ أو )‪ (2‬ﻋﻨ ﺪﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﺗﻜ ﻮن اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤ ﺔ اﻷوﻟ ﻰ أﻣ ﺎم ﻧﻈ ﺎم ﻗ ﺎﻧﻮﻧﻰ وﻃﻨ ﻰ )ﻣ ﻊ اﻓﺘ ﺮاض أن‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤ ﺔ اﻷوﻟ ﻰ آﺎﻧ ﺖ ﻣﺴ ﺘﻘﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﺎﻳ ﺪة وﻟﻴﺴ ﺖ ﺑﻬ ﺪف ﺗﺴ ﻬﻴﻞ ه ﺮوب‬ ‫اﻟﻤ ﺘﻬﻢ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻤﺴ ﺆوﻟﻴﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ( ]ﻣ ﺎدة ‪ (3)21‬أ‪-‬ب[ وﺗﻜ ﻮن اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤ ﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴ ﺔ ﻋ ﻦ ﻃﺮﻳ ﻖ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ‪ .‬أى أن ه ﺬا اﻟﻤﺒ ﺪأ اﻟﺴ ﺎﺑﻖ‬ ‫ﻳﻄﺒ ﻖ ﻓﻘ ﻂ ﻋﻨ ﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜ ﻮن اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ ﻣﺸ ﺘﺮآﺔ وآ ﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﻜ ﻮن‬ ‫اﻹداﻧ ﺔ أو اﻟﺒ ﺮاءة ﻋ ﻦ ﻃﺮﻳ ﻖ ﻧﻈ ﺎم ﻗﻀ ﺎﺋﻰ وﻃﻨ ﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤ ﺎ ﻳﻤﻨ ﻊ ﻣ ﻦ ﺣ ﺪوث‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺎآﻤ ﺔ ﺛﺎﻧﻴ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ‪ ،‬وﻓﻴﻤ ﺎ ﻳﺒ ﺪو ه ﺬا ﻻ ﻳﻤﻨ ﻊ ﻣ ﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺎآﻤﺔ ﺗﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ اﺧﺘﺼﺎص وﻃﻨﻰ أﺧﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪62‬‬

‫اﻟﻔـﺼـﻞ اﻟﺮاﺑــﻊ‬ ‫ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ هﻴﺌﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ‬ ‫وﻋﻼﻗﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻷﻣﻢ اﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪة وﻣﺠﻠﺲ اﻷﻣﻦ‬ ‫‪ .55‬ﺗﺘﺄﻟﻒ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ أرﺑﻌﺔ أﺟﻬﺰة رﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ]اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪:[34‬‬ ‫)أ( هﻴﺌ ﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﺎﺳ ﺔ‪) ،‬ب( ﺷ ﻌﺒﺔ اﻻﺳ ﺘﺌﻨﺎف‪ ،‬وﺷ ﻌﺒﺔ اﺑﺘﺪاﺋﻴ ﺔ وﺷ ﻌﺒﺔ ﺗﻤﻬﻴﺪﻳ ﺔ‪) ،‬ج(‬ ‫ﻣﻜﺘ ﺐ اﻟﻤ ﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌ ﺎم‪ ،‬و )د( ﻗﻠ ﻢ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ‪ .‬وﺗﻘ ﻮم ﺟﻤﻌﻴ ﺔ اﻟ ﺪول اﻷﻃ ﺮاف‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻹﺷ ﺮاف ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﺗﻨﻔﻴ ﺬ وﻇ ﺎﺋﻒ اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳ ﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣ ﺔ‪.‬ﻋ ﻼوة ﻋﻠ ﻰ أﻧ ﻪ ﺑ ﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣ ﻦ أن‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ ﻟﻴﺴ ﺖ ﺟﻬ ﺎزًا ﻣ ﻦ أﺟﻬ ﺰة اﻷﻣ ﻢ اﻟﻤﺘﺤ ﺪة ﻓﺈﻧ ﻪ ﻳﺘﻌ ﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﻬ ﺎ إﻗﺎﻣ ﺔ ﻋﻼﻗ ﺔ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﺻ ﺔ ﺑﻬ ﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻤ ﺔ)‪ ، (71‬وﻓﻴﻤ ﺎ ﻳﻠ ﻰ ﻧﻌ ﺮض دور آ ﻞ ﻣ ﻦ ه ﺬﻩ اﻷﺟﻬ ﺰة وذﻟ ﻚ‬ ‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟـﻤﺒـﺤـﺚ اﻷول‬ ‫هﻴﺌــــﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﺎﺳــــــــﺔ‬

‫)‪(72‬‬

‫‪ .56‬ﻳﺘﻢ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟ ﺮﺋﻴﺲ واﻟﻨﺎﺋ ﺐ اﻷول واﻟﺜ ﺎﻧﻰ ﻟﻠﺮؤﺳ ﺎء ﺑﺎﻷﻏﻠﺒﻴ ﺔ اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻘ ﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻘﻀﺎة وﻳﻌﻤﻠ ﻮن ﻟﻤ ﺪة ﺛ ﻼث ﺳ ﻨﻮات ]ﻣ ﺎدة ‪ .[(1)38‬وﺗﺘﻜ ﻮن هﻴﺌ ﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﺎﺳ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ‬ ‫‪(71) For additional commentary on the Organs of the Court, see Karim A.A. Khan, Article 34:‬‬ ‫‪Organs of the Court, in COMMENTARY ON ROME STATUTE, supra note 13, at 589-594.‬‬

‫ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎت ﺣﻮل أﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ‪ ،‬اﻧﻈ ﺮ آ ﺮﻳﻢ ﺧ ﺎن‪ ،‬اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪ :34‬أﺟﻬ ﺰة اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓ ﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎم روﻣﺎ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ‪ ،‬هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 13‬ﺳﺎﺑﻘًﺎ ص ‪.594 – 589‬‬ ‫‪(72) See generally Medard R. Rwelamira, Composition and Administration of the Court, in‬‬ ‫‪MAKING OF THE ROME STATUTE, supra note 13, at 153-174. For additional commentary‬‬ ‫‪on The Presidency, see Jules Deschenes, Article 38: The Presidency, in COMMENTARY‬‬ ‫‪ON ROME STATUTE, supra note 13, at 611-615.‬‬

‫اﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻣﻴﺪراد روﻳﻠﻤﻴﺮا‪ ،‬ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ وإدارﺗﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﻧﻈﺎم روﻣﺎ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ‪،‬‬ ‫هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 13‬ﺳﺎﺑﻘًﺎ ﻓﻰ ‪ .174 – 153‬ﻟﻠﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎت ﺣﻮل هﻴﺌﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﺎﺳﺔ‪ ،‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺟﻮﻟﻴﺲ‬ ‫دﻳﺸﻨﺲ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎدة ‪ :38‬هﻴﺌﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﺎﺳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎم روﻣﺎ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ‪ .‬هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 13‬ﺳﺎﺑﻘًﺎ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫‪.615 – 611‬‬

‫‪63‬‬

‫ه ﺆﻻء اﻟﺜﻼﺛ ﺔ وﻳﻜﻮﻧ ﻮن ﻣﺴ ﺆوﻟﻴﻦ ﻋ ﻦ )أ( اﻹدارة اﻟﺼ ﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ ﺑﺎﺳ ﺘﺜﻨﺎء‬ ‫ﻣﻜﺘﺐ اﻟﻤﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌﺎم؛ و)ب( ﻏﻴﺮهﺎ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ اﻷﺧ ﺮى اﻟﻤﻤﻨﻮﺣ ﺔ ﻃﺒﻘ ًﺎ ﻟﻠﻨﻈ ﺎم‬ ‫اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ ]ﻣﺎدة ‪) .[(3)38‬اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺠﺪول رﻗﻢ ‪.(10‬‬ ‫)اﻟﺠﺪول رﻗﻢ ‪ (10‬هﻴﻜﻞ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻗﻀﺎﺋﻰ )اﻟﻤﻮاد ‪(37 – 35‬‬ ‫اﻟﻐﺮض‬

‫اﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻞ‬

‫اﻟﻤﺪة‬

‫رﺋﺎﺳﻰ‬

‫)اﻟﻤﺎدة‬

‫‪(38‬‬ ‫* إدارة اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ )ﻓﻴﻤ ﺎ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﻗﻀﺎﺋﻰ‬ ‫ﻋ ﺪا ﻣﻜﺘ ﺐ اﻟﻤ ﺪﻋﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﻌﺎم(‪.‬‬ ‫* اﻷﻋﻤ ﺎل اﻷﺧ ﺮى‬ ‫اﻟﻤ ﺬآﻮرة ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﻨﻈ ﺎم‬ ‫اﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﻰ ﺑﻤ ﺎ ﻓ ﻰ ذﻟ ﻚ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳ ﺪ ﺣ ﺎﻻت ﻋﻤ ﻞ‬ ‫اﻟﻘﻀ ﺎة ﻋﻠ ﻰ أﺳ ﺎس‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻔ ﺮغ )اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪ 35‬ﻓﻘ ﺮة‬ ‫‪.(3‬‬ ‫‪ 18‬ﻗﺎﺿﻴﺎ ﺳ ﻮف ﻳ ﺘﻢ اﻧﺘﺨ ﺎﺑﻬﻢ وﺗﻌﻴﻴ ﻨﻬﻢ * رﺋﻴﺲ‬ ‫* اﻟﻨﺎﺋﺐ اﻷول ﻟﻠﺮﺋﻴﺲ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻨﺤﻮ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬ ‫ـ ﺷﻌﺒﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤﺔ اﻟﺘﻤﻬﻴﺪﻳﺔ‪ 6 :‬ﻗﻀﺎة ﻋﻠﻰ * اﻟﻨﺎﺋﺐ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻰ ﻟﻠﺮﺋﻴﺲ‬ ‫اﻷﻗﻞ؛‬ ‫ـ ﺷﻌﺒﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤﺔ‪ 6 :‬ﻗﻀﺎة ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﻗﻞ؛‬ ‫ـ ﺷﻌﺒﺔ اﻻﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎف‪ 5 :‬ﻗﻀ ﺎة ﺑﻤ ﺎ ﻓ ﻰ ذﻟ ﻚ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻤﺰﻳ ﺪ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﺸ ﺮح ﺣ ﻮل اﻟﺘﺸ ﻜﻴﻞ‬ ‫اﻟﻘﻀﺎﺋﻰ‪ ،‬اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﻨﻤﻮذج ‪.3‬‬ ‫ﺛ ﻼث ﺳ ﻨﻮات أو‬ ‫ﻓﺘﺮة زﻣﻨﻴﺔ واﺣﺪة ﻻ ﺗﺠﺪد ﻟﻤﺪة ﺗﺴﻊ‬ ‫اﻧﺘﻬ ﺎء ﻓﺘ ﺮة ﻋﻤﻠ ﻪ‬ ‫ﺳﻨﻮات ﻋﻤﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻀ ﺎء أﻳﻬﻤ ﺎ ﻳﻨﺘﻬ ﻰ‬ ‫أوﻻً؛‬ ‫ﻗﺎﺑ ﻞ ﻹﻋ ﺎدة‬ ‫اﻻﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻟﻤﺮة واﺣﺪة‪.‬‬

‫‪64‬‬

‫رﺋﺎﺳﻰ‬

‫ﻗﻀﺎﺋﻰ )اﻟﻤﻮاد ‪(37 – 35‬‬

‫)اﻟﻤﺎدة‬

‫‪(38‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻷﻏﻠﺒﻴ ﺔ اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻘ ﺔ‬ ‫ ﺑ ﺎﻻﻗﺘﺮاع اﻟﺴ ﺮى ﺑﺄﻏﻠﺒﻴ ﺔ ﺛﻠﺜ ﻰ‬‫اﻻﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﺪول اﻟﺤﺎﺿﺮة ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻷﻗ ﻞ‪ ،‬واﻟﺘﺼ ﻮﻳﺖ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﺎة‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻰ ﺟﻤﻌﻴﺔ اﻟﺪول اﻷﻃﺮاف‪.‬‬ ‫ ﻋﻨ ﺪ اﻧﺘﺨ ﺎب اﻟﻘﻀ ﺎة‪ ،‬ﺳ ﻮف‬‫ﺗﺮاﻋ ﻰ ﺟﻤﻌﻴ ﺔ اﻟ ﺪول اﻷﻃ ﺮاف اﻟﺤﺎﺟ ﺔ‬ ‫إﻟﻰ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ .‬ﺗﻤﺜﻴ ﻞ اﻟ ﻨﻈﻢ اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻧﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴ ﻴﺔ ﻓ ﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ؛‬ ‫‪ .‬اﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ اﻟﺠﻐﺮاﻓﻰ اﻟﻌﺎدل؛‬ ‫‪ .‬اﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴ ﻞ اﻟﻌ ﺎدل ﻟﻠﻘﻀ ﺎة ﻣ ﻦ اﻟ ﺬآﻮر‬ ‫واﻹﻧﺎث‪.‬‬ ‫ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟ ﺪ ﻣ ﺆهﻼت‬ ‫ ﻓ ﻰ اﻻﻧﺘﺨ ﺎب اﻷول‪ ،‬ﻳﺠ ﺐ أن‬‫اﻟﻤﺆهﻼت‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻤﻴ ﺰ ﺗﺴ ﻌﺔ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻘﻀ ﺎة ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻷﻗ ﻞ إﺿ ﺎﻓﻴﺔ أﺧ ﺮى ﺗﺨﺘﻠ ﻒ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺟ ﻮد ﺧﺒ ﺮة ﻓ ﻰ ﻣﺠ ﺎﻻت اﻟﻘ ﺎﻧﻮن ﻋ ﻦ ﺗﻠ ﻚ اﻟﻤﻮﺿ ﻮﻋﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺠﻨ ﺎﺋﻰ واﻹﺟ ﺮاءات اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ‪ ،‬وﺧﻤﺴ ﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﺎة ﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻘﻀ ﺎة ﻟ ﺪﻳﻬﻢ اﻟﺨﺒ ﺮة ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﻘ ﺎﻧﻮن‬ ‫اﻟ ﺪوﻟﻰ وﻏﻴﺮه ﺎ ﻣ ﻦ اﻷﻣ ﻮر اﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘ ﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻤ ﻞ اﻟﻘﻀ ﺎﺋﻰ‪ ،‬وه ﺬا اﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻳﺠ ﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻰ اﻻﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﺎت اﻟﻤﻘﺒﻠﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ اﻷﺧ ﻼق اﻟﺤﻤﻴ ﺪة‪ ،‬اﻟﺤﻴ ﺪة‬‫واﻟﻨﺰاه ﺔ ﻣ ﻊ ﺷ ﺮط اﻋ ﺘﻼء أﻋﻠ ﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺻ ﺐ اﻟﻘﻀ ﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﻤﺴ ﺘﻮى‬ ‫اﻟ ﻮﻃﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﻣ ﻊ إﺟ ﺎدة إﺣ ﺪى ﻟﻐ ﺎت ﻋﻤ ﻞ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﻗﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻻ ﻳﺠ ﻮز اﻟﺠﻤ ﻊ ﺑ ﻴﻦ اﺛﻨ ﻴﻦ ﻣ ﻦ‬ ‫أﻣﻮر أﺧﺮى‬ ‫اﻟﻘﻀﺎة ﻣﻦ رﻋﺎﻳﺎ دوﻟﺔ واﺣﺪة‬

‫‪65‬‬

‫اﻟـﻤﺒـﺤـﺚ اﻟﺜﺎﻧــﻰ‬ ‫)‪(73‬‬

‫دواﺋﺮ اﻻﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎف واﻟﺪاﺋﺮة اﻻﺑﺘﺪاﺋﻴﺔ وداﺋﺮة ﻣﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤﺔ‬

‫‪ .57‬ﺗﺘﻜ ﻮن اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ ‪ 18‬ﻗﺎﺿ ﻴًﺎ ﺗﺨﺘ ﺎرهﻢ اﻟ ﺪول اﻷﻃ ﺮاف ‪ ،‬ﻳﻜﻮﻧ ﻮن‬ ‫ﺣﺎﺋﺰﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺆهﻼت ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﺴﻖ ﻣ ﻊ اﻟﻤﺴ ﺘﻮﻳﺎت اﻟﺮﻓﻴﻌ ﺔ ﻟﻸﻧﻈﻤ ﺔ اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻧﻴ ﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ‪ .‬وذﻟﻚ وﻓﻖ ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ ﺟﻐﺮاﻓﻰ ﻣﺘﻜﺎﻓﺊ ]ﻣﺎدة ‪ .[36‬واﻟﻘﺴﻢ اﻷول ﻳﺘﻜﻮن ﻣ ﻦ‬ ‫ﺳ ﺘﺔ ﻗﻀ ﺎة‪ ،‬وه ﻮ اﻟﺘﻤﻬﻴ ﺪى ﻳﺨ ﺘﺺ ﻗﻀ ﺎﺗﻪ ﺑﺼ ﻔﺔ ﺧﺎﺻ ﺔ ﺑ ﺎﻷﻣﻮر اﻟﺘﻤﻬﻴﺪﻳ ﺔ‬ ‫واﻻﺗﻬﺎم‪.‬‬ ‫واﻟﻘﺴﻢ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻰ ﻳﺘﻜﻮن ﻣﻦ ﺳﺘﺔ ﻗﻀﺎة ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻷﻗ ﻞ‪ ،‬وﻳﺸ ﻜﻠﻮن دواﺋ ﺮ اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤ ﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫واﻟﻘﺴﻢ اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻳﺘﻜﻮن ﻣﻦ أرﺑﻌﺔ ﻗﻀﺎة واﻟﺮﺋﻴﺲ‪ ،‬وﻳﺘﻮﻟﻮن داﺋ ﺮة اﻻﺳ ﺘﺌﻨﺎف ]ﻣ ﺎدة‬ ‫‪ .[39‬وﻟﻜ ﻰ ﻳ ﺘﻢ اﻟﺘﻤﻴﻴ ﺰ ﺑ ﻴﻦ اﻟ ﺪواﺋﺮ اﻻﺑﺘﺪاﺋﻴ ﺔ واﻟ ﺪواﺋﺮ اﻻﺳ ﺘﺌﻨﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻻ ﻳﺴ ﺘﻄﻴﻊ‬ ‫ﻗﻀ ﺎة اﻻﺳ ﺘﺌﻨﺎف اﻟﺨﻤﺴ ﺔ وﻻ زﻣﻼؤه ﻢ ﻓ ﻰ اﻟ ﺪواﺋﺮ اﻻﺑﺘﺪاﺋﻴ ﺔ أن ﻳﺘﺒ ﺎدﻟﻮا ﺑ ﻴﻦ‬ ‫اﻟﺪاﺋﺮﺗﻴﻦ ]ﻣﺎدة ‪ .[39‬وﻳﺘﻤﺘﻊ اﻟﻘﻀﺎة وﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﻟﻤﻮﻇﻔﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻻﻣﺘﻴﺎزات واﻟﺤﺼ ﺎﻧﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻤﻨﻮﺣﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﺑﻠﻮﻣﺎﺳﻴﻴﻦ ]ﻣﺎدة ‪) .[48‬اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺠﺪول رﻗﻢ ‪.(11‬‬ ‫‪ .58‬وﻳ ﻮﻓﺮ اﻟﻘ ﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﻀ ﻤﺎﻧﺎت آﺎﻓ ﺔ ﻟﺤﻴ ﺎد واﺳ ﺘﻘﻼل ﻗﻀ ﺎة اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ ]ﻣ ﺎدة ‪ .[40‬وﻓ ﻰ ﺣﺎﻟ ﺔ اﻟﺸ ﻚ ﻓ ﻰ ﺣﻴ ﺎد اﻟﻘﺎﺿ ﻰ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠ ﻮز ﻟﻠﻘﺎﺿ ﻰ‬ ‫ذاﺗﻪ أن ﻳﻄﻠﺐ إﻋﻔﺎءﻩ أو ﻳﻤﻜﻦ إﺑﻌﺎدﻩ ﻋﻦ اﻟﻤﺸﺎرآﺔ ﺑﻨ ﺎء ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﻃﻠ ﺐ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻤ ﺪﻋﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﻌﺎم أو ﻃﺮف اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ]ﻣﺎدة ‪.(74)[41‬‬

‫‪(73) See generally Rwelamira, supra note 106. For additional commentary on The Judges,‬‬ ‫‪see Zhu Wen-qi, Article 36: Qualifications, nomination and election of judges, in‬‬ ‫‪COMMENTARY ON ROME STATUTE, supra note 13, at 599-608.‬‬

‫اﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ روﻳﻠﻤﻴﺮا‪ ،‬هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 106‬ﺳﺎﺑﻘًﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎت ﺣﻮل اﻟﻘﻀﺎة ‪ ،‬اﻧﻈﺮ زهﻮ‬ ‫وﻳﻦ آﻰ‪ ،‬اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ :36‬ﻣﺆهﻼت اﻟﻘﻀﺎة وﺗﺮﺷﻴﺤﻬﻢ واﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎم روﻣﺎ‬ ‫اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ‪ ،‬هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 13‬ﺳﺎﺑﻘًﺎ ﻓﻰ ‪.608 – 599‬‬ ‫‪(74) For additional commentary regarding the immunity of judges, see Jules Deschenes,‬‬ ‫‪Article 40: Independence of the judges, in COMMENTARY ON ROME STATUTE, supra note‬‬ ‫‪13, at 619-624; Jules Deschenes, Article 41: Excusing and disqualification of judges,‬‬ ‫‪in COMMENTARY ON ROME STATUTE, supra note 13, at 625-627.‬‬

‫ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎت ﺣﻮل ﺣﺼﺎﻧﺔ اﻟﻘﻀﺎة‪ ،‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺟﻮﻟﻴﻮس دﻳﺸﻨﻴﺲ‪ ،‬اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ :40‬اﺳﺘﻘﻼل اﻟﻘﻀﺎة‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﻰ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎم روﻣﺎ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ‪ ،‬هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 13‬ﺳﺎﺑﻘًﺎ ﻓﻰ ‪624 – 619‬؛ ﺟﻮﻟﻴﻮس دﻳﺸﻨﻴﺲ‪،‬‬

‫‪66‬‬

‫‪ .59‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ إﻟﻰ ذﻟﻚ ﻓﺈن اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ ﻳﺮﺳﻢ اﻹﺟﺮاءات اﻟﻼزﻣﺔ ﻟﻌﺰل‬ ‫ﻣﻮﻇ ﻒ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ ﻷﺳ ﺒﺎب ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻘ ﺔ ﺑﺴ ﻮء اﻟﺴ ﻠﻮك أو ﻋ ﺪم اﻟﻘ ﺪرة ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﻮﻓ ﺎء‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺘﻀﻴﺎت اﻟﻀﺮورﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ]ﻣﺎدة ‪) .[46‬اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺠﺪول رﻗﻢ ‪.(12‬‬ ‫)اﻟﺠﺪول رﻗﻢ ‪ (11‬اﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻢ اﻟﻘﻀﺎﺋﻰ‬

‫اﻟﻤﺪة‬

‫اﻟﺪواﺋﺮ‬

‫اﻟﻤﺆهﻼت‬

‫اﻷﺣﻜﺎم‬ ‫واﻟﻘﺮارات‬

‫اﻟﺸﻌﺐ اﻟﻘﻀﺎﺋﻴﺔ )درﺟﺎت اﻟﺘﻘﺎﺿﻲ(‬ ‫ﺷﻌﺒﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﺷﻌﺒﺔ اﻻﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎف‬ ‫‪ 5‬ﻗﻀﺎة "رﺋ ﻴﺲ ‪) +‬ﺧﺎﺻ ﺔ( ‪ 6‬ﻗﻀ ﺎة‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﻗﻞ‬ ‫‪ 4‬ﻗﻀﺎة"‬ ‫)اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ 39‬ﻓﻘﺮة ‪) (1‬اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪ 39‬ﻓﻘ ﺮة‬ ‫‪(1‬‬ ‫ﻓﺘ ﺮة ﻗﻀ ﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺛ ﻼث ﺳ ﻨﻮات‪ ،‬أو‬ ‫آﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪ ،‬وإذا اﻗﺘﻀﻰ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢ اﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫اﻷﻣﺮ ﻓﻌﻠﻰ اﻟﻘﻀ ﺎة اﻟﻘﻀ ﺎﻳﺎ اﻟﻤﻨﻈ ﻮرة‬ ‫اﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮار ﻓﻰ ﻧﻈﺮ أﻣﺎﻣﻬﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻘﻀ ﺎﻳﺎ اﻟﻤﻨﻈ ﻮرة‬ ‫أﻣ ﺎﻣﻬﻢ ﺣﺘ ﻰ ﻳ ﺘﻢ‬ ‫اﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺘ ﺄﻟﻒ داﺋ ﺮة ﺗﺘ ﺄﻟﻒ دواﺋ ﺮ‬ ‫اﻻﺳ ﺘﺌﻨﺎف ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺛﻼﺛ ﺔ‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻴ ﻊ ﻗﻀ ﺎة ﺷ ﻌﺒﺔ ﻗﻀ ﺎة ﻣ ﻦ ﺷ ﻌﺒﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤﺔ ‪0‬‬ ‫اﻻﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎف ‪0‬‬ ‫ﺳﻮف ﻳﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﺳ ﻮف ﺗﺸ ﻜﻞ‬ ‫اﻟ ﺪواﺋﺮ ﻏﺎﻟﺒ ًﺎ ﻣ ﻦ‬ ‫أداء اﻟﺪاﺋﺮة‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﻀ ﺎة ذوى ﺧﺒ ﺮة‬ ‫ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﻘﻀ ﺎء‬ ‫اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫ـ اﻟﺤﻜ ﻢ ﻳﺼ ﺪر ـ ﻗ ﺪ ﻳﺼ ﺪر اﻟﺤﻜ ﻢ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻷﻏﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﻓ ﻰ ﺟﻠﺴ ﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﺟﻤﺎع ﺑﻴﺪ أﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ‬ ‫ﺔ‪ .‬أراء ﻳﺼﺪر ﺑﺎﻷﻏﻠﺒﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻨﻴ‬

‫ﺷﻌﺒﺔ ﺗﻤﻬﻴﺪﻳﺔ‬ ‫)ﺧﺎﺻ ﺔ( ‪ 6‬ﻗﻀ ﺎة ﻋﻠ ﻰ‬ ‫اﻷﻗﻞ‬ ‫)اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ 39‬ﻓﻘﺮة ‪(1‬‬ ‫ﺛ ﻼث ﺳ ﻨﻮات‪ ،‬أو ﺣﺘ ﻰ ﻳ ﺘﻢ‬ ‫اﻟﻔﺼ ﻞ ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﻘﻀ ﺎﻳﺎ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻮرة أﻣﺎﻣﻬﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺘﺄﻟﻒ اﻟﺪواﺋﺮ اﻟﺘﻤﻬﻴﺪﻳ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ‬ ‫ﻗ ﺎض أو ﺛﻼﺛ ﺔ ﻗﻀ ﺎة ﻣ ﻦ‬ ‫اﻟﺸﻌﺒﺔ اﻟﺘﻤﻬﻴﺪﻳﺔ ‪0‬‬ ‫ﺳ ﻮف ﺗﺸ ﻜﻞ اﻟ ﺪواﺋﺮ ﻏﺎﻟﺒ ًﺎ‬ ‫ﻣ ﻦ ﻗﻀ ﺎة ذوى ﺧﺒ ﺮة ﻓ ﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﻘﻀﺎء اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻰ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺼﺪر اﻟﺤﻜ ﻢ ﺑﺄﻏﻠﺒﻴ ﺔ اﻵراء‬ ‫إذا آﺎﻧﺖ اﻟ ﺪاﺋﺮة ﻣﻜﻮﻧ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ‬ ‫ﺛﻼﺛ ﺔ ﻗﻀ ﺎة )اﻧﻈ ﺮ اﻟﻤ ﺎدة‬

‫اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ :41‬إﻋﻔﺎء اﻟﻘﻀﺎة وﺗﻨﺤﻴﺘﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎم روﻣﺎ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ‪ ،‬هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 13‬ﺳﺎﺑﻘًﺎ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫‪.627 – 625‬‬

‫‪67‬‬

‫أﻣﻮر‬ ‫أﺧﺮى‬

‫اﻟﺸﻌﺐ اﻟﻘﻀﺎﺋﻴﺔ )درﺟﺎت اﻟﺘﻘﺎﺿﻲ(‬ ‫اﻷﻏﻠﺒﻴ ﺔ واﻷﻗﻠﻴ ﺔ ـ ـ ﻳﺼ ﺪر اﻟﺤﻜ ﻢ‬ ‫ﺗُﺜﺒ ﺖ ﻣ ﺎ ﻟ ﻢ ﻳﻜ ﻦ ﻣﺴ ﺒﺒًﺎ وﻣﻜﺘﻮﺑ ًﺎ‬ ‫ﻤﻨًﺎ أراء‬ ‫اﻟﺤﻜ ﻢ ﺻ ﺎدرًا ﻣﺘﻀ‬ ‫اﻷﻏﻠﺒﻴﺔ واﻷﻗﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻹﺟﻤﺎع‪.‬‬ ‫ـ اﻵراء اﻟﻔﺮدﻳ ﺔ أو ﻟ ﻢ ﺗﻜ ﻦ ﺻ ﺎدرة‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻌﺎرﺿﺔ ﻣﺼ ﺮح ﺑﺎﻹﺟﻤﺎع‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻬ ﺎ ﻓ ﻰ ﺣ ﺪود ـ ﺗﻜ ﻮن اﻟﻤﺪاوﻟ ﺔ‬ ‫ﺳﺮﻳﺔ )اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪(74‬‬ ‫اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮن‪.‬‬ ‫أﻋﻀ ﺎء ﺷ ﻌﺒﺔ ـ ﻳﺠ ﻮز ﺗﻜﻠﻴ ﻒ‬ ‫اﻻﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎف ﻳﺨ ﺪﻣﻮن ﻗﻀ ﺎة ﺑ ﺪﻻء‬ ‫ﻓﻘ ﻂ ﻓ ﻰ دواﺋﺮه ﺎ ﺑﻤﻌﺮﻓ ﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﺎﺳ ﺔ‬ ‫دون ﻏﻴﺮه ﺎ ﻣ ﻦ ﻟﺤﻀ ﻮر اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤ ﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺸ ﻌﺐ اﻷﺧ ﺮى ﺑﺼ ﻔﺘﻬﻢ أﻋﻀ ﺎء‬ ‫ﺑﻬ ﺎ ﻓ ﻰ ﺣﺎﻟ ﺔ وﻓ ﺎة‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫أﺣﺪ اﻟﻘﻀﺎة أو ﻋ ﺪم‬ ‫وﺟﻮدﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ـ ﻗﻀ ﺎة ﺷ ﻌﺒﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ ﻳﻤﻜ ﻦ‬ ‫ﺗﻜﻠ ﻴﻔﻬﻢ ﺑﺼ ﻔﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﺆﻗﺘ ﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻤ ﻞ‬ ‫ﺑ ﺪواﺋﺮ اﻟﺸ ﻌﺒﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻤﻬﻴﺪﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 57‬ﻓﻘﺮة ‪(2‬‬

‫ـ ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺛﺒ ﻮت اﻻﺗﻬ ﺎم ﻗﺒ ﻞ‬ ‫إﺣﺎﻟ ﺔ اﻟﻘﻀ ﻴﺔ إﻟ ﻰ ﺷ ﻌﺒﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ـ ﻳﺠﻮز ﺗﻜﻠﻴﻒ ﻗﻀﺎة اﻟﺸ ﻌﺒﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻤﻬﻴﺪﻳ ﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻤ ﻞ ﺑ ﺪواﺋﺮ‬ ‫ﺷ ﻌﺒﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤ ﺔ ﺑﺼ ﻔﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﺆﻗﺘ ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤ ﺎ ﻋ ﺪا اﻟﻘﺎﺿ ﻰ‬ ‫اﻟ ﺬى ﻳﻜ ﻮن ﻗ ﺪ ﺷ ﺎرك ﻓ ﻰ‬ ‫ﻧﻈ ﺮ دﻋ ﻮى أﻣ ﺎم اﻟﺸ ﻌﺒﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻤﻬﻴﺪﻳ ﺔ ﻓ ﻼ ﻳﺠ ﻮز ﻟ ﻪ‬ ‫اﻻﺷ ﺘﺮاك ﻓ ﻰ ﻧﻈ ﺮ ذات‬ ‫اﻟ ﺪﻋﻮى أﻣ ﺎم داﺋ ﺮة ﺷ ﻌﺒﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫)اﻟﺠﺪول رﻗﻢ ‪ (12‬اﻟﻌﺰل ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻨﺼﺐ )اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪(46‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ اﻟﺬى ﻳﺠﻮز ﻋﺰﻟﻪ ؟‬ ‫‪ .‬اﻟﻘﺎﺿﻰ‬ ‫‪ .‬اﻟﻤﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌﺎم‬ ‫‪ .‬ﻧﺎﺋﺐ اﻟﻤﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌﺎم‬ ‫‪ .‬اﻟﻤﺴﺠﻞ‬ ‫‪ .‬ﻧﺎﺋﺐ اﻟﻤﺴﺠﻞ‬

‫‪68‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ هﻰ أﺳﺒﺎب اﻟﻌﺰل؟‬ ‫ـ ـ ﻓ ﻰ ﺣﺎﻟ ﺔ ﺛﺒ ﻮت ارﺗﻜ ﺎب اﻟﺸ ﺨﺺ ﻟﻤﺨﺎﻟﻔ ﺔ أو ﻟﺨﺮﻗ ﻪ اﻟﺸ ﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻤﻘﺘﻀ ﻴﺎت وﻇﻴﻔﺘ ﻪ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺬآﻮرة ﻓﻰ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ أو ﺣﺴﺒﻤﺎ وردت ﻓﻰ ﻗﻮاﻋﺪ اﻹﺟﺮاء واﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ؛ أو‬ ‫ــ ﻓﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺠﺰ اﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﻋﻦ اﻟﻘﻴﺎم ﺑﺄﻋﺒﺎء اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺣﺴﺒﻤﺎ وردت ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ هﻰ إﺟﺮاءات اﻟﻌﺰل؟‬ ‫اﻟﻘﻀﺎة‬ ‫ﺑﺄﻏﻠﺒﻴ ﺔ‬ ‫ﺛﻠﺜ ﻰ اﻟ ﺪول‬ ‫اﻷﻋﻀ ﺎء ﺑﻨ ﺎء‬ ‫ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﺗﻮﺻ ﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻘﻀ ﺎة‬ ‫ﺑﺄﻏﻠﺒﻴﺔ اﻟﺜﻠﺜﻴﻦ‬

‫اﻟﻤﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌﺎم‬

‫ﻧﺎﺋﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﻌﺎم‬

‫اﻟﻤﺪﻋﻰ‬

‫اﻟﻤﺴﺠﻞ‬

‫ﻧﺎﺋﺐ اﻟﻤﺴﺠﻞ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻷﻏﻠﺒﻴ ﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻷﻏﻠﺒﻴ ﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻷﻏﻠﺒﻴ ﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻷﻏﻠﺒﻴ ﺔ‬ ‫ﺔ‬ ‫ﺔ اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻘ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻘ ﺔ ﻟﻠ ﺪول اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻘ ﺔ ﻟﻠ ﺪول اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻘ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻘﻀﺎة‬ ‫اﻷﻋﻀ ﺎء‪.‬ﺑﻨ ﺎء ﻟﻠﻘﻀﺎة‬ ‫اﻷﻋﻀﺎء‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﺔ ﻣ ﻦ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌﺎم‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻇﺔ‪ :‬آﻞ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﺎﺿﻰ‪ ،‬أو اﻟﻤﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌﺎم‪ ،‬أو ﻧﺎﺋﺐ اﻟﻤ ﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌ ﺎم‪ ،‬أو اﻟﻤﺴ ﺠﻞ‪،‬‬ ‫أو ﻧﺎﺋﺐ اﻟﻤﺴ ﺠﻞ اﻟ ﺬى ﻳﻜ ﻮن ﺳ ﻠﻮآﻪ أو أداؤﻩ اﻟ ﻮﻇﻴﻔﻰ ﻣﺤ ﻞ ﺷ ﻚ وﻓﻘ ًﺎ ﻷﺣﻜ ﺎم اﻟﻨﻈ ﺎم‬ ‫اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮف ﻳﻜﻮن ﻟﺪﻳﻪ اﻟﺤﻖ ﻓﻰ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ أدﻟﺔ واﻟﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ وإﻳﺪاﻋﻬﺎ وﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﻘﻮاﻋ ﺪ‬ ‫اﻹﺟﺮاء واﻟ ﺪﻟﻴﻞ‪ ،‬وﻟﻜ ﻦ ﻟ ﻦ ﻳﻜ ﻮن ﻟ ﻪ اﻟﺤ ﻖ ﻓ ﻰ اﻻﺷ ﺘﺮاك ﻓ ﻰ إﺟ ﺮاءات اﺗﺨ ﺎذ اﻟﻘ ﺮار‬ ‫ﺑﺸﺄن هﺬا اﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮع‪.‬‬

‫اﻟـﻤﺒـﺤـﺚ اﻟﺜﺎﻟــﺚ‬ ‫)‪(75‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌﺎم وﻣﻜﺘﺐ اﻟﻤﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌﺎم‬

‫‪(75) See generally Rwelamira, supra note 106. For additional commentary on The Prosecutor,‬‬ ‫‪see Morten Bergsmo and Frederik Harhoff, Article 42: The Office of the Prosecutor,‬‬ ‫‪in COMMENTARY ON ROME STATUTE, supra note 13, at 627-636.‬‬

‫اﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ روﻳﻠﻤﻴﺮا‪ ،‬هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 106‬ﺳﺎﺑﻘًﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎت ﺣ ﻮل اﻟﻤ ﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌ ﺎم ‪ ،‬اﻧﻈ ﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﻮرﺗ ﻮن ﺑﻴﺮﺟﺴ ﻤﻮ و ﻓﺮﻳ ﺪرﻳﻚ ه ﺎرهﻮف‪ ،‬اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪ :42‬ﻣﻜﺘ ﺐ اﻟﻤ ﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌ ﺎم‪ ،‬ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴ ﻖ ﻋﻠ ﻰ‬ ‫ﻧﻈﺎم روﻣﺎ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ‪ ،‬هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 13‬ﺳﺎﺑﻘًﺎ ﻓﻰ ‪.636 – 627‬‬

‫‪69‬‬

‫‪ .60‬ﻳﻌﻤ ﻞ ﻣﻜﺘ ﺐ اﻟﻤ ﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌ ﺎم آﺠﻬ ﺎز ﻣﺴ ﺘﻘﻞ وﻣﻨﻔﺼ ﻞ ﻋ ﻦ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ‪] .‬ﻣﺎدة ‪ [(1)42‬وﻳﺘﺮأﺳﻪ اﻟﻤﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌﺎم وﻳﻜﻮن ﻟ ﻪ اﻟﺴ ﻠﻄﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠ ﺔ‬ ‫ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻹدارة واﻹﺷ ﺮاف ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﻤﻜﺘ ﺐ ]ﻣ ﺎدة ‪ .[(2)42‬وﻳﺴ ﺎﻋﺪ اﻟﻤ ﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌ ﺎم‬ ‫وآﻼؤﻩ وﻳﻜﻮﻧﻮن ﺟﻤﻴﻌﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻨﺴﻴﺎت ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔ ﺔ ]ﻣ ﺎدة ‪ .[(2) 42‬وﻳﺠ ﺐ أن ﻳﻜ ﻮن‬ ‫اﻟﻤ ﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌ ﺎم ووآ ﻼء اﻟﻤ ﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌ ﺎم ذوى ﺷﺨﺼ ﻴﺎت ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﺧﻠ ﻖ رﻓﻴ ﻊ وآﻔ ﺎءة‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻟﻴ ﺔ وﺧﺒ ﺮة ﻋﻤﻠﻴ ﺔ واﺳ ﻌﺔ وﻳﺘﻜﻠﻤ ﻮن ﺑﻄﻼﻗ ﺔ إﺣ ﺪى ﻟﻐ ﺎت اﻟﻌﻤ ﻞ ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ‪] .‬ﻣ ﺎدة ‪ .[(3)42‬و ُﻳﻨﺘﺨ ﺐ اﻟﻤ ﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌ ﺎم ﻋ ﻦ ﻃﺮﻳ ﻖ اﻻﻗﺘ ﺮاع‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺮى ﺑﺎﻷﻏﻠﺒﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻘﺔ ﻷﻋﻀﺎء ﺟﻤﻌﻴ ﺔ اﻟ ﺪول اﻷﻃ ﺮاف ]ﻣ ﺎدة ‪ .[(4)42‬وﻳ ﺘﻢ‬ ‫اﻧﺘﺨﺎب وآﻼء اﻟﻤﺪﻋﻰ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ اﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘ ﺔ ﻋ ﻦ ﻃﺮﻳ ﻖ ﻗﺎﺋﻤ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻤﺮﺷ ﺤﻴﻦ‪ ،‬وﻳﻌﻤ ﻞ‬ ‫اﻟﻤ ﺪﻋﻰ وﻧ ﻮاب اﻟﻤ ﺪﻋﻰ ﻟﻤ ﺪة ﺗﺴ ﻊ ﺳ ﻨﻮات وﻻ ﻳﺠ ﻮز إﻋ ﺎدة اﻧﺘﺨ ﺎﺑﻬﻢ ]ﻣ ﺎدة‬ ‫‪ .[(4)42‬وﺑﺎﻹﺿ ﺎﻓﺔ ﻟ ﺬﻟﻚ ﻓ ﺈن اﻟﻤ ﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌ ﺎم ﻳﺠ ﻮز ﻟ ﻪ أن ﻳﻌ ﻴﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﺸ ﺎرﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻴﻴﻦ ﺑﺨﺼﻮص ﻗﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ]ﻣﺎدة ‪ .[(9)42‬وﻳﺤﺮص اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ ﻋﻠ ﻰ‬ ‫ﺣﻤﺎﻳ ﺔ ﺿ ﻤﺎن اﻟﺤﻴ ﺪة ﻓﻴﺴ ﻤﺢ ﺑﺈﻋﻔ ﺎء أو ﺗﻨﺤ ﻰ اﻟﻤ ﺪﻋﻰ أو ﻧ ﻮاب اﻟﻤ ﺪﻋﻰ ﻋﻨ ﺪ‬ ‫ﻃﻠﺒﻬﻢ أو ﻋﻨﺪ ﻃﻠﺐ اﻟﻤﺘﻬﻢ ﻓﻰ أﺣﻮال "ﻳﻤﻜ ﻦ أن ﻳﻜ ﻮن ﺣﻴ ﺎدهﻢ ﻓﻴﻬ ﺎ ﻣﻮﺿ ﻊ ﺷ ﻚ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻘﻮل ﻷى ﺳﺒﺐ آﺎن" ]ﻣﺎدة ‪) .[(8)22‬اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺠﺪول رﻗﻢ ‪.(13‬‬

‫اﻟﻐﺮض‬

‫اﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻞ‬

‫اﻟﻤﺪة‬

‫)اﻟﺠﺪول رﻗﻢ ‪ (13‬أﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻗﻠﻢ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ )اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪(43‬‬ ‫اﻟﻌﺎم‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺪﻋﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﻜﺘﺐ‬ ‫)اﻟﻤﺎدة‪(42‬‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺎز ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺼﻔﺔ داﺋﻤﺔ ﻓ ﻰ‬ ‫ﺟﻬ ﺎز ﻳﻌﻤ ﻞ ﺑﺼ ﻔﺔ داﺋﻤ ﺔ‬ ‫ﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﻣﺎ ﻳﺤ ﺎل إﻟﻴ ﻪ‪ ،‬واﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴ ﻖ ﻋﻤ ﻞ إدارى ﻏﻴ ﺮ ﻗﻀ ﺎﺋﻰ‪ ،‬آﻤ ﺎ‬ ‫ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﺸ ﻜﺎوى وﻣﺒﺎﺷ ﺮة اﻟ ﺪﻋﻮى ﻳﻌﻤ ﻞ أﻳﻀ ًﺎ ﺑﻮﺻ ﻔﻪ ﺟﻬ ﺔ إﻳ ﺪاع‬ ‫ﻟﻺﻋﻼﻧ ﺎت وﻗﻨ ﺎة ﻟﻼﺗﺼ ﺎﻻت ﻣ ﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﺪول اﻷﺧﺮى‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺴ ﺠﻞ )رﺋ ﻴﺲ اﻟﻘﻠ ﻢ(‪،‬‬ ‫ﻳﺮأﺳ ﻪ اﻟﻤ ﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌ ﺎم‪،‬‬ ‫وﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﻩ واﺣﺪ أو أآﺜ ﺮ ﻣ ﻦ ﻧ ﺎﺋﺒﻰ وﻧﺎﺋ ﺐ اﻟﻤﺴ ﺠﻞ )ﻧﺎﺋ ﺐ رﺋ ﻴﺲ‬ ‫اﻟﻤ ﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌ ﺎم‪ .‬وﻟﻠﻤ ﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌ ﺎم اﻟﻘﻠ ﻢ(‪ ،‬ووﺣ ﺪة اﻟﺸ ﻬﻮد واﻟﻤﺠﻨ ﻰ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻴ ﻴﻦ ﻃ ﺎﻗﻢ أﺧ ﺮ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻤ ﺆهﻠﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‪ .‬وﻟﻠﺮﺋﺎﺳﺔ اﻟﺤﻖ ﻓ ﻰ ﺗﻌﻴ ﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺣﺴ ﺐ اﻟﺤﺎﺟ ﺔ‪ ،‬وﺳ ﻮف ﻳﺨﻀ ﻊ أو ﺗﻔﻮﻳﺾ رﺋﻴﺲ اﻟﻘﻠ ﻢ ﻓ ﻰ ﺗﻌﻴ ﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻃﺎﻗﻢ اﻟﻌﻤ ﻞ ﻟﻠ ﻮاﺋﺢ اﻟﻌ ﺎﻣﻠﻴﻦ اﻟﺘ ﻰ ﻃﺎﻗﻢ أﺧﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ اﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ‪ ،‬وﺳﻮف‬ ‫ﻳﻀﻌﻬﺎ اﻟﻤﺴﺠﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﺨﻀ ﻊ ﻃ ﺎﻗﻢ اﻟﻌﻤ ﻞ ﻟﻠ ﻮاﺋﺢ‬ ‫اﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﻴﻦ اﻟﺘﻰ ﻳﻀﻌﻬﺎ رﺋﻴﺲ اﻟﻘﻠﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺴ ﺠﻞ‪ 5 :‬ﺳ ﻨﻮات؛ ﻗﺎﺑ ﻞ‬ ‫ﻓﺘ ﺮة واﺣ ﺪة ﻻ ﺗﺠ ﺪد ﻣ ﺪﺗﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺗﺴ ﻊ ﺳ ﻨﻮات‪ ،‬ﻣ ﺎ ﻟ ﻢ ﺗﺤ ﺪد ﻓﺘ ﺮة ﻹﻋﺎدة اﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺋﺐ اﻟﻤﺴﺠﻞ‪ 5 :‬ﺳ ﻨﻮات أو‬ ‫أﻗﺼﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻻﻧﺘﺨﺎب‪.‬‬ ‫أﻗﻞ ﺣﺴﺒﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻘﺮر‪.‬‬

‫‪70‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﺪﻋﻰ‬

‫اﻟﻌﺎم‬

‫ﻗﻠﻢ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ )اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪(43‬‬

‫ﻣﻜﺘﺐ‬ ‫)اﻟﻤﺎدة‪(42‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺴ ﺠﻞ‪ :‬ﺑ ﺎﻻﻗﺘﺮاع اﻟﺴ ﺮى‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻻﻗﺘﺮاع اﻟﺴ ﺮى وﺑﺎﻷﻏﻠﺒﻴ ﺔ‬ ‫اﻻﻧﺘﺨﺎب‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻘﺔ ﻟﺠﻤﻌﻴﺔ اﻟﺪول اﻷﻃﺮاف‪ .‬وﺑﺎﻷﻏﻠﺒﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﺎة‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺋ ﺐ اﻟﻤﺴ ﺠﻞ‪ :‬ﺑ ﺎﻻﻗﺘﺮاع‬ ‫اﻟﺴ ﺮى وﺑﺎﻷﻏﻠﺒﻴ ﺔ اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻘ ﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻘﻀ ﺎة‪ ،‬ﺑﻨ ﺎء ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﺗﺮﺷ ﻴﺢ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺠﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻷﺧ ﻼق اﻟﺤﻤﻴ ﺪة‪ ،‬واﻟﻜﻔ ﺎءة‬ ‫ﻣﺆهﻼت‬ ‫اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬واﻟﺨﺒ ﺮة واﻟﺘﺨﺼ ﺺ ﻓ ﻰ‬ ‫ﻋﻤ ﻞ اﻟﻨﻴﺎﺑ ﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣ ﺔ أو اﻟﻘﻀ ﺎء‬ ‫اﻟﺠﻨ ﺎﺋﻰ ﻣ ﻊ إﺟ ﺎدة و ﺑﻄﻼﻗ ﺔ‬ ‫ﻹﺣﺪى ﻟﻐﺎت ﻋﻤﻞ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ ﻋﻠ ﻰ‬ ‫اﻷﻗﻞ‬

‫اﻷﺧ ﻼق اﻟﺤﻤﻴ ﺪة‪ ،‬واﻟﻜﻔ ﺎءة‬ ‫اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴ ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣ ﻊ إﺟ ﺎدة و ﺑﻄﻼﻗ ﺔ‬ ‫ﻹﺣﺪى ﻟﻐﺎت ﻋﻤﻞ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ ﻋﻠ ﻰ‬ ‫اﻷﻗﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺴ ﺠﻞ‪ :‬ﺳ ﻮف ﻳﻌﻤ ﻞ ﻋﻠ ﻰ‬ ‫أﺳﺎس اﻟﺘﻔﺮغ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺋ ﺐ اﻟﻤﺴ ﺠﻞ‪ :‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐ ﻰ‬ ‫اﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑ ﻪ ﻋﻠ ﻰ أﺳ ﺎس اﻻﺿ ﻄﻼع‬ ‫ﺑﺄى ﻣﻬﺎم ﺗﻘﺘﻀﻴﻬﺎ اﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ‪0‬‬

‫ﻳﺠﻮز ﻟﻠﺮﺋﺎﺳﺔ إﻋﻔﺎء اﻟﻤﺪﻋﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﻌ ﺎم أو ﻧﺎﺋ ﺐ اﻟﻤ ﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌ ﺎم ﻣ ﻦ‬ ‫ﻧﻈ ﺮ ﻗﻀ ﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨ ﺔ ﺑﻨ ﺎء ﻋﻠ ﻰ‬ ‫ﻃﻠﺒﻬﻤ ﺎ‪ ،‬وﻳﻤﻜ ﻦ ﺗﻨﺤﻴﺘﻬﻤ ﺎ "إذا ﻣ ﺎ‬ ‫ﻃﻌﻦ أﺣﺪ ﻓﻰ ﺣﻴﺎدهﻤﺎ ﻣﺴ ﺘﻨﺪًا ﻓ ﻰ‬ ‫ذﻟ ﻚ ﻋﻠ ﻰ أى أﺳ ﺎس ﻣﻌﻘ ﻮل"‬ ‫وﺳﻮف ﺗﻨﻈﺮ داﺋﺮة اﻻﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎف ﻓﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﻘﻀﺎﻳﺎ اﻟﺘﻨﺤﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﺬآﻮرة‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌﺎم وﻧﺎﺋﺐ اﻟﻤ ﺪﻋﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﻌﺎم ﻳﺠﺐ أن ﻳﻜﻮﻧﺎ ﻣ ﻦ ﺟﻨﺴ ﻴﺘﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺘﻴﻦ‪.‬‬

‫ﺳ ﻮف ﻳﻤ ﻨﺢ اﻟﻤﺠﻨ ﻰ ﻋﻠ ﻴﻬﻢ‬ ‫واﻟﺸ ﻬﻮد وﺳ ﺎﺋﻞ ﺣﻤﺎﻳ ﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫وإﺟ ﺮاءات أﻣﻨﻴ ﺔ‪ ،‬ووﺳ ﺎﺋﻞ‬ ‫اﺳﺘﺸﺎرة وﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪة أﺧﺮى ﻣﻼﺋﻤ ﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻨ ﻰ ﻋﻠ ﻴﻬﻢ‪ ،‬واﻟﺸ ﻬﻮد‬ ‫واﻵﺧ ﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﻨ ﺪ ﻣﻐﺒ ﺔ ﺗﻌﺮﺿ ﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﻵى ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻨ ﺪ إدﻻﺋﻬ ﻢ‬ ‫ﺑﺸﻬﺎداﺗﻬﻢ‪.‬‬

‫أﻣﻮر أﺧﺮى‬

‫‪71‬‬

‫اﻟـﻤـﺒـﺤـﺚ اﻟﺮاﺑــﻊ‬ ‫)‪(76‬‬

‫ﻗﻠﻢ آﺘﺎب اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ‬

‫ﻻ ﻋ ﻦ اﻟﺠﻮاﻧ ﺐ ﻏﻴ ﺮ اﻟﻘﻀ ﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻣ ﻦ إدارة‬ ‫‪ .61‬ﻳﻜ ﻮن ﻗﻠ ﻢ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ ﻣﺴ ﺆو ً‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ وﺗﺰوﻳﺪهﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎت‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻰ ذ ﻟﻚ إﻧﺸﺎء وﺣ ﺪة اﻟﻤﺠﻨ ﻰ ﻋﻠ ﻴﻬﻢ واﻟﺸ ﻬﻮد‬ ‫]ﻣ ﺎدة ‪ [(6) ،(1)43‬وﻳ ﺮأس ﻗﻠ ﻢ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﻟﻤﺴ ﺠﻞ اﻟ ﺬى ﻳﻤ ﺎرس وﻇﺎﺋﻔ ﻪ ﺗﺤ ﺖ‬ ‫ﺳﻠﻄﺔ رﺋﻴﺲ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ]ﻣﺎدة ‪ .[(2)43‬و ُﻳﻨﺘﺨﺐ اﻟﻤﺴﺠﻞ ﺑﺎﻷﻏﻠﺒﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻀ ﺎة‬ ‫ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ اﻻﻗﺘﺮاع اﻟﺴﺮى‪ .‬ﻣﻊ اﻷﺧﺬ ﻓﻰ اﻟﺤﺴﺒﺎن أى ﺗﻮﺻﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻤﻌﻴ ﺔ اﻟ ﺪول‬ ‫اﻷﻃ ﺮاف ]ﻣ ﺎدة ‪ .[(4)43‬وﻳﺸ ﻐﻞ اﻟﻤﺴ ﺠﻞ ﻣﻨﺼ ﺒﻪ ﻟﻤ ﺪة ﺧﻤ ﺲ ﺳ ﻨﻮات وﻳﺠ ﻮز‬ ‫إﻋ ﺎدة اﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑ ﻪ ]ﻣ ﺎدة ‪ .[(5)43‬وﻋﻨ ﺪ اﻟﻀ ﺮورة وﺑ ﺎﻗﺘﺮاح ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻤﺴ ﺠﻞ ﻳﺠ ﻮز‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻘﻀﺎة اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻧﺎﺋﺐ ﻣﺴﺠﻞ ]ﻣﺎدة ‪).[(4) 43‬اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺠﺪول رﻗﻢ ‪.(13‬‬ ‫اﻟـﻤـﺒﺤـﺚ اﻟﺨﺎﻣـﺲ‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻌﻴﺔ اﻟﺪول اﻷﻃﺮاف‬

‫)‪(77‬‬

‫‪ .62‬وﺗﺨﺘﺺ ﺟﻤﻌﻴﺔ اﻟﺪول اﻷﻃﺮاف ﺑﺤﻖ اﻣﺘﻴﺎز اﻧﺘﺨ ﺎب اﻟﻘﻀ ﺎة واﻟﻤ ﺪﻋﻰ‬ ‫ﻼ ﻋ ﻦ ذﻟ ﻚ ﻓﺈﻧﻬ ﺎ ﺗﺮاﺟ ﻊ وﺗﺼ ﺪق ﻋﻠ ﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﻌ ﺎم واﻟﻤﺴ ﺠﻞ ]ﻣ ﺎدة ‪ ،[112‬وﻓﻀ ً‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻴﺰاﻧﻴﺔ وﺗﻤﻨﺢ اﻟﺪﻋﻢ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﺸﻤﻞ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ اﻟﻤﻘ ﺪرة ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣ ﻞ ﻣ ﻊ اﻟ ﺪول‬ ‫اﻷﻃﺮاف اﻟﺘﻰ ﺗﻔﺸ ﻞ ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﻮﻓ ﺎء ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺰاﻣﺎﺗﻬ ﺎ‪ .‬وﻟﻠﺠﻤﻌﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺴ ﻠﻄﺔ ﻓ ﻰ إﻧﺸ ﺎء ﻗﻮاﻋ ﺪ‬

‫‪(76) See generally Rwelamira, supra note 106. For additional commentary on The Registry,‬‬ ‫‪see David Tolbert, Article 43: The Registry, in COMMENTARY ON ROME STATUTE, supra‬‬ ‫‪note 13, at 637-646.‬‬

‫اﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ روﻳﻠﻤﻴﺮا‪ ،‬هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 106‬ﺳ ﺎﺑﻘًﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﻤﺰﻳ ﺪ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻘ ﺎت ﺣ ﻮل ﻗﻠ ﻢ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ‪ ،‬اﻧﻈ ﺮ‬ ‫دﻳﻔﻴ ﺪ ﺗ ﻮﻟﺒﻴﺮت‪ ،‬اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪ :43‬ﻗﻠ ﻢ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴ ﻖ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﻧﻈ ﺎم روﻣ ﺎ اﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﻰ‪ ،‬ه ﺎﻣﺶ ‪13‬‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺑﻘًﺎ ص ‪.646 – 637‬‬ ‫‪(77) See generally Rwelamira, supra note 106. For additional commentary on the Assembly‬‬ ‫‪of States Parties, see S. Rama Rao, Article 112: Assembly of States Parties, in‬‬ ‫‪COMMENTARY ON ROME STATUTE, supra note 13, at 1201-1214.‬‬

‫اﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ روﻳﻠﻤﻴﺮا‪ ،‬هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 106‬ﺳﺎﺑﻘًﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎت ﺣﻮل ﺟﻤﻌﻴﺔ اﻟﺪول‬ ‫اﻷﻃﺮاف‪ ،‬اﻧﻈﺮ راﻣﺎ راو‪ ،‬اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ :112‬ﺟﻤﻌﻴﺔ اﻟﺪول اﻷﻃﺮاف‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎم روﻣﺎ‬ ‫اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ‪ ،‬هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 13‬ﺳﺎﺑﻘًﺎ ص ‪.1214 – 1201‬‬

‫‪72‬‬

‫ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻞ اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﻰ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ ووﺿ ﻊ ﻗﻮاﻋ ﺪ اﻹﺟ ﺮاءات واﻟ ﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺑﻤ ﺎ ﻳﺘﻔ ﻖ ﻣ ﻊ اﻟﻨﻈ ﺎم‬ ‫اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ‪ .‬وﻟﻜﻞ دوﻟﺔ ﻃﺮف ﺻﻮت واﺣﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .63‬وآﺜﻴ ﺮ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻤ ﺎت اﻟﻤﻨﺸ ﺄة ﺑﻤﻮﺟ ﺐ اﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴ ﺔ ﺗ ﻨﺺ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﻣﺜ ﻞ ه ﺬا‬ ‫اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﺬى ﻳﺤﻜﻤﻬﺎ )ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﺳ ﺒﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺜ ﺎل‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻈﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺘﺠ ﺎرة اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴ ﺔ(‪ .‬وه ﺬا اﻟﻨﻈ ﺎم‬ ‫ﻳﻀﻤﻦ أن ﻳﻌﻤﻞ هﺬا اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﺑﻤ ﺎ ﻳﺘﻔ ﻖ ﻣ ﻊ ﻣ ﺎ اﺗﺠﻬ ﺖ إﻟﻴ ﻪ إرادة اﻟ ﺪول اﻷﻃ ﺮاف‬ ‫ﻓﻰ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ واﻟﻮﻓﺎء ﺑﺄﺣﻜﺎم اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺔ‪) .‬اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺠﺪول رﻗﻢ ‪.(14‬‬ ‫)اﻟﺠﺪول رﻗﻢ ‪ (14‬ﺟﻤﻌﻴﺔ اﻟﺪول اﻷﻃﺮاف )اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪(112‬‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺪوب ﻟﻜﻞ دوﻟﺔ ﻋﻀﻮ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻞ‬ ‫)اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪112‬ﻓﻘﺮة‪ (1‬وﻟﻠ ﺪول اﻷﺧ ﺮى اﻟﺘ ﻰ وﻗﻌ ﺖ ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﻨﻈ ﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﻰ اﻟﺤ ﻖ ﻓ ﻰ‬ ‫ﺻﻔﺔ ﻣﺮاﻗﺐ‪.‬‬ ‫)‪ (1‬ﻧﻈ ﺮ واﻋﺘﻤ ﺎد ﺗﻮﺻ ﻴﺎت اﻟﻠﺠﻨ ﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻀ ﻴﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﺴ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻳﻜ ﻮن‬ ‫اﻷﻋﻤﺎل‬ ‫)اﻟﻤﺎدة‪112‬ﻓﻘﺮة‪ (2‬ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺎ‪0‬‬ ‫)‪ (2‬ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ اﻟﺮﻗﺎﺑﺔ اﻹدارﻳﺔ ﻋﻠ ﻰ هﻴﺌ ﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﺎﺳ ﺔ واﻟﻤ ﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌ ﺎم‬ ‫واﻟﻤﺴﺠﻞ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺈدارة اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ‪0‬‬ ‫)‪ (3‬اﻟﻨﻈ ﺮ ﻓ ﻰ ﺗﻘ ﺎرﻳﺮ وأﻧﺸ ﻄﺔ اﻟﻤﻜﺘ ﺐ ‪ ،‬واﺗﺨ ﺎذ اﻹﺟ ﺮاءات‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ اﻟﺘﻘﺎرﻳﺮ واﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ‪0‬‬ ‫)‪ (4‬اﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻓﻰ ﻣﻴﺰاﻧﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ واﻟﺒﺖ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ‪0‬‬ ‫)‪ (5‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﻣﺎ إذا آﺎن ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻰ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻋﺪد اﻟﻘﻀﺎة وﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺎدة ‪36‬‬ ‫)‪ (6‬اﻟﻨﻈ ﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤ ﻼ ﺑ ﺎﻟﻔﻘﺮﺗﻴﻦ ‪ 5‬و ‪ 7‬ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪ ، 87‬ﻓ ﻰ أى‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻌﺪم اﻟﺘﻌﺎون ‪0‬‬ ‫)‪ (7‬اﻟﻘﻴﺎم ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻬﺎم اﻷﺧﺮى وﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﻤﺎ هﻮ وارد ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈ ﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﻰ‬ ‫وﻗﻮاﻋﺪ اﻹﺟﺮاء واﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫)‪ (7‬ﺗﺒﻨﻰ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ اﻟﺠﺮﻳﻤﺔ )اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪.(9‬‬ ‫)‪ (8‬ﺗﺒﻨﻰ ﻗﻮاﻋﺪ اﻹﺟﺮاء واﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ )اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪.(51‬‬ ‫)‪ (9‬اﻧﺘﺨﺎب اﻟﻘﻀﺎة أﻋﻀﺎء اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ )اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ 36‬ﻓﻘ ﺮة‬ ‫‪.(6‬‬ ‫)‪ (10‬اﻧﺘﺨ ﺎب اﻟﻤ ﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌ ﺎم وﻧﺎﺋ ﺐ اﻟﻤ ﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌ ﺎم‬ ‫)اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪.(42‬‬ ‫)‪ (11‬وﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﺒﺎدئ اﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻬﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﻇﻔﻴﻦ اﻟ ﺬﻳﻦ ﺗﻘ ﺪﻣﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬دون‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﺑ ﻞ‪ ،‬اﻟ ﺪول اﻷﻃ ﺮاف أو اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻤ ﺎت اﻟﺤﻜﻮﻣﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ ‪ ،‬أو‬

‫‪73‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻤﺎت ﻏﻴﺮ اﻟﺤﻜﻮﻣﻴ ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻠﻤﺴ ﺎﻋﺪة ﻓ ﻰ أﻋﻤ ﺎل أى ﺟﻬ ﺎز ﻣ ﻦ‬ ‫أﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ )اﻟﻤﺎدة‪0(44‬‬ ‫* ﻳﻜﻮن ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻌﻴﺔ ﻣﻜﺘﺐ ﻳﺘﺄﻟﻒ ﻣﻦ‪ :‬رﺋﻴﺲ؛ وﻧﺎﺋﺒﻴﻦ ﻟﻠﺮﺋﻴﺲ؛‬ ‫اﻹدارة‬ ‫)اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪112‬ﻓﻘﺮة‪ (3‬و‪ 18‬ﻋﻀﻮا‬ ‫* أﻋﻀﺎء اﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺳﻮف ﺗﻨﺘﺨﺒﻬﻢ اﻟﺠﻤﻌﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﺪة ﺛﻼث ﺳﻨﻮات ‪0‬‬ ‫* ﺗﻜﻮن ﻟﻠﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ أن ﻳﺮاﻋﻰ ﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻮزﻳﻊ اﻟﺠﻐﺮاﻓﻰ اﻟﻌﺎدل واﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻧﻴﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻓﻰ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ــ ﻟﻜﻞ دوﻟﺔ ﻃﺮف ﺻﻮت واﺣﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺖ‬ ‫)اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ 112‬ﻓﻘﺮﺗﻰ ـ ـ ﺳ ﻮف ﺗﺒ ﺬل اﻟﺠﻤﻌﻴ ﺔ وآ ﺬا اﻟﻤﻜﺘ ﺐ آ ﻞ ﺟﻬ ﺪ ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺻ ﻞ إﻟ ﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﻘﺮارات ﺑﺎﻹﺟﻤ ﺎع ﻓ ﺈذا ﺗﻌ ﺬر ذﻟ ﻚ ‪ ،‬وﺟ ﺐ اﺗﺨ ﺎذ اﻟﻘ ﺮار وﻓﻘ ًﺎ‬ ‫‪( 8 ،7‬‬ ‫ﻟﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻰ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻨﺺ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﻴﺮ ذﻟﻚ ‪:‬‬ ‫ــ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺄﻏﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺛﻠﺜﻰ اﻟﺤﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺼﻮﺗﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ أن ﺗﻜﻮن اﻷﻏﻠﺒﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﺪول اﻷﻃﺮاف‪0‬‬ ‫ـ ـ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴ ﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴ ﺎﺋﻞ اﻹﺟﺮاﺋﻴ ﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻷﻏﻠﺒﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺒﺴ ﻴﻄﺔ ﻟﻠ ﺪول‬ ‫اﻷﻃﺮاف اﻟﺤﺎﺿﺮة اﻟﻤﺼﻮﺗﺔ‪0‬‬ ‫ــ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺄﺧﺮ اﻟﺪوﻟﺔ اﻟﻄﺮف ﻋﻦ ﺳﺪاد اﻻﺷﺘﺮاآﺎت اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺤﻘﺔ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﻤﺪة ﺳﻨﺘﻴﻦ أو أآﺜﺮ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮن ﻟﻬﺎ ﺣﻖ اﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺖ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﺠﻤﻌﻴﺔ أو ﻓﻰ اﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ذﻟﻚ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ اﻟﺪوﻟﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺖ ﻓﻰ اﻟﺠﻤﻌﻴﺔ وﻓﻰ اﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ إذا آﺎن ﻋﺪم اﻟﺴﺪاد ﻧﺎﺷﺊ‬ ‫ﻋﻦ أﺳﺒﺎب ﻻ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻟﻠﺪول اﻟﻄﺮف ﺑﻬﺎ ‪0‬‬

‫اﻟـﻤﺒـﺤـﺚ اﻟﺴـﺎدس‬ ‫اﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﻴـﻦ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ وﻣﺠﻠﺲ اﻷﻣﻦ‬

‫)‪(78‬‬

‫‪(78) See generally Yee, supra note 63. For additional commentary on the Security Council,‬‬ ‫‪see Morten Bergsmo and Jelena Pejic, Article 16: Deferral of investigation or‬‬ ‫‪prosecution, in COMMENTARY ON ROME STATUTE, supra note 13, at 373-382.‬‬

‫اﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻳﻰ‪ ،‬هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 63‬ﺳﺎﺑﻘًﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎت ﺣﻮل ﻣﺠﻠﺲ اﻷﻣﻦ‪ ،‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻮرﺗﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺮﺟﻴﺴﻤﻮ و ﺟﻴﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺑﻴﺠﻴﺘﺶ‪ ،‬اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ :16‬إرﺟﺎء اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ أو اﻟﻤﻘﺎﺿﺎة‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎم‬ ‫روﻣﺎ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ‪ ،‬هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 13‬ﺳﺎﺑﻘًﺎ ﻓﻰ ‪.382 – 373‬‬

‫‪74‬‬

‫‪ .64‬إن اﻟﻌﻼﻗ ﺔ ﺑ ﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ وﻣﺠﻠ ﺲ اﻷﻣ ﻦ ﻣ ﺎ ه ﻰ إﻻ‬ ‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻟﺴﻠﻄﺔ ﻣﺠﻠﺲ اﻷﻣﻦ آﻤ ﺎ ه ﻰ ﻣﺤ ﺪدة ﻓ ﻰ ﻣﻴﺜ ﺎق اﻷﻣ ﻢ اﻟﻤﺘﺤ ﺪة‪ ،‬وﺑﺨﺎﺻ ﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻔﺼﻞ اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ‪ ،‬واﻟﺬى ﻳﻌﻄﻰ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻠ ﺲ ﺳ ﻠﻄﺔ ﺳﻴﺎﺳ ﻴﺔ ﻣﻄﻠﻘ ﺔ ﻓﻴﻤ ﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠ ﻖ ﺑ ﺎﻷﻣﻮر‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻰ ﺗﻨﻄﻮى ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻔﻆ واﺳﺘﻌﺎدة وﺑﻘﺎء اﻟﺴﻼم‪ ،‬وﻳﻌﻄﻰ أﻳﻀًﺎ اﻟﻔﺼﻞ اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ ﻣ ﺎدة‬ ‫‪ 39‬ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻠ ﺲ ﺳ ﻠﻄﺔ ﻓ ﺮض اﻟﻌﻘﻮﺑ ﺎت ﻟﺤﻔ ﻆ وﺑﻘ ﺎء اﻟﺴ ﻼم‪ ،‬وﻧﺘﻴﺠ ﺔ ﻟ ﺬﻟﻚ ﻓ ﺈن‬ ‫ﻟﻤﺠﻠﺲ اﻷﻣﻦ اﻟﺤﻖ ﻓﻰ أن ﻳﺤﻴ ﻞ ﺣﺎﻟ ﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻴ ﻖ وإﻗﺎﻣ ﺔ‬ ‫اﻻدﻋﺎء اﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .65‬ﻓﻔﻰ ﻣﻔﻬﻮم ﺳ ﻠﻄﺎت اﻟﻤﺠﻠ ﺲ ﺑﻤﻮﺟ ﺐ اﻟﻔﺼ ﻞ اﻟﺴ ﺎﺑﻊ ﻣ ﻦ ﻣﻴﺜ ﺎق اﻷﻣ ﻢ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺘﺤ ﺪة ووﻓﻘ ﺎ ﻟﻠﻤ ﺎدة ‪ 16‬ﻣﻨ ﻪ ﻳﺠ ﻮز ﻟﻤﺠﻠ ﺲ اﻷﻣ ﻦ أن ﻳﻄﻠ ﺐ وﻗ ﻒ اﻹﺟ ﺮاءات‬ ‫أﻣﺎم اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﺪة ‪ 12‬ﺷﻬﺮًا ‪ ،‬وذﻟﻚ إذا ﻣﺎ رأى ﻣﺠﻠﺲ اﻷﻣ ﻦ أن‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟ ﺔ اﻟﺘ ﻰ رﻓ ﻊ ﺑﻤﻮﺟﺒﻬ ﺎ اﻻدﻋ ﺎء ﺗﺸ ﻜﻞ ﺗﻬﺪﻳ ﺪا "ﻟﻠﺴ ﻼم واﻷﻣ ﻦ وﻓﻘ ﺎ ﻟﻤ ﺎ ﻧ ﺺ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴ ﻪ ﻓ ﻰ ﻣﻴﺜ ﺎق اﻷﻣ ﻢ اﻟﻤﺘﺤ ﺪة وﺑﻤﻮﺟ ﺐ اﻟﺴ ﻠﻄﺎت اﻟﻤﺒﻴﻨ ﺔ ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﻤﻴﺜ ﺎق ﻣ ﻦ أن‬ ‫ﻟﻤﺠﻠﺲ اﻷﻣﻦ اﻟﺤﻖ ﻓ ﻰ إﺻ ﺪار ﻗ ﺮارات ﻣﻠﺰﻣ ﺔ ﻟﻜ ﻞ اﻟ ﺪول اﻷﻋﻀ ﺎء ﻓ ﻰ اﻷﻣ ﻢ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪة وهﻜﺬا ﻓ ﺈن ﻟﻤﺠﻠ ﺲ اﻷﻣ ﻦ اﻟﺤ ﻖ ﻓ ﻰ إﻳﻘ ﺎف اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻘ ﺎت آﻤ ﺎ ه ﻮ وارد ﻓ ﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﻨﻈ ﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﻰ ووﻓﻘ ﺎ ﻟﺴ ﻠﻄﺎﺗﻪ اﻟﻤﺒﻴﻨ ﺔ ﺑﻤﻴﺜ ﺎق اﻷﻣ ﻢ اﻟﻤﺘﺤ ﺪة‪ .‬وﻣ ﻦ ﺛ ﻢ ﻓﺎﻟﻨﻈ ﺎم‬ ‫اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ ﻻ ﻳﻘﺮ ﻟﻤﺠﻠﺲ اﻷﻣﻦ إﻻ ﺑﺼﻼﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ اﻟﻤﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻴﺜﺎق‪ ،‬وﻓ ﻰ ﺣﻘﻴﻘ ﺔ اﻷﻣ ﺮ‬ ‫أن اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ ﻳﻘﻴﺪ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎت‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟـﻤـﺒﺤـﺚ اﻟﺴﺎﺑــﻊ‬ ‫)‪(79‬‬

‫اﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﻴـﻦ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ واﻷﻣﻢ اﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪة‬

‫‪ .66‬ﺗُﻨﻈﻢ اﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑ ﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ واﻷﻣ ﻢ اﻟﻤﺘﺤ ﺪة ﻣ ﻦ ﺧ ﻼل‬ ‫اﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴ ﺔ ﺗﻌﺘﻤ ﺪهﺎ ﺟﻤﻌﻴ ﺔ اﻟ ﺪول اﻷﻃ ﺮاف ]ﻣ ﺎدة ‪ .[2‬وﺳ ﻮف ﺗﻘ ﻮم اﻟﻠﺠﻨ ﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺘﺤﻀ ﻴﺮﻳﺔ ﺑﺈﻋ ﺪاد ﻣﺸ ﺮوع ﻟﻬ ﺬﻩ اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴ ﺔ‪ .‬وﺗﻜ ﻮن اﻟﻌﻼﻗ ﺔ ه ﻰ ﻧﻔ ﺲ اﻟﻌﻼﻗ ﺔ‬ ‫‪(79) See generally Rwelamira, supra note 106. For additional commentary on The United‬‬ ‫‪Nations, see Antonio Marchesi, Article 2: Relationship of the Court with the United‬‬ ‫‪Nations, in COMMENTARY ON ROME STATUTE, supra note 13, at 65-71.‬‬

‫اﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ روﻳﻠﻤﻴﺮا‪ ،‬هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 106‬ﺳﺎﺑﻘًﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻘ ﺎت ﺣ ﻮل اﻷﻣ ﻢ اﻟﻤﺘﺤ ﺪة‪ ،‬اﻧﻈ ﺮ‬ ‫أﻧﻄﻮﻧﻴ ﻮ ﻣﺎرﺷﻴﺴ ﻰ‪ ،‬اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪ :2‬ﻋﻼﻗ ﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ ﺑ ﺎﻷﻣﻢ اﻟﻤﺘﺤ ﺪة‪ ،‬ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴ ﻖ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﻧﻈ ﺎم روﻣ ﺎ‬ ‫اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ‪ ،‬هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 13‬ﺳﺎﺑﻘًﺎ ﻓﻰ ‪.71 – 65‬‬

‫‪75‬‬

‫ واﻟﺘﻰ ﺗﻜﻮن أه ﺪاﻓﻬﺎ ﻗﺮﻳﺒ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ أه ﺪاف‬،‫ﺑﺎﻟﻬﻴﺌﺎت اﻷﺧﺮى اﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄة ﺑﻤﻮﺟﺐ اﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺔ‬ ‫ ﺑﻤﻌﻨ ﻰ أن اﻷﻣ ﻢ اﻟﻤﺘﺤ ﺪة ﺗ ﺮى إﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴ ﺔ ﻋﻤ ﻞ ه ﺬﻩ اﻟﻬﻴﺌ ﺎت ﻣﻌﻬ ﺎ‬،‫اﻷﻣ ﻢ اﻟﻤﺘﺤ ﺪة‬ .(80)‫آﺠﺰء ﻣﻦ ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻬﺎ‬

(80) Other treaty based organizations that have a relationship with the United Nations are: Committee against Torture; Committee on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights; Committee on the Elimination of All Forms of Racial Discrimination; Committee on = =the Elimination of Discrimination against Women; Committee on the Elimination of Racial Discrimination; Committee on the Protection of the Rights of All Migrant Workers and Members of Their Families; Committee on the Rights of the Child.

‫ ﻟﺠﻨ ﺔ ﻣﻨ ﻊ‬:‫اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻤ ﺎت اﻷﺧ ﺮى اﻟﻤﻨﺸ ﺄة ﺑﻤﻮﺟ ﺐ ﻣﻌﺎه ﺪة واﻟﺘ ﻰ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﻋﻼﻗ ﺔ ﺑ ﺎﻷﻣﻢ اﻟﻤﺘﺤ ﺪة ه ﻲ‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻌ ﺬﻳﺐ؛ ﻟﺠﻨ ﺔ اﻟﺤﻘ ﻮق اﻻﻗﺘﺼ ﺎدﻳﺔ واﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴ ﺔ واﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﻴ ﺔ؛ ﻟﺠﻨ ﺔ اﻟﻘﻀ ﺎء ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﺟﻤﻴ ﻊ أﺷ ﻜﺎل‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻔﺮﻗﺔ اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮﻳﺔ؛ ﻟﺠﻨﺔ اﻟﻘﻀﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﻔﺮﻗﺔ ﺿﺪ اﻟﻤﺮأة؛ ﻟﺠﻨﺔ اﻟﻘﻀﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﻔﺮﻗ ﺔ اﻟﻌﻨﺼ ﺮﻳﺔ؛‬ .‫ﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺣﻘﻮق اﻟﻌﻤﺎل اﻟﻤﻬﺎﺟﺮﻳﻦ وأﻋﻀﺎء ﻋﺎﺋﻼﺗﻬﻢ؛ ﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﺣﻘﻮق اﻟﻄﻔﻞ‬

76

‫اﻟـﻤـﺒـﺤـﺚ اﻟﺜﺎﻣــﻦ‬ ‫)‪(81‬‬

‫ﻣﻘﺮ وإدارة اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ‬

‫‪ .67‬ﻳﻜﻮن ﻣﻘﺮ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻰ ﻻه ﺎى ﺑﻬﻮﻟﻨ ﺪا أو ﻓ ﻰ أى ﻣﻜ ﺎن‬ ‫ﺁﺧﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺮى ذﻟﻚ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒًﺎ ]ﻣﺎدة ‪ .[3‬وﻳﻜﻮن ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ ﺷﺨﺼ ﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻴ ﺔ دوﻟﻴ ﺔ آﻤ ﺎ ﺗﻜ ﻮن ﻟﻬ ﺎ ﻧﻔ ﺲ اﻷهﻠﻴ ﺔ اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻧﻴ ﺔ اﻟﻼزﻣ ﺔ ﻟﻤﻤﺎرﺳ ﺔ وﻇﺎﺋﻔﻬ ﺎ‬ ‫وﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ أهﺪاﻓﻬﺎ ]ﻣﺎدة ‪.[4‬‬ ‫‪ .68‬ﺗﻜﻮن اﻟﻠﻐﺎت اﻟﺮﺳﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ ه ﻰ اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴ ﺔ‪ ،‬اﻟﺼ ﻴﻨﻴﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫اﻹﻧﻜﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪ ،‬اﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬اﻟﺮوﺳﻴﺔ‪ ،‬واﻷﺳﺒﺎﻧﻴﺔ ]ﻣﺎدة ‪ .[(1) 50‬وﺳ ﻮف ﺗﻨﺸ ﺮ أﺣﻜ ﺎم‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﺿ ﺎﻓﺔ إﻟ ﻰ اﻟﻘ ﺮارات اﻷﺧ ﺮى اﻟﻤﻨﻬﻴ ﺔ ﻟﻤﺴ ﺎﺋﻞ أﺳﺎﺳ ﻴﺔ ﺑﺴ ﺖ ﻟﻐ ﺎت‬ ‫رﺳ ﻤﻴﺔ ]ﻣ ﺎدة ‪ [(1)50‬وﺗﻜ ﻮن ﻟﻐ ﺎت اﻟﻌﻤ ﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ ه ﻰ‬ ‫اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳ ﺔ واﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴ ﻴﺔ ]ﻣ ﺎدة ‪ [(2)50‬وﻣ ﻊ ذﻟ ﻚ ﻓﺒﻨ ﺎء ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﻃﻠ ﺐ أى ﻃ ﺮف ﻓ ﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﺪﻋﻮى أو دوﻟﺔ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺪﺧﻞ ﻓ ﻰ اﻟ ﺪﻋﻮى ﻳﺠ ﻮز ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ‬ ‫أن ﺗ ﺄذن ﺑﺎﺳ ﺘﺨﺪام ﻟﻐ ﺔ ﺑﺨ ﻼف ﻟﻐ ﺎت اﻟﻌﻤ ﻞ وذﻟ ﻚ ﻓ ﻰ ﺣﺎﻟ ﺔ وﺟ ﻮد ﻣﺒ ﺮر آ ﺎف‬ ‫ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ]ﻣﺎدة ‪.(82)[(3)50‬‬

‫‪(81) See generally Rwelamira, supra note 106. For additional commentary on the Operation‬‬ ‫‪of the Court, see Gerhard A.M. Strijards, Article 3: Seat of the Court, in COMMENTARY‬‬ ‫‪ON ROME STATUTE, supra note 13, at 71-88; Wiebke Ruckert, Article 4: Legal status‬‬ ‫‪and powers of the Court, in COMMENTARY ON ROME STATUTE, supra note 13, at 89-96.‬‬

‫اﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ روﻳﻠﻤﻴﺮا‪ ،‬هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 117‬ﺳﺎﺑﻘًﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎت ﺣﻮل ﻋﻤ ﻞ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ‪ ،‬اﻧﻈ ﺮ‬ ‫ﺟﻴﺮهﺎرد ﺳﺘﺮاﺟﺎدز‪ ،‬اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ :3‬ﻣﻘﺮ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴ ﻖ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﻧﻈ ﺎم روﻣ ﺎ اﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﻰ‪ ،‬ه ﺎﻣﺶ‬ ‫‪ 13‬ﺳﺎﺑﻘًﺎ ﻓﻰ ‪88 – 71‬؛ وﻳﺒﻴ ﻚ روآﻴ ﺮت‪ ،‬ﻣ ﺎدة ‪ :4‬اﻟﻤﺮآ ﺰ اﻟﻘ ﺎﻧﻮﻧﻰ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ و ﺳ ﻠﻄﺎﺗﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓ ﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎم روﻣﺎ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ‪ ،‬هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 13‬ﺳﺎﺑﻘًﺎ ﻓﻰ ‪.96 – 89‬‬ ‫‪(82) For additional commentary on the Languages of the Court, see David Tolbert, Article 50:‬‬ ‫‪Official and working languages, in COMMENTARY ON ROME STATUTE, supra note 13, at‬‬ ‫‪675-679.‬‬

‫ﻟﻠﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎت ﺣﻮل ﻟﻐﺎت اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ‪ ،‬اﻧﻈﺮ داﻓﻴﺪ ﺗﻮﻟﺒﻴﺮت‪ ،‬اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ :50‬اﻟﻠﻐﺎت اﻟﺮﺳﻤﻴﺔ‬ ‫وﻟﻐﺎت اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎم روﻣﺎ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ‪ ،‬هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 13‬ﺳﺎﺑﻘًﺎ ﻓﻰ ‪.679 – 675‬‬

‫‪77‬‬

‫اﻟـﻤـﺒـﺤـﺚ اﻟﺘﺎﺳــﻊ‬ ‫ﺁﻟﻴﺎت ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ‬ ‫‪ .69‬وﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﻤ ﺎدة ‪ 121‬ﻻ ﻳ ﺘﻢ اﻗﺘ ﺮاح أى ﺗﻌ ﺪﻳﻞ إﻻ ﺑﻌ ﺪ ﻣ ﺮور ﺳ ﺒﻊ ﺳ ﻨﻮات‬ ‫ﻣ ﻦ ﺑ ﺪء ﺳ ﺮﻳﺎن اﻟﻨﻈ ﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﻰ‪ .‬و ﺗﻘ ﺮر ﺟﻤﻌﻴ ﺔ اﻟ ﺪول اﻷﻃ ﺮاف ﻣ ﺎ إذا آﺎﻧ ﺖ‬ ‫ﺳ ﺘﺘﻨﺎول اﻻﻗﺘ ﺮاح أم ﻻ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌ ﺪ أﺧ ﺬ ﺗﺼ ﻮﻳﺖ أﻏﻠﺒﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺤﺎﺿ ﺮﻳﻦ وذﻟ ﻚ ﻓ ﻰ ﻣﻮﻋ ﺪ‬ ‫ﻳﺒ ﺪأ ﺑﻌ ﺪ ﻣ ﺮور ﺛﻼﺛ ﺔ أﺷ ﻬﺮ ﻣ ﻦ ﺗ ﺎرﻳﺦ ﺗﻘ ﺪﻳﻢ اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ ﻟﻺﺧﻄ ﺎر ﺑ ﺎﻗﺘﺮاح اﻟﺘﻌ ﺪﻳﻞ‬ ‫]ﻣ ﺎدة ‪ .[(2) 121‬وﻣ ﻊ ذﻟ ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓ ﺈن اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪ 122‬ﺗﻘ ﺪم ﻓﺮﺻ ﺔ ﻟﻠ ﺪول اﻷﻃ ﺮاف‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻧﺼﻮص اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ ﻓﻰ أى وﻗﺖ وﺑﺨﺎﺻﺔ اﻟﺘﻰ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻷﺣﻜ ﺎم ذات‬ ‫اﻟﻄ ﺎﺑﻊ اﻟﻤﺆﺳﺴ ﻰ اﻟﺒﺤ ﺖ ]ﻣ ﻮاد ‪ [49-47-46-44-42 -39 -35‬ﻣﺜ ﻞ ﻋﻤ ﻞ‬ ‫اﻟﻘﻀﺎة‪ ،‬اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺲ‪ ،‬اﻟﻤﺪﻋﻰ‪ ،‬هﻴﺌﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﻴﻦ‪ ،‬وآﺬﻟﻚ ﻋ ﺰﻟﻬﻢ ]ﻣ ﺎدة ‪ .[(1)122‬وﺗﻘ ﺮ‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻌﻴﺔ اﻟﺪول اﻷﻃﺮاف هﺬﻩ اﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻼت ﺑﺎﻹﺟﻤﺎع وﻓﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋ ﺪم ﺗ ﻮاﻓﺮ اﻹﺟﻤ ﺎع‪،‬‬ ‫ﺗﻜﻮن ﺑﺄﻏﻠﺒﻴﺔ أﺻﻮات اﻟﺜﻠﺜﻴﻦ ]ﻣﺎدة ‪.(83) [(2) 121‬‬ ‫‪ .70‬ﻻ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ ﻟﻠﺪول اﻷﻃﺮاف ﻋﻨ ﺪ اﻟﺘﺼ ﺪﻳﻖ ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴ ﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﺈﺑﺪاء أﻳﻪ ﺗﺤﻔﻈﺎت أو إﻋﻼﻧﺎت أو ﻣﻔﺎهﻴﻢ ]ﻣﺎدة ‪.(84)[120‬‬

‫‪(83) See generally Tuiloma Neroni Slade and Roger S. Clark, Preamble and Final Clauses, in‬‬ ‫‪MAKING OF THE ROME STATUTE, supra note 13, at 421-450. For additional commentary‬‬ ‫‪on Amendments, see Clark, Article 121, supra note 32; Roger S. Clark, Article 122:‬‬ ‫‪Amendments to provisions of an institutional nature, in COMMENTARY ON ROME‬‬ ‫‪STATUTE, supra note 13, at 1273-1277.‬‬

‫اﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﺗﻮﻳﻠﻤﻮ ﻧﻴﺮوﻧﻰ ﺳﻼد و روﺟﻴﺮ آﻼرك‪ ،‬اﻷﺣﻜﺎم اﻟﺘﻤﻬﻴﺪﻳﺔ واﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ ﻋﻤﻞ‬ ‫ﻧﻈﺎم روﻣﺎ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ‪ ،‬هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 13‬ﺳﺎﺑﻘًﺎ ﻓﻰ ‪ .450 – 421‬ﻟﻠﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎت ﺣﻮل اﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻼت ‪،‬‬ ‫اﻧﻈﺮ آﻼرك‪ ،‬ﻣﺎدة ‪ :122‬اﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻼت ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﺣﻜﺎم ذات اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻊ اﻟﻤﺆﺳﺴﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎم‬ ‫روﻣﺎ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ‪ .‬هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 13‬ﺳﺎﺑﻘًﺎ ﻓﻰ ‪.1277 – 1273‬‬ ‫‪(84) See generally Slade and Clark, supra note 117, at 431-432. For additional commentary‬‬ ‫‪on Reservations, see Gerhard Hafner, Article 120: Reservations, in COMMENTARY ON‬‬ ‫‪ROME STATUTE, supra note 13, at 1251-1264.‬‬

‫اﻧﻈ ﺮ ﺑﺼ ﻔﺔ ﻋﺎﻣ ﺔ ﺳ ﻼد و آ ﻼرك‪ ،‬ه ﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 128‬ﺳ ﺎﺑﻘًﺎ ﻓ ﻰ ‪ .432 – 431‬ﻟﻠﻤﺰﻳ ﺪ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻘ ﺎت‬ ‫ﺣﻮل اﻟﺘﺤﻔﻈ ﺎت‪ ،‬اﻧﻈ ﺮ ﺟﻴﺮه ﺎرد ه ﺎﻓﻨﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣ ﺎدة ‪ :120‬اﻟﺘﺤﻔﻈ ﺎت ‪ ،‬ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴ ﻖ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﻧﻈ ﺎم روﻣ ﺎ‬ ‫اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ‪ .‬هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 13‬ﺳﺎﺑﻘًﺎ ﻓﻰ ‪.1264 – 1251‬‬

‫‪78‬‬

‫اﻟﻔـﺼـﻞ اﻟﺨﺎﻣـﺲ‬ ‫ﻗﻮاﻋﺪ وأﺣﻜﺎم اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻹﺟﺮاﺋﻰ أﻣﺎم اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪ .71‬ﻳﻘﺘﻀﻰ إﻟﻘﺎء اﻟﻀﻮء ﻋﻠﻰ أﺣﻜﺎم اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻹﺟﺮاﺋ ﻰ اﻟﻤﺘﺒ ﻊ أﻣ ﺎم اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﻌﺮض إﻟﻰ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ اﻟ ﺪﻋﻮى اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ ﺑ ﺪءًا ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴ ﻖ‬ ‫واﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮورًا ﺑﺈﺻﺪار اﻷﺣﻜﺎم وﻃﺮق اﻟﻄﻌ ﻦ ﻓﻴﻬ ﺎ‪ ،‬واﻧﺘﻬ ﺎء ﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴ ﺬ اﻷﺣﻜ ﺎم‬ ‫وﺁﻟﻴ ﺎت اﻟﺘﻌ ﺎون اﻟ ﺪوﻟﻰ ﻓ ﻰ ه ﺬا اﻟﺼ ﺪد وه ﻮ ﻣ ﺎ ﻧﻌ ﺮض ﻟ ﻪ ﻓ ﻰ ﺧﻤﺴ ﺔ ﻣﺒﺎﺣ ﺚ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻧﺆآﺪ ﻗﺒ ﻞ اﻟ ﺪﺧﻮل ﻓ ﻰ ﺗﻔﺼ ﻴﻼﺗﻬﺎ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﺣﻘﻴﻘ ﺔ أن اﻟﻨﻈ ﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﻰ ﻳ ﻮﻓﺮ‬ ‫ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺎت إﺟﺮاﺋﻴﺔ وﻣﻮﺿ ﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺪاﻟ ﺔ)‪ (85‬ﺗﻼﺋ ﻢ اﻟﻨﻤ ﺎذج واﻟﻤﻌ ﺎﻳﻴﺮ اﻟﻤﻌﻤ ﻮل ﺑﻬ ﺎ‬ ‫دوﻟﻴﺎ)‪ .(86‬وهﺬﻩ اﻟﺤﻘﻮق واردة ﺿﻤﻦ ﺑﻨ ﻮد اﻟﻨﻈ ﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﻰ اﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠ ﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻘ ﺎت‪،‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤ ﺔ‪ ،‬اﻻﺳ ﺘﺌﻨﺎف واﻟﻤﺴ ﺆوﻟﻴﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ وﻳﻘ ﻊ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﻋ ﺎﺗﻖ داﺋ ﺮة اﻟﺸ ﺆون‬ ‫اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤ ﺔ ﻣﺴ ﺆوﻟﻴﺔ ﺣﻤﺎﻳ ﺔ ﺣﻘ ﻮق اﻟﻤ ﺘﻬﻢ اﻟﻤﻨﺼ ﻮص ﻋﻠﻴﻬ ﺎ ﻓ ﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺎدة‪.(1)67‬‬ ‫ﻋ ﻼوة ﻋﻠ ﻰ ذﻟ ﻚ ﻓ ﺈن ﻗﻮاﻋ ﺪ اﻹﺟ ﺮاءات واﻟ ﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺗ ﻢ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮه ﺎ ﻋ ﻦ ﻃﺮﻳ ﻖ‬ ‫اﻟﻠﺠﻨ ﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻀ ﻴﺮﻳﺔ)‪ (87‬وﻓﻘ ًﺎ ﻟﻠﻨﻈ ﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﻰ اﻟ ﺬى ﻳ ﻨﺺ ﻋﻠ ﻰ وﺟ ﻮب ﺿ ﻤﺎن‬ ‫‪(85) See generally Hakan Friman, Rights of Persons Suspected or Accused of a Crime, in‬‬ ‫‪MAKING OF THE ROME STATUTE, supra note 13, at 247-261.‬‬

‫اﻧﻈﺮ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً‪ ،‬هﺎآﺎن ﻓﺮﻳﻤﺎن‪ ،‬ﺣﻘﻮق اﻷﺷﺨﺎص اﻟﻤﺸﺘﺒﻪ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ أو اﻟﻤﺘﻬﻤﻴﻦ ﺑﺠﺮﻳﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ‬ ‫ﻧﻈﺎم روﻣﺎ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ‪ ،‬هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 13‬ﻓﻰ ‪.261-247‬‬ ‫‪(86) See ICC Statute, supra note 13, Parts. 4-7. See also THE PROTECTION OF HUMAN RIGHTS IN‬‬ ‫‪THE ADMINISTRATION OF JUSTICE: A COMPENDIUM OF UNITED NATIONS NORMS AND‬‬ ‫‪STANDARDS (M. Cherif Bassiouni ed., 1994). See generally LES DROITS DE L’HOMME A‬‬ ‫‪L’AUBE DU XXIe SIECLE (Karel Vasak ed., 1999).‬‬

‫اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 13‬أﺟﺰاء ‪ 7-4‬واﻧﻈﺮ أﻳﻀًﺎ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺣﻘﻮق اﻹﻧﺴﺎن ﻓﻰ إدارة اﻟﻌﺪاﻟﺔ‪ :‬ﺧﻼﺻﺔ ﻗﻴﻢ وﻣﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ اﻷﻣﻢ اﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪة )ﻣﺤﻤﻮد ﺷﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺴﻴﻮﻧﻰ‬ ‫ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ‪ ،(1994‬اﻧﻈﺮ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً‪ ،‬ﺣﻘﻮق اﻹﻧﺴﺎن ﻓﻰ ﻣﻄﻠﻊ اﻟﻘﺮن اﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﻦ )آﺎرﻳﻞ ﻓﺎﺳﺎك ﻃﺒﻌﺔ‬ ‫‪.(1999‬‬ ‫‪(87) The Preparatory Commission began its work in 1999 concerning the “Rules of Procedure‬‬ ‫‪and Evidence,” and they were completed in June 2000. They supplement the provisions‬‬ ‫‪of the Statute.‬‬

‫‪79‬‬

‫ﻣﺤﺎآﻤ ﺔ ﻋﺎدﻟ ﺔ ﻟﻠﻤ ﺘﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻷﺳ ﻠﻮب اﻟ ﺬى ﻳﻔ ﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌ ﺎﻳﻴﺮ اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻧﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻀ ﻤﺎﻧﺎت اﻹﺟﺮاﺋﻴ ﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺪاﻟ ﺔ )‪ .(88‬وﻓﻴﻤ ﺎ ﻳﻠ ﻰ ﻧﻌ ﺮض ﻟﺘﻠ ﻚ اﻟﻘﻮاﻋ ﺪ واﻷﺣﻜ ﺎم‬ ‫ﺧﻼل اﻟﻤﺮاﺣﻞ اﻹﺟﺮاﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻋﻮى أﻣﺎم اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺳﺘﺔ ﻣﺒﺎﺣﺚ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟـﻤـﺒـﺤـﺚ اﻷول‬ ‫ﻗﻮاﻋﺪ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ ﻓﻰ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ‬ ‫ﻳﺸ ﺮع اﻟﻤ ﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌ ﺎم‪ ،‬ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴ ﻖ ﺑﻌ ﺪ ﺗﻘﻴ ﻴﻢ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣ ﺎت‬ ‫‪.72‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣ ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣ ﺎ ﻟ ﻢ ﻳﻘ ﺮر ﻋ ﺪم ﺗ ﻮاﻓﺮ أﺳ ﺎس ﻣﻌﻘ ﻮل ﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷ ﺮة اﻹﺟ ﺮاءات ]ﻣ ﺎدة‬ ‫‪ .(89)[(1)53‬وﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳ ﺪ ﻣ ﺎ إذا آ ﺎن هﻨ ﺎك إﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴ ﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺎآﻤ ﺔ أم ﻻ ﻳﻨﺒﻐ ﻰ ﻋﻠ ﻰ‬ ‫ﺑﺪأت اﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻀﻴﺮﻳﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 1999‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻘﻮاﻋﺪ اﻹﺟﺮاءات واﻹﺛﺒﺎت‪ ،‬واآﺘﻤﻠﺖ‬ ‫ﻓﻰ ﻳﻮﻧﻴﻮ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،2000‬وهﻰ ﻣﻜﻤﻞ ﻧﺼﻮص اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫‪(88) For additional commentary on Rules of Procedure and Evidence, see Bruce Broomhall,‬‬ ‫‪Rules of Procedure and Evidence, in COMMENTARY ON ROME STATUTE, supra note 13,‬‬ ‫‪at 679-694.‬‬

‫ﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ إﺿﺎﻓﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻮاﻋﺪ اﻹﺟﺮاءات اﻧﻈﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮوس ﺑﺮوﻣﻬﻮل‪ ،‬ﻗﻮاﻋﺪ اﻹﺟﺮاءات واﻹﺛﺒﺎت‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎم روﻣﺎ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 13‬ص ‪.694 - 679‬‬ ‫‪(89) See generally Guariglia, Investigation and Prosecution, supra note 43. For additional‬‬ ‫‪commentary on the Investigation Process, see Morton Bergsmo and Pieter Kruger,‬‬ ‫‪Article 53: Initiation of an investigation, in COMMENTARY ON ROME STATUTE, supra‬‬ ‫‪note 13, at 701-714; Morten Bergsmo and Pieter Kruger, Article 54: Duties and powers‬‬ ‫‪of the Prosecutor with respect to investigations, in COMMENTARY ON ROME STATUTE,‬‬ ‫‪supra note 13, at 715-726; Christopher K. Hall, Article 55: Rights of persons during an‬‬ ‫‪investigation, in COMMENTARY ON ROME STATUTE, supra note 13, at 727-734; Fabricio‬‬ ‫‪Guariglia, Article 56: Role of the Pre-Trial Chamber in relation to a unique‬‬ ‫‪investigative opportunity, in COMMENTARY ON ROME STATUTE, supra note 13, at 735‬‬‫‪742; Fabricio Guariglia and Kenneth Harris, Article 57: Functions and powers of the‬‬ ‫;‪Pre-Trial Chamber, in COMMENTARY ON ROME STATUTE, supra note 13, at 743-752‬‬ ‫‪Angelika Schlunk, Article 58, supra note 68.‬‬

‫اﻧﻈﺮ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً‪ ،‬ﺟﺮﻳﺠﻠﻴﺎ‪ ،‬اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ واﻻدﻋﺎء اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻰ هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 43‬وﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ إﺿﺎﻓﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ إﺟﺮاءات‬ ‫اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ اﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻮرﺗﻮن ﺑﺮﺟﺘﻤﻮ وﺑﻴﺘﺮ آﺮﻧﺠﻴﺮ اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ :53‬اﻟﺒﺪء ﻓﻰ اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ وﻓﻰ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻧﻈﺎم روﻣﺎ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 13‬ﻓﻰ ‪ 714 – 701‬ﻣﻮزﺗﻮن ﺑﺮﺟﺴﻤﻮ وﺑﻴﺘﺮ آﺮﺟﻮ واﻟﻤﺎدة ‪: 54‬‬ ‫اﻟﺘﺰاﻣﺎت وﺳﻠﻄﺎت اﻟﻤﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌﺎم اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎت ﻓﻰ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎم روﻣﺎ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ‬ ‫هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 13‬ﻓﻰ ‪ 726 - 715‬وآﺮﻳﺴﺘﻮﻓﻮر ك‪ .‬هﻮل‪ .‬اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ :55‬ﺣﻘﻮق اﻷﺷﺨﺎص أﺛﻨﺎء اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﻰ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎم روﻣﺎ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 13‬ﻓﻰ ‪ 742 -735‬وﻓﺎﺑﺮﻳﺸﻴﻮ ﺟﻮازﻳﺠﻴﻠﻴﺎ وآﻴﻨﻴﺚ‬

‫‪80‬‬

‫ﻻ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌﺎم أن ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ إذا آﺎﻧﺖ )أ( اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣ ﺔ ﺗ ﻮﻓﺮ أﺳﺎﺳ ًﺎ ﻣﻌﻘ ﻮ ً‬ ‫ﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎل دﺧﻮل اﻟﺠﺮﻳﻤﺔ ﻓﻰ اﺧﺘﺼﺎص اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ؛ )ب( هﻞ ﺳ ﻴﺘﻢ‬ ‫اﻋﺘﺒﺎر اﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻟﺔ وﻓﻘًﺎ ﻷﺣﻜﺎم ا ﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ ) 17‬وهﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻧﺤﺘﺎج إﻟﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳ ﺒﻴﻞ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺜ ﺎل ﻓ ﻰ ﺣﺎﻟ ﺔ ﻗﻴ ﺎم دوﻟ ﺔ أﺧ ﺮى ذات اﺧﺘﺼ ﺎص ﺑﺎﺗﺨ ﺎذ اﻹﺟ ﺮاءات اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺎ إذا آﺎﻧﺖ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺪوﻟﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ راﻏﺒﺔ أو ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎدرة(؛ )ج( هﻞ هﻨ ﺎك أﺳ ﺒﺎب‬ ‫ﺟﻮهﺮﻳ ﺔ ﻳُﻌﺘﻘ ﺪ ﻣ ﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻬ ﺎ ﺑ ﺄن اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴ ﻖ ﻻ ﻳﺤﻘ ﻖ اﻟﻐﺎﻳ ﺔ ﻣ ﻊ اﻷﺧ ﺬ ﻓ ﻰ اﻻﻋﺘﺒ ﺎر‬ ‫ﺧﻄ ﻮرة اﻟﺠﺮﻳﻤ ﺔ وﻣﺼ ﺎﻟﺢ اﻟﻤﺠﻨ ﻰ ﻋﻠ ﻴﻬﻢ‪ .‬وﻓ ﻰ ﺟﻤﻴ ﻊ اﻷﺣ ﻮال ﻓﺈﻧ ﻪ إذا ﻗ ﺮر‬ ‫اﻟﻤ ﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌ ﺎم ﻋ ﺪم اﻟﺒ ﺪء ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤ ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺤﻴﻨﺌ ﺬ ﻻﺑ ﺪ ﻣ ﻦ إﻋ ﻼن داﺋ ﺮة اﻟﺸ ﺆون‬ ‫اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤﺔ‪ .‬وﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﺠﻮز ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ داﺋﺮة اﻟﺸﺆون اﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﺔ ﺑﻤ ﺎ ﻗﺒ ﻞ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤﺔ واﻟﺪوﻟﺔ اﻟﺘﻰ ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﺎﻹﺣﺎﻟﺔ أو ﻣﺠﻠﺲ اﻷﻣﻦ أن ﺗﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤ ﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌ ﺎم‬ ‫إﻋﺎدة اﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻓﻰ ﻗﺮارﻩ ﺑﺤﻔﻆ اﻟﺪﻋﻮى‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .73‬ﻳﺠ ﺐ أن ﻳﻤﺘ ﺪ ﺗﺤﻘﻴ ﻖ اﻟﻤ ﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌ ﺎم ﻟﻴﻐﻄ ﻰ ﺟﻤﻴ ﻊ اﻟﻮﻗ ﺎﺋﻊ واﻷدﻟ ﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﻤﺴﺆوﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬وﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ ﻓﺈن اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻳﺸ ﻤﻞ أدﻟ ﺔ اﻟﺜﺒ ﻮت واﻟﻨﻔ ﻰ ﻋﻠ ﻰ‬ ‫ﻼ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻤﺼ ﺎﻟﺢ‬ ‫اﻟﺴ ﻮاء ]ﻣ ﺎدة ‪ [(1)54‬ﻣ ﻊ ﺿ ﺮورة أن ﻳﺮاﻋ ﻰ اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴ ﻖ آ ّ‬ ‫واﻟﻈﺮوف اﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻨﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ و ﺣﻘﻮق اﻟﻤﺘﻬﻤﻴﻦ ]ﻣﺎدة ‪.[(1)54‬‬ ‫‪ .74‬وﻓﻘ ًﺎ ﻟ ﻨﺺ اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪ (2)54‬ﻳﺠ ﻮز أن ﻳ ﺘﻢ إﺟ ﺮاء اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴ ﻖ ﻋﻠ ﻰ أرض‬ ‫اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ اﻟﻄ ﺮف ﻃﺒﻘ ًﺎ ﻟﻤ ﺎ ﺟ ﺎء ﺑ ﺎﻟﺠﺰء اﻟﺘﺎﺳ ﻊ اﻟ ﺬى ﻳﺨ ﺘﺺ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌ ﺎون اﻟ ﺪوﻟﻰ‬ ‫واﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪة اﻟﻘﻀﺎﺋﻴﺔ أو ﻃﺒﻘًﺎ ﻷﺣﻜﺎم اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪ (3)57‬د اﻟﺘ ﻰ ﺗﺨ ﻮل ﻟ ﺪاﺋﺮة اﻟﺸ ﺆون‬ ‫اﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﺔ ﺑﻤ ﺎ ﻗﺒ ﻞ اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤ ﺔ أن ﺗﺴ ﻤﺢ ﻟﻠﻤ ﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌ ﺎم ﺑ ﺈﺟﺮاء اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻘ ﺎت وﻟ ﻮ ﻟ ﻢ‬ ‫ﻳﻀﻤﻦ ﺗﻌﺎون ﺗﻠﻚ اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ ﻋﻨ ﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜ ﻮن اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ ﻏﻴ ﺮ ﻗ ﺎدرة "ﺻ ﺮاﺣﺔ" ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﺗﻨﻔﻴ ﺬ‬ ‫ﻃﻠ ﺐ اﻟﺘﻌ ﺎون ﺑﺴ ﺒﺐ ﻋ ﺪم ﺗ ﻮاﻓﺮ أى ﺳ ﻠﻄﺔ أو ﻋﻨﺼ ﺮ ﻣ ﻦ ﻋﻨﺎﺻ ﺮ ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻬ ﺎ‬ ‫اﻟﻘﻀﺎﺋﻰ اﻟﻘﺎدر ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻨﻔﻴ ﺬ اﻟﻄﻠ ﺐ اﻟﺨ ﺎص ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌ ﺎون‪ .‬أﻣ ﺎ ﻓﻴﻤ ﺎ ﻳﺨ ﺺ اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻘ ﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻰ ﺗﻘﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ أرض اﻟﺪوﻟﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ اﻟﻄﺮف‪ ،‬ﻳﺨﻮل ﻟﻠﻤﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌﺎم ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻘ ﺪ اﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴ ﺎت ﺧﺎﺻ ﺔ ﻟﻬ ﺬا اﻟﻐ ﺮض وآ ﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺒ ﺎت ﻟﺘﺴ ﻬﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻌ ﺎون ﻣ ﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺪوﻟﺔ ]ﻣﺎدة ‪)(3)54‬د([ ‪.‬‬

‫هﺎرﻳﺲ اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ :57‬وﻇﺎﺋﻒ وﺳﻠﻄﺎت داﺋﺮة اﻟﺸﺆون اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻧﻈﺎم روﻣﺎ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 13‬ﻓﻰ ‪ 752-743‬وأﻧﺠﻠﻴﻜﺎ ﺷﻠﻨﻚ اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ 58‬هﺎﻣﺶ ‪68‬‬

‫‪81‬‬

‫‪ . 75‬وﻋﻨ ﺪ إﺟ ﺮاء اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴ ﻖ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠ ﻮز ﻟﻠﻤ ﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌ ﺎم )أ( ﺟﻤ ﻊ وﻓﺤ ﺺ اﻷدﻟ ﺔ‬ ‫)ب( ﻃﻠ ﺐ ﺣﻀ ﻮر وﺳ ﺆال اﻷﺷ ﺨﺎص ﻣﺤ ﻞ اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴ ﻖ واﻟﺸ ﻬﻮد واﻟﻤﺠﻨ ﻰ ﻋﻠ ﻴﻬﻢ‬ ‫)ج( إﺟﺮاء اﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺎت ﻟﺘﺴ ﻬﻴﻞ ﺗﻌ ﺎون اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ أو اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻤ ﺔ أو اﻟﺸ ﺨﺺ )د( اﻟﻤﻮاﻓﻘ ﺔ‬ ‫ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﻋ ﺪم اﻹﻓﺼ ﺎح ﻋ ﻦ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣ ﺎت اﻟﺘ ﻰ ﻳﺘﻠﻘﺎه ﺎ اﻟﻤ ﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌ ﺎم واﻟﺘ ﻰ ﺗﻌ ﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣ ﺎت ﺳ ﺮﻳﺔ )ه ـ( اﺗﺨ ﺎذ اﻹﺟ ﺮاءات اﻟﻀ ﺮورﻳﺔ ﻟﺘ ﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺳ ﺮﻳﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣ ﺎت‬ ‫وﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ اﻷﺷﺨﺎص وﺣﻔﻆ اﻷدﻟﺔ ]ﻣﺎدة ‪.[(3)54‬‬ ‫‪ .76‬ﻋﻨ ﺪ ﻇﻬ ﻮر "ﻓﺮﺻ ﺔ ﻓﺮﻳ ﺪة ﺗﺘﻌﻠ ﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻘ ﺎت"‪ ،‬أى ﻋﻨ ﺪ اﻟﻀ ﺮورة‬ ‫وﺑﻨﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻠﺐ اﻟﻤﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌﺎم ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠ ﺪاﺋﺮة اﻟﺘﻤﻬﻴﺪﻳ ﺔ أن ﺗﻔ ﻮض ﻣﻜﺘ ﺐ اﻟﻤ ﺪﻋﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﻌ ﺎم ﻻﺗﺨ ﺎذ اﻹﺟ ﺮاءات اﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺼ ﻮل ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻷدﻟ ﺔ اﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣ ﺔ واﻟﺘ ﻰ ﻗ ﺪ ﻻ‬ ‫ﺗﺘﻮاﻓﺮ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻟﻐﺮض اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤﺔ ]ﻣﺎدة ‪ .[56‬وﻳُﺮﺟﻊ ﻓﻰ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻔﻬ ﻮم "اﻟﻔﺮﺻ ﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻔﺮﻳ ﺪة اﻟﺘ ﻰ ﺗﺘﻌﻠ ﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻘ ﺎت" إﻟ ﻰ ﻣﻔﻬ ﻮم اﻟﻘ ﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﻌ ﺎم ﻟ ـ"اﻟﺘﺼ ﺮﻓﺎت ﻏﻴ ﺮ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺘﻜﺮرة واﻟﻔﺎﺻﻠﺔ" أو "ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺟﻤﻊ اﻷدﻟﺔ")‪ .(90‬وه ﻮ ﻣ ﺎ ﻳﺸ ﻤﻞ اﻟﺤﺼ ﻮل ﻋﻠ ﻰ‬ ‫ﻼ( ﻟﻠﺸ ﻬﻮد اﻟ ﺬﻳﻦ‬ ‫اﻹﻓﺎدات اﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪوﻟﺔ )اﻟﺘﻰ ﺗﻀﻤﻦ اﻟﻤﻨﺎﻗﺸﺔ "اﻟﻤﺰدوﺟﺔ" ﻓﻌ ً‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻌﺬر وﺟ ﻮدهﻢ أﺛﻨ ﺎء ﻓﺘ ﺮة اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤ ﺔ)‪ .(91‬وﺗﺸ ﻤﻞ أﻳﻀ ًﺎ اﻷدﻟ ﺔ اﻟﺘ ﻰ ﻗ ﺪ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜ ﻦ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺼ ﻮل ﻋﻠﻴﻬ ﺎ ﺑﺴ ﺒﺐ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺘﻬ ﺎ اﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﺔ ﺑﻬ ﺎ وذﻟ ﻚ أﺛﻨ ﺎء اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤ ﺔ )ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﺳ ﺒﻴﻞ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺜ ﺎل اﺳ ﺘﺨﺮاج وﺗﺸ ﺮﻳﺢ اﻟﺠﺜ ﺚ( وﺗﺘﻄﻠ ﺐ ﺗ ﺪوﻳﻨًﺎ ﻟﻠﻮﺳ ﻴﻠﺔ اﻟﺘ ﻰ ﻳﺘ ﺄﺗﻰ ﻣﻌﻬ ﺎ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ أو اﻹﺟﺮاءات ﻏﻴﺮ اﻟﻌﺎدﻳﺔ اﻷﺧﺮى ﻟﻠﺤﻔﺎظ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ)‪.(92‬‬ ‫‪ .77‬ﻳﻤﻨﺢ اﻷﺷﺨﺎص اﻟﺨﺎﺿﻌﻮن ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺠﻮاب ﺣﻘﻮﻗًﺎ ﻋﺪﻳﺪة ﻃﺒﻘ ًﺎ ﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪.55‬‬ ‫ﻓﻬ ﻢ ﻏﻴ ﺮ ﻣﺠﺒ ﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﺗﻘ ﺪﻳﻢ دﻟﻴ ﻞ إداﻧ ﺘﻬﻢ أو اﻟﺨﻀ ﻮع ﻷى ﺷ ﻜﻞ ﻣ ﻦ أﺷ ﻜﺎل‬ ‫اﻟﻀ ﻐﻂ آ ﺎﻹآﺮاﻩ أو اﻟﺘﻬﺪﻳ ﺪ أو اﻟﺘﻌ ﺬﻳﺐ‪ .‬وﻳ ﺘﻢ اﺳ ﺘﺠﻮاﺑﻬﻢ ﺑﻤﺴ ﺎﻋﺪة ﻣﺘ ﺮﺟﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﺨﺘﺺ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻀﺮورة‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ إﻟ ﻰ ذﻟ ﻚ ﻳ ﺘﻢ إﻋ ﻼن اﻟﻤﺘﻬﻤ ﻴﻦ ﺑ ﺎﻟﺘﻬﻢ اﻟﻤﻨﺴ ﻮﺑﺔ‬ ‫إﻟﻴﻬﻢ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻨﺤﻬﻢ اﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪة اﻟﻘﻀﺎﺋﻴﺔ وﺿﻤﺎن ﺣﻘﻬﻢ ﻓﻰ اﻻﻟﺘﺰام ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻤﺖ)‪.(93‬‬ ‫‪(90) See Fabricio Guariglia, Role of the Pre-Trial Chamber in Relation to a Unique‬‬ ‫‪Investigative Opportunity, in COMMENTARY ON ROME STATUTE, supra note 13, at 737‬‬‫‪738.‬‬

‫)‪ (91‬اﻧﻈﺮ وﻓﺎﺑﺮﻳﺸﻴﻮ ﺟﻮارﻳﺠﻴﻠﻴﺎ‪ ،‬وﻇﺎﺋﻒ داﺋﺮة اﻟﺸﺆون اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤﺔ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ‬ ‫ﺑﻔﺮﺻﺔ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻓﺮﻳﺪة‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎم روﻣﺎ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ‪ ،‬هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ ،13‬ﻓﻰ ‪.738-737‬‬ ‫‪92‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪( ) Id.‬‬ ‫‪(93‬‬ ‫‪) Id.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪.‬‬

‫‪82‬‬

‫‪ .78‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺮﻳ ﻚ اﻟﻤ ﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌ ﺎم ﻟﻠ ﺪﻋﻮى ﻳﺠ ﻮز ﻟﻠ ﺪاﺋﺮة اﻟﺘﻤﻬﻴﺪﻳ ﺔ أن ﺗﺼ ﺪر‬ ‫أﻣﺮ ﻗﺒﺾ إذا اﻗﺘﻨﻌ ﺖ ﺑﻮﺟ ﻮد أﺳ ﺒﺎب ﻣﻌﻘﻮﻟ ﺔ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ارﺗﻜ ﺎب اﻟﻔ ﺮد ﻟﺠﺮﻳﻤ ﺔ ﺗ ﺪﺧﻞ‬ ‫ﺿ ﻤﻦ اﺧﺘﺼ ﺎص اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ ]ﻣ ﺎدة ‪ [58‬وﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ اﻟﻄ ﺮف اﻟﺘ ﻰ ﻳﻮﺟ ﺪ ﺑﻬ ﺎ‬ ‫اﻟﻤ ﺘﻬﻢ أن "ﺗﺘﺨ ﺬ ﺧﻄ ﻮات ﻋﺎﺟﻠ ﺔ ﻟﻠﻘ ﺒﺾ ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﺸ ﺨﺺ واﺳ ﺘﺠﻮاﺑﻪ ﻃﺒﻘ ًﺎ‬ ‫ﻟﻘﻮاﻧﻴﻨﻬﺎ" وﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻤﺎ هﻮ وارد ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺎب اﻟﺘﺎﺳﻊ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ اﻟﺨ ﺎص ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌ ﺎون‬ ‫اﻟﺪوﻟﻰ واﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪة اﻟﻘﻀﺎﺋﻴﺔ ]ﻣﺎدة ‪.[59‬‬ ‫‪ .79‬وﻋﻠﻰ داﺋﺮة اﻟﺸﺆون اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤﺔ أن ﺗﻌﻘﺪ ﺟﻠﺴﺎت‬ ‫ﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎد اﻟﺘﻬﻢ ﻓﻰ ﺣﻀﻮر اﻟﺸﺨﺺ اﻟﻤﺘﻬﻢ ]ﻣﺎدة ‪ ،[(1)61‬وﻋﻨﺪ اﻻﻗﺘﻀﺎء ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬ ‫اﻋﺘﻤﺎد اﻟﺘﻬﻢ ﻓﻰ ﻏﻴﺎب اﻟﻤﺘﻬﻢ ]ﻣﺎدة ‪.(94)[(2)61‬‬ ‫اﻟـﻤـﺒﺤـﺚ اﻟﺜﺎﻧــﻰ‬ ‫ﻗﻮاﻋﺪ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻹﺟﺮاﺋﻰ ﻓﻰ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤﺔ‬ ‫أو ًﻻ ‪ :‬ﺣﻘﻮق اﻟﻤﺘﻬﻢ ﻓﻰ اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤﺔ‬

‫‪(94) For additional commentary on the confirmation of charges, see Shibahara, supra note 69.‬‬

‫ﻟﻠﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ اﻋﺘﻤﺎد اﻟﺘﻬﻢ‪ ،‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻴﺒﺎهﺎرا‪ ،‬هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 69‬ﺁﻧﻔًﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪83‬‬

‫‪ .80‬اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤﺔ)‪ (95‬أﻣﺎم اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ ﻻﺑ ﺪ أن ﺗﻜ ﻮن ﻓ ﻰ ﺣﻀ ﻮر‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺘﻬﻢ ]ﻣﺎدة ‪ [63‬اﻟﺬى ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻰ أن ﻳﻜﻮن ﻋﻠﻰ وﻋﻰ آﺎﻣ ﻞ ﺑﺤﻘﻮﻗ ﻪ واﻟﺘ ﻰ ﻳ ﺄﺗﻰ ﻓ ﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﻘ ﺪﻣﺘﻬﺎ اﻓﺘ ﺮاض ﺗ ﻮاﻓﺮ ﻗﺮﻳﻨ ﺔ اﻟﺒ ﺮاءة ]ﻣ ﺎدة ‪ [66‬وﺣﻘ ﻪ ﻓ ﻰ )أ( ﺟﻠﺴ ﺔ ﻋﺎﻣ ﺔ‬ ‫وﻋﺎدﻟﺔ ﺗﺘﻢ ﺑﺼﻮرة ﻣﺤﺎﻳﺪة ودون ﺗﺄﺟﻴﻞ )ب( إﻋﻼم اﻟﻤﺘﻬﻢ ﻓ ﻮرًا ﺑ ﺎﻟﺘﻬﻢ اﻟﻤﻨﺴ ﻮﺑﺔ‬ ‫إﻟﻴ ﻪ‪ .‬وذﻟ ﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐ ﺔ اﻟﺘ ﻰ ﻳﻔﻬﻤﻬ ﺎ وﻳﺘﺤ ﺪث ﺑﻬ ﺎ )ج( أن ﻳﻜ ﻮن ﻟﺪﻳ ﻪ وﻗ ﺖ آ ﺎف‬ ‫وﺗﺴ ﻬﻴﻼت ﻹﻋ ﺪاد أوﺟ ﻪ اﻟ ﺪﻓﺎع واﺳ ﺘﺠﻮاب اﻟﺸ ﻬﻮد ﺿ ﺪﻩ ﻗﺒ ﻞ وأﺛﻨ ﺎء اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤ ﺔ‬ ‫)د( ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ اﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪة اﻟﻠﻐﻮﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﻧﺔ ﺑﻤﺘﺮﺟﻢ ﻣﺘﺨﺼ ﺺ واﻟﺘﺮﺟﻤ ﺔ اﻟﻀ ﺮورﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﺠﺎﻧﺎ )هـ( ﻋﺪم إﺟﺒﺎرﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻹدﻻء ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻬﺎدة أو اﻻﻋﺘﺮاف ﺑﺬﻧﺐ ]ﻣﺎدة ‪.[67‬‬ ‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴ ًﺎ‪ :‬ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ اﻟﻤﺠﻨﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ واﻟﺸﻬﻮد ﻓﻰ أﺛﻨﺎء ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤﺔ‬ ‫‪ .81‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ إﻟﻰ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺣﻘﻮق اﻟﻤﺘﻬﻢ ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ ﺣﻤﺎﻳ ﺔ اﻟﻤﺠﻨ ﻰ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ واﻟﺸﻬﻮد اﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮآﻴﻦ ﻓﻰ اﻹﺟﺮاءات ]ﻣﺎدة ‪ [68‬وﻳﺸ ﺘﻤﻞ ه ﺬا ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﺳ ﺘﺜﻨﺎء‬ ‫ﻟﻤﺒﺪإ ﻋﻼﻧﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ اﻹدﻻء ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻬﺎدة ﻓﻰ ﻏﺮﻓﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ آ ﺎﻣﻴﺮات ﻣﻐﻠﻘ ﺔ‬ ‫أو ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴﺔ أو ﺑﺄى وﺳﻴﻠﺔ أﺧﺮى‪ .‬إﺿﺎﻓﺔ إﻟﻰ ذﻟﻚ ﻓ ﺈن وﺟﻬ ﺎت ﻧﻈ ﺮ‬

‫‪(95) See generally Hans-Jorg Behrens, The Trial Proceedings, in MAKING OF THE ROME‬‬ ‫‪STATUTE, supra note 13, at 238-246. For additional commentary on the Trial, see‬‬ ‫‪William A. Schabas, Article 63: Trial in the presence of the accused, in COMMENTARY‬‬ ‫‪ON ROME STATUTE, supra note 13, at 803-809; William A. Schabas, Article 66:‬‬ ‫‪Presumption of innocence, in COMMENTARY ON ROME STATUTE, supra note 13, at 833‬‬‫‪844; William A. Schabas, Article 67: Rights of the accused, in COMMENTARY ON ROME‬‬ ‫‪STATUTE, supra note 13, at 845-868; David Donat-Cattin, Article 68: Protection of the‬‬ ‫‪victims and witnesses and their participation in the proceedings, in COMMENTARY ON‬‬ ‫‪ROME STATUTE, supra note 13, at 869-888; Harris, supra note 37; Rodney Dixon and‬‬ ‫‪Helen Duffy, Article 72: Protection of national security information, in COMMENTARY‬‬ ‫‪ON ROME STATUTE, supra note 13, at 937-946‬‬

‫اﻧﻈﺮ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً‪ ،‬هﺎﻧﺰ ﺟﻮرج ﺑﻬﺮﻧﺰ‪ ،‬إﺟﺮاءات اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﻧﻈﺎم روﻣﺎ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ هﺎﻣﺶ‬ ‫‪ 13‬ﻓﻰ ‪ .246 – 238‬وﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ إﺿﺎﻓﻰ ﻋﻦ اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤﺔ‪ ،‬اﻧﻈﺮ‪ ،‬وﻳﻠﻴﺎم ﺷﺎﺑﺎس اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪:63‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺣﻀﻮر اﻟﻤﺘﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎم روﻣﺎ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 13‬ﻓﻰ ‪– 803‬‬ ‫‪ ،809‬ووﻳﻠﻴﺎم ﺷﺎﺑﺎس اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ :66‬اﻓﺘﺮاض اﻟﺒﺮاءة‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎم روﻣﺎ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ‪ 13‬ﻓﻰ ‪ ،868 – 845‬ودﻳﻔﻴﺪ دوﻧﺎت آﺎﺗﻦ‪ ،‬اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ :68‬ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ اﻟﻤﺠﻨﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ واﻟﺸﻬﻮد‬ ‫وﻣﺸﺎرآﺘﻬﻢ ﻓﻰ إﺟﺮاءات اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎم روﻣﺎ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ ،37‬ورودﻧﻰ‬ ‫دﻳﻜﺴﻮن وهﻴﻠﻴﻦ دوﻓﻰ‪ ،‬اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ :72‬ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻷﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﻮﻣﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎم روﻣﺎ‬ ‫اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 13‬ص ‪.946-937‬‬

‫‪84‬‬

‫واهﺘﻤﺎﻣ ﺎت اﻟﻤﺠﻨ ﻰ ﻋﻠ ﻴﻬﻢ ﻳﺠ ﻮز ﻋﺮﺿ ﻬﺎ ﻓ ﻰ ﻣﺮاﺣ ﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﺳ ﺒﺔ ﻣ ﻦ اﻹﺟ ﺮاءات‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺜﻤﺎ ﺗﺮى اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ذﻟﻚ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺎ ]ﻣﺎدة ‪.[(3)68‬‬ ‫ﺛﺎﻟﺜ ًﺎ‪ :‬اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﻰ وﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ اﻷﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﻮﻣﻰ‬ ‫‪ .82‬ﺗﻔﺼﻞ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻓﻰ ﻣﺪى ﻗﺒﻮل اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﻰ ﻓﻰ ﺿ ﻮء اﻟﻤﻘﺎرﻧ ﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻦ أهﻤﻴﺘﻪ وﺟ ﺪواﻩ ﻓ ﻰ اﻹﺛﺒ ﺎت وﺑ ﻴﻦ ﺣﺠ ﻢ اﻟﻀ ﺮر اﻟ ﺬى ﻗ ﺪ ﻳﺤ ﻮل دون ﺗﺤﻘﻴ ﻖ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤﺔ اﻟﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ]اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ (96)[69‬وﻻﺑﺪ ﻣ ﻦ إﺟ ﺮاء ذﻟ ﻚ وﻓﻘ ﺎ ﻟﻘﻮاﻋ ﺪ اﻹﺟ ﺮاءات‬ ‫واﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .83‬وﻳﺘﻀ ﻤﻦ اﻟﻨﻈ ﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﻰ ﻋ ﺪة ﺿ ﻤﺎﻧﺎت ﻟﻤﺴ ﺎﻋﺪة اﻟ ﺪول اﻷﻃ ﺮاف‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻷﻣﻨﻴﺔ اﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴﺔ اﻟﺤﺴﺎﺳﺔ اﻟﺘ ﻰ ﻗ ﺪ ﺗﺴ ﺘﺨﺪم ﻣﺴ ﺘﻘﺒﻼ آ ﺪﻟﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤ ﺔ‪ .‬وﻣ ﻦ ﺣ ﻖ اﻟ ﺪول أن ﺗﺤﻤ ﻰ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣ ﺎت اﻷﻣﻨﻴ ﺔ اﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺘ ﻰ ﻗ ﺪ‬ ‫ﺗﻄﻠ ﺐ ﻣﻨﻬ ﺎ ]اﻟﻤ ﺎدة‪ [72‬أو ﻗ ﺪ ﺗﻜ ﻮن ﻓ ﻰ ﺣﻴ ﺎزة دوﻟ ﺔ ﻏﻴﺮه ﺎ ]اﻟﻤ ﺎدة‪ [73‬ﻋ ﻼوة‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ذﻟﻚ ﻳﺠﻮز ﻷى دوﻟﺔ أن ﺗﺘﺪﺧﻞ ﻓﻰ أى ﻗﻀﻴﺔ ﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳ ﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺗﻬ ﺎ اﻷﻣﻨﻴ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ‬ ‫اﻹﻓﺸﺎء ]اﻟﻤﺎدة‪.[(4)72‬‬ ‫‪ .84‬وﻳﺘ ﺮك ﺗﺤﺪﻳ ﺪ ﻣ ﺎ إذا آ ﺎن إﻓﺸ ﺎء اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣ ﺎت ﻣ ﻦ ﺷ ﺄﻧﻪ أن ﻳ ﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠ ﻰ‬ ‫اﻷﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﻮﻣﻰ ﻟﺪوﻟﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻟﺘﻠﻚ اﻟﺪوﻟﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﻓﻰ اﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ]اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ .[72‬وﻣﻊ ذﻟﻚ ﻳﺘﻌ ﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ أن ﺗﺤ ﺎول ﺣ ﻞ اﻟﻤﺴ ﺎﻟﺔ ﻣ ﻊ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ واﺗﺨ ﺎذ ﺧﻄ ﻮات ﻣﻌﻘﻮﻟ ﺔ ﻟﺤ ﻞ‬ ‫اﻟﻨ ﺰاع ﺑﺸ ﺎن اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣ ﺎت اﻟﺘ ﻰ ﺗﺤ ﺖ اﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳ ﺔ أﻣ ﺎ ﻋ ﻦ ﻃﺮﻳ ﻖ اﺳ ﺘﺨﺪام‪) :‬أ(‬ ‫اﻹﺟﺮاءات ﻣ ﻦ ﺟﺎﻧ ﺐ واﺣ ﺪ أو ﻓ ﻰ ﻏﺮﻓ ﺔ اﻟﻤﺸ ﻮرة )ب( ﻣﻠﺨﺼ ﺎت أو ﺗﻨﻘﻴﺤ ﺎت‬ ‫ﻹﻓﺸﺎء اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت أو )ج( ﻏﻴﺮ ذﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ اﻹﺟﺮاءات اﻟﻮﻗﺎﺋﻴﺔ )اﻟﻤﺎدة‪.(72‬‬ ‫راﺑﻌ ًﺎ‪ :‬اﻟﺠﺮاﺋﻢ اﻟﻤﺮﺗﻜﺒﺔ ﺿﺪ إدارة اﻟﻌﺪاﻟﺔ‬ ‫‪ .85‬وﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ أﻳﻀ ﺎ اﻟﻮﻻﻳ ﺔ اﻟﻘﻀ ﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﺠ ﺮاﺋﻢ ﺿ ﺪ إدارة اﻟﻌﺪاﻟ ﺔ‬ ‫وﺗﺸﻤﻞ )أ( اﻟﺸﻬﺎدة اﻟﺰور )ب( ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ أدﻟ ﺔ زاﺋﻔ ﺔ )ج( اﻟﺘ ﺪﺧﻞ ﻓ ﻰ ﺷ ﻬﺎدة اﻟﺸ ﻬﻮد‬ ‫)د( ﺗﻬﺪﻳﺪ وإرهﺎب اﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ )هـ( اﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎم ﻣﻦ اﻟﻌ ﺎﻣﻠﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ ﺑﺴ ﺒﺐ‬ ‫‪(96) For additional commentary on Evidence, see Hans-Jorg Behrens and Donald K. Piragoff,‬‬ ‫‪Article 69: Evidence, in COMMENTARY ON ROME STATUTE, supra note 13, at 889-916.‬‬

‫ﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ إﺿﺎﻓﻰ ﻋﻦ اﻹﺛﺒﺎت‪ ،‬اﻧﻈﺮ‪ ،‬هﺎﻧﺰ ﺟﻮرج ﺑﻬﺮﻧﺰ ودودﻧﺎﻟﺪ ﺑﻴﺮا ﺟﻮف‪ ،‬اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪:69‬‬ ‫اﻹﺛﺒﺎت‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎم روﻣﺎ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 13‬ﻓﻰ ‪.916 – 889‬‬

‫‪85‬‬

‫أداﺋﻬﻢ واﺟﺒﺎﺗﻬﻢ اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﻴﺔ )و( ﻗﺒﻮل أو اﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺾ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺮﺷﻮة ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﻣﻮﻇ ﻒ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ]اﻟﻤﺎدة‪ .[70‬وﻣﻦ اﻟﻀﺮورى أن ﺗﻜﻮن هﺬﻩ اﻟﺠﺮاﺋﻢ ﻗﺪ ارﺗﻜﺒﺖ ﻋﻤﺪا‪.‬‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻣﺴًﺎ‪ :‬ﺗﺪوﻳﻦ وﺗﺴﺒﻴﺐ اﻟﻘﺮارات واﻷﺣﻜﺎم‬ ‫‪ .86‬ﻳﺠﺐ أن ﺗﻜ ﻮن ﻗ ﺮارات اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ آﺘﺎﺑﻴ ﺔ وﻳﺠ ﺐ أن ﺗﺤﺘ ﻮى ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﺑﻴ ﺎن‬ ‫)‪(97‬‬ ‫آﺎﻣ ﻞ وﻣﺴ ﺒﺐ ﺑﻤ ﺎ ﺗﻜﺸ ﻒ أﺛﻨ ﺎء اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤ ﺔ ﺑﺸ ﺄن اﻷدﻟ ﺔ واﻟﻨﺘ ﺎﺋﺞ ]اﻟﻤ ﺎدة‪[74‬‬ ‫وﺳ ﻮف ﺗﻨﺸ ﺮ أﺣﻜ ﺎم اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ ﻣﺜﻠﻬ ﺎ ﻣﺜ ﻞ ﻏﻴﺮه ﺎ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻘ ﺮارات اﻟﺘ ﻰ ﺗﻔﺼ ﻞ ﻓ ﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺠﻮهﺮﻳ ﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐ ﺎت اﻟﺴ ﺖ اﻟﺮﺳ ﻤﻴﺔ وه ﻰ اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴ ﺔ واﻟﺼ ﻴﻨﻴﺔ واﻹﻧﻜﻠﻴﺰﻳ ﺔ‬ ‫واﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻴﺔ واﻟﺮوﺳﻴﺔ واﻷﺳﺒﺎﻧﻴﺔ ]اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪.[(1)50‬‬ ‫‪ .87‬وﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻘ ﺮارات اﻟﺘ ﻰ ﺗﻌﺘﺒ ﺮ ﻓﺎﺻ ﻠﺔ ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﻤﺴ ﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺠﻮهﺮﻳ ﺔ ﻣ ﺎ ﻳﻠ ﻰ‬ ‫]اﻟﻼﺋﺤ ﺔ ‪) :(98)[(1)40‬أ( ﻗ ﺮارات ﺷ ﻌﺒﺔ اﻻﺳ ﺘﺌﻨﺎف )ب( اﻟﻘ ﺮارات ﺑﺸ ﺄن‬ ‫اﺧﺘﺼ ﺎص اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ وإﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴ ﺔ ﻗﺒ ﻮل أى ﻗﻀ ﻴﺔ )ج( ﻗ ﺮارات ﻏﺮﻓ ﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻹداﻧﺔ أو ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮاءة وﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ اﻟﻌﻘﻮﺑﺔ وﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ اﻟﻀﺤﺎﻳﺎ )د( اﻟﺘﻔﻮﻳﺾ اﻟ ﺬى ﺗﻤﻨﺤ ﻪ‬ ‫داﺋ ﺮة اﻟﺸ ﺆون اﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﺔ ﺑﻤ ﺎ ﻗﺒ ﻞ اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤ ﺔ ﻟﻤﻤﺜ ﻞ اﻻدﻋ ﺎء ﻹﺟ ﺮاء ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘ ﺎت ﻓ ﻰ‬ ‫إﻗﻠﻴﻢ أى ﻣ ﻦ اﻟ ﺪول اﻷﻃ ﺮاف إذا آﺎﻧ ﺖ ﺗﻠ ﻚ اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ ﻏﻴ ﺮ ﻗ ﺎدرة ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﺗﻨﻔﻴ ﺬ ﻃﻠ ﺐ‬ ‫ﺑﺴ ﺒﺐ ﻋ ﺪم وﺟ ﻮد هﻴﺌ ﺔ ﻣﺨﺘﺼ ﺔ داﺧ ﻞ ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻬ ﺎ اﻟﻘﻀ ﺎﺋﻰ ]اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪)(3)57‬د([‬ ‫وﻳﺠﻮز ﻧﺸﺮ ﻏﻴﺮ ذﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﺮارات ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺎت اﻟﺮﺳﻤﻴﺔ إذا ﻗ ﺮرت رﺋﺎﺳ ﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ‬ ‫أﻧﻬ ﺎ ﺗﻔﺼ ﻞ ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﻤﺴ ﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺠﻮهﺮﻳ ﺔ أو ﺗﺨ ﺺ ﻣﺴ ﺎﻟﺔ رﺋﻴﺴ ﻴﺔ ذات ﺻ ﺒﻐﺔ ﻋﺎﻣ ﺔ‬ ‫]ﻻﺋﺤﺔ‪.(99)[(3)40‬‬ ‫‪(97) For additional commentary on the Court's decisions, see Otto Triffterer, Article 74:‬‬ ‫‪Requirements for the decision, in COMMENTARY ON ROME STATUTE, supra note 13, at‬‬ ‫‪953-964.‬‬

‫ﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ إﺿﺎﻓﻰ ﻋﻦ ﻗﺮارات اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ‪ ،‬اﻧﻈﺮ أوﺗﻮ ﺗﺮﻳﻔﻴﺮﻳﺮ‪ ،‬اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ :74‬اﻟﺸﺮوط اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻘﺮار‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎم روﻣﺎ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 13‬ﻓﻰ ‪.964 – 953‬‬ ‫‪(98) Report of the Preparatory Commission for the International Criminal Court, Finalized‬‬ ‫‪Draft Text of the Rules of Procedure and Evidence, U.N. Doc.‬‬ ‫= ‪PCNICC/2000/INF/3/Add.1 (12 July 2000).‬‬

‫=ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ اﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻀﻴﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬اﻟﻨﺺ اﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻟﻸﻋﻤ ﺎل اﻟﺘﺤﻀ ﻴﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﻘﻮاﻋ ﺪ‬ ‫اﻹﺟ ﺮاءات واﻹﺛﺒ ﺎت‪ ،‬اﻷﻣ ﻢ اﻟﻤﺘﺤ ﺪة‪ ،‬وﺛ ﺎﺋﻖ اﻟﻠﺠﻨ ﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻀ ﻴﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ ﺳ ﻨﺔ‬ ‫‪ 12) Inf /3/Add.1 2000‬ﻳﻮﻟﻴﻮ ‪.(2000‬‬ ‫‪(99 ) Id.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪.‬‬

‫‪86‬‬

‫اﻟـﻤـﺒـﺤـﺚ اﻟﺜﺎﻟــﺚ‬ ‫إﺻﺪار اﻷﺣﻜﺎم واﻟﻌﻘﻮﺑﺎت‬ ‫‪ .88‬ﻳﺠﻮز ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ وﻓﻘ ًﺎ ﻟﻠﻤ ﺎدة ‪ 77‬ﻣ ﻦ ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻬ ﺎ اﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﻰ‬ ‫أن ﺗﻔﺮض ﻋﻘﻮﺑ ﺎت ﻋﻠ ﻰ ارﺗﻜ ﺎب ﺟ ﺮاﺋﻢ داﺧ ﻞ ﻧﻄ ﺎق اﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻ ﻬﺎ)‪ ،(100‬وﺑﻮﺟ ﻪ‬ ‫ﻋﺎم ﻻ ﻳﺠﺐ أن ﺗﺘﻌﺪى ﻓﺘ ﺮة اﻟﻌﻘﻮﺑ ﺔ ﺛﻼﺛ ﻴﻦ ﻋﺎﻣ ًﺎ آﺤ ﺪ أﻗﺼ ﻰ ]اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪(1) 70‬أ[‬ ‫وﻣﻊ ذﻟﻚ ﻳﺠﻮز ﻓﺮض ﻋﻘﻮﺑﺔ ﻣﺪى اﻟﺤﻴﺎة أن آﺎن ﻟﻬ ﺬا ﻣ ﺎ ﻳﺒ ﺮرﻩ ﻣ ﻦ ﺷ ﺪة اﻟﺠ ﺮم‬ ‫واﻟﻈﺮوف اﻟﻔﺮدﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺨﺺ اﻟ ُﻤﺪان ]اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪) 70‬ا( ب[ وﻋﻼوة ﻋﻠﻰ ذﻟ ﻚ ﻳﺠ ﻮز‬ ‫أن ﺗﻔ ﺮض اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ ﻏﺮاﻣ ﺎت أو ﺗﺤﻜ ﻢ ﺑﻤﺼ ﺎدرة اﻷﺻ ﻮل أو اﻟﻤﻤﺘﻠﻜ ﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺘﺤﺼﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ارﺗﻜﺎب اﻟﺠﺮﻳﻤﺔ ]اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪.[(2)70‬‬ ‫‪ .89‬ﺗﻘﻮم اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﻌﻘﻮﺑﺔ وﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﻠﻮاﺋﺢ واﻹﺟ ﺮاءات واﻷدﻟ ﺔ وﻳﺘﻌ ﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ أن ﺗﺄﺧ ﺬ ﻓ ﻰ اﻻﻋﺘﺒ ﺎر ﺷ ﺪة اﻟﺠ ﺮم واﻟﻈ ﺮوف اﻟﻔﺮدﻳ ﺔ ﻟﻠﺸ ﺨﺺ‬ ‫اﻟ ُﻤﺪان ]اﻟﻤﺎدة‪.[71‬‬ ‫‪ .74‬وﻟﻘ ﺪ ﻃﺮﺣ ﺖ ﻋﻘﻮﺑ ﺔ اﻹﻋ ﺪام آﻌﻘﻮﺑ ﺔ ﻟﻠﺠ ﺮاﺋﻢ اﻟ ﻮاردة ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﻨﻈ ﺎم‬ ‫اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ‪ .‬وﻣﻊ ذﻟﻚ ﻳﻘﺪم اﻟﻨﻈ ﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﻰ اﻟﻀ ﻤﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻜﺎﻓﻴ ﺔ ﻟﻠ ﺪول ﺑ ﺄن‬ ‫اﻟﻌﻘﻮﺑﺎت اﻟﻤﻨﺼﻮص ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻴ ﻪ ﻟ ﻦ ﺗ ﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﻌﻘﻮﺑ ﺎت اﻟﻤﻨﺼ ﻮص ﻋﻠﻴﻬ ﺎ ﻓ ﻰ‬ ‫ﻗ ﻮاﻧﻴﻨﻬﻢ اﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴ ﺔ وﻣ ﻦ ﺛ ﻢ ﻳﺠ ﻮز ﻟﻠ ﺪول أن ﺗﻄﺒ ﻖ اﻟﻌﻘﻮﺑ ﺎت اﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﺔ ﺑﻬ ﺎ ﻋﻨ ﺪﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﺗﺒﺎﺷ ﺮ اﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻ ﻬﺎ اﻟ ﻮﻃﻨﻰ واﻟ ﺬى ﻗ ﺪ ﻳﺘﻀ ﻤﻦ أو ﻻ ﻳﺘﻀ ﻤﻦ ﻋﻘﻮﺑ ﺔ اﻹﻋ ﺪام‬ ‫]اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪.[80‬‬ ‫‪ .90‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻗﻀﺎء ﻋﻘﻮﺑ ﺔ اﻟﺤ ﺒﺲ ﻓ ﻰ اﻟ ﺪول اﻟﺘ ﻰ ﺗﺨﺘﺎره ﺎ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤ ﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺪول اﻷﻋﻀﺎء اﻟﺘ ﻰ أﻋﺮﺑ ﺖ ﻋ ﻦ رﻏﺒﺘﻬ ﺎ ﻓ ﻰ ﻗﺒ ﻮل اﻷﺷ ﺨﺎص اﻟﻤﺤﻜ ﻮم ﻋﻠ ﻴﻬﻢ‬ ‫‪(100) See generally Rolf Einar Fife, Penalties, in MAKING OF THE ROME STATUTE, supra note‬‬ ‫;‪13, at 319-344. For additional commentary on penalties, see Harris, supra note 37‬‬ ‫‪Triffterer, Article 71, supra note 37; Rolf Einar Fife, Article 80: Non-prejudice to‬‬ ‫‪national application of penalties and national laws, in COMMENTARY ON ROME‬‬ ‫‪STATUTE, supra note 13, 1009-1014.‬‬

‫اﻧﻈﺮ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً‪ ،‬روﻟﻒ إﻳﻨ ﺰ ﻓ ﺎﻳﻒ‪ ،‬اﻟﻌﻘﻮﺑ ﺎت‪ ،‬ﻓ ﻰ ﺻ ﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﻧﻈ ﺎم روﻣ ﺎ اﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﻰ ه ﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 13‬ص‬ ‫‪ 344 – 319‬وﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴ ﻖ إﺿ ﺎﻓﻰ ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﻌﻘﻮﺑ ﺎت اﻧﻈ ﺮ‪ ،‬ه ﺎرﻳﺲ ه ﺎﻣﺶ ‪ ،37‬وروﻟ ﻒ إﻳﺰﻓ ﺎﻳﻒ‪،‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ :80‬ﻋﺪم اﻹﺧﻼل ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ اﻟ ﻮﻃﻨﻰ ﻟﻠﻌﻘﻮﺑ ﺎت واﻟﻘ ﻮاﻧﻴﻦ اﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴ ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴ ﻖ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﻧﻈ ﺎم‬ ‫روﻣﺎ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ‪ ،‬هﺎﻣﺶ ‪1014 – 1009 ،13‬‬

‫‪87‬‬

‫ﺑﻌﻘﻮﺑﺔ اﻟﺤﺒﺲ ]اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ (101)[(1)103‬وﻋﻨﺪ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﺪوﻟﺔ اﻟﺘﻰ ﺳﻮف ﻳﻘﻀﻰ ﻓﻴﻬ ﺎ‬ ‫اﻟﺸﺨﺺ اﻟ ُﻤﺪان اﻟﻌﻘﻮﺑﺔ ﺗﺄﺧ ﺬ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ ﻓ ﻰ ﺣﺴ ﺒﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﻋ ﺪة ﻋﻮاﻣ ﻞ ﻣ ﻦ ﺿ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻣ ﺎ‬ ‫ﻳﻠﻰ‪:‬‬ ‫) أ ( ﻣﺒﺪأ اﻟﺘﻮزﻳﻊ اﻟﻌﺎدل ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺆوﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑ ﻴﻦ اﻟ ﺪول اﻷﻃ ﺮاف‪) .‬ب( ﺗﻄﺒﻴ ﻖ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻌ ﺎﻳﻴﺮ اﻟﻤﻘﺒﻮﻟ ﺔ ﻋﻤﻮﻣ ًﺎ ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﻤﻌﺎه ﺪات اﻟﻤﺒﺮﻣ ﺔ ﺑﺸ ﺄن ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻠ ﺔ اﻟﺴ ﺠﻨﺎء‪) .‬ج(‬ ‫رﻏﺒ ﺎت اﻷﺷ ﺨﺎص اﻟﻤﺤﻜ ﻮم ﻋﻠ ﻴﻬﻢ‪) .‬د( ﺟﻨﺴ ﻴﺔ اﻟﺸ ﺨﺺ اﻟﻤﺤﻜ ﻮم ﻋﻠﻴ ﻪ‪) .‬ه ـ(‬ ‫ﻏﻴﺮ ذﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻌﻮاﻣﻞ اﻟﻤﺘﺼ ﻠﺔ ﺑﻤﻼﺑﺴ ﺎت اﻟﺠﺮﻳﻤ ﺔ وﻇ ﺮوف اﻟﺸ ﺨﺺ اﻟﻤﺤﻜ ﻮم‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ واﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ اﻟﻔﻌ ﺎل ﻟﻠﺠﺮﻳﻤ ﺔ ]اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪ .[(3) 103‬وﻓ ﻰ ﺣﺎﻟ ﺔ إذا ﻟ ﻢ ﺗﻘ ﻢ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎر أى دوﻟﺔ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻗﻀﺎء اﻟﻌﻘﻮﺑ ﺔ ﻓ ﻰ أى ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻤﺆﺳﺴ ﺎت اﻟﻌﻘﺎﺑﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺘ ﻰ ﺗﻮﻓﺮه ﺎ‬ ‫اﻟﺪوﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻀﻴﻔﺔ ] اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ [(4)103‬وﻳﺤﻜﻢ ﻗﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﺪوﻟﺔ اﻟﺘ ﻰ ﺗﺘ ﻮﻟﻰ ﺗﻨﻔﻴ ﺬ اﻟﻌﻘﻮﺑ ﺔ‬ ‫ﻓﺘﺮة اﻟﺤﺒﺲ وﻣﻊ ذﻟﻚ ﺗﺸﺮف اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻋﻠ ﻰ أوﺿ ﺎع اﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴ ﺬ ﻟﻀ ﻤﺎن أﻧﻬ ﺎ ﺗﺘﻮاﻓ ﻖ‬ ‫)‪(102‬‬ ‫ﻣﻊ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ ]اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪[106‬‬ ‫‪ .91‬وﺑﺎﻹﺿ ﺎﻓﺔ إﻟ ﻰ ﻣ ﺎ ﺳ ﻠﻒ ﻻ ﻳﺠ ﻮز إﻻ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ أن ﺗﺤﻜ ﻢ ﺑﺘﺨﻔﻴ ﻒ‬ ‫اﻟﻌﻘﻮﺑ ﺔ وﻻ ﻳﺠ ﻮز اﻟﺤﻜ ﻢ ﺑﻤﺜ ﻞ ه ﺬا اﻟﺘﺨﻔﻴ ﻒ إﻻ ﺑﻌ ﺪ ﻗﻀ ﺎء اﻟﺸ ﺨﺺ ﺛﻠﺜ ﻰ ﻣ ﺪة‬ ‫اﻟﻌﻘﻮﺑ ﺔ أو ﻟﻘﻀ ﺎﺋﻪ ﻣ ﺪة ‪ 25‬ﻋﺎﻣ ًﺎ ﻓ ﻰ ﺣﺎﻟ ﺔ ﻋﻘﻮﺑ ﺔ اﻟﺤ ﺒﺲ ﻣ ﺪى اﻟﺤﻴ ﺎة ]اﻟﻤ ﺎدة‬ ‫‪.[110‬‬ ‫اﻟـﻤـﺒـﺤـﺚ اﻟﺮاﺑــﻊ‬ ‫إﺟﺮاءات اﻟﻄﻌﻦ ﻓﻰ اﻷﺣﻜﺎم‬ ‫‪(101) For additional commentary on Sentences, see Gerhard A.M. Strijards, Article 103: Role‬‬ ‫‪of States in enforcement of sentences of imprisonment, in COMMENTARY ON ROME‬‬ ‫‪STATUTE, supra note 13, at 1159-1170.‬‬

‫ﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ إﺿﺎﻓﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﺣﻜﺎم ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻘﻮﺑﺔ‪ ،‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺟﻴﺮهﺎرد ﺳﺘﺮﻳﺠﺎرد‪ ،‬اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ :103‬دور اﻟﺪول ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﺳﺮﻳﺎن وﻧﻔﺎذ اﻷﺣﻜﺎم اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺼﺎدرة ﺑﻌﻘﻮﺑﺔ اﻟﺴﺠﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎم روﻣﺎ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ‪،‬‬ ‫هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 13‬ص ‪.1170 – 1159‬‬ ‫‪(102) For additional commentary on Enforcement of Sentences, see Roger S. Clark, Article‬‬ ‫‪106: Supervision of enforcement of sentences and conditions of imprisonment, in‬‬ ‫‪COMMENTARY ON ROME STATUTE, supra note 13, at 1177-1180.‬‬

‫ﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ إﺿﺎﻓﻰ اﻧﻈﺮ روﺟﺮ آﻼرك‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﻳﺎن وﻧﻔﺎذ اﻷﺣﻜﺎم اﻟﺼﺎدرة ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻘﻮﺑﺎت وﺷﺮوط اﻟﺴﺠﻦ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﻰ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎم روﻣﺎ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 13‬ص ‪.1180 - 1177‬‬

‫‪88‬‬

‫‪ .92‬ﻳﺠ ﻮر اﺳ ﺘﺌﻨﺎف ﻗ ﺮارات هﻴﺌ ﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤ ﺔ)‪ (103‬إﻣ ﺎ ﻋ ﻦ ﻃﺮﻳ ﻖ ﻣﻤﺜ ﻞ‬ ‫اﻹدﻋ ﺎء أو اﻟﻤ ﺘﻬﻢ ] اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪ [ 81‬وﻳﺠ ﻮز رﻓ ﻊ اﻻﺳ ﺘﺌﻨﺎف ﻋﻠ ﻰ أﺳ ﺎس أى ﻣـ ـﻦ‬ ‫اﻷﺳـــﺒﺎب اﻵﺗﻴـــﺔ ‪) :‬أ(اﻟﺨﻄﺄ ﻓﻰ اﻹﺟﺮاءات )ب( اﻟﺨﻄﺄ ﻓﻰ اﻟﻮﻗﺎﺋﻊ )ج( اﻟﺨﻄ ﺄ‬ ‫ﻓﻰ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮن )د( ﺑﻨﺎ ًء ﻋﻠﻰ أى أﺳﺎس ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺄﻧﻪ أن ﻳ ﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻹﻧﺼ ﺎف‬ ‫ﻓ ﻰ اﻹﺟ ﺮاءات ]اﻟﻤ ﺎدة‪ .[(1) 81‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿ ﺎﻓﺔ إﻟ ﻰ ذﻟ ﻚ ﻳﻤﻜ ﻦ رﻓ ﻊ اﺳ ﺘﺌﻨﺎف‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺼﻮص ﻣﺪة اﻟﻌﻘﻮﺑﺔ ]اﻟﻤﺎدة‪ .[(2) 81‬وﻳﺠﻮز اﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎف ﻏﻴﺮ ذﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘ ﺮارات‬ ‫وﻣﻦ ﺿﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻰ‪:‬‬ ‫) أ ( اﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎص واﻟﻤﻘﺒﻮﻟﻴﺔ؛ )ب( اﻟﻘﺮار اﻟﺬى ﻳﻤﻨﺢ أو ﻳﻤﻨﻊ إﻃ ﻼق ﺳ ﺮاح‬ ‫اﻟﺸ ﺨﺺ اﻟ ﺬى ﺗ ﻢ ﺑﺸ ﺄﻧﻪ اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴ ﻖ أو أُدﻳ ﻦ؛ )ج( اﻟﻘ ﺮار اﻟ ﺬى ﺗﺼ ﺪرﺗﻪ داﺋ ﺮة‬ ‫اﻟﺸﺆون اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤﺔ ﻻﺗﺨﺎذ إﺟﺮاءات ﺣﻔﻆ اﻷدﻟﺔ ﺑﻨﺎء ﻋﻠ ﻰ رأﻳﻬ ﺎ‬ ‫)د( أى ﻗ ﺮار ﻳﺘﻀ ﻤﻦ ﻣﺴ ﺄﻟﺔ ﻣ ﻦ ﺷ ﺄﻧﻬﺎ أن ﺗ ﺆﺛﺮ ﺑﺸ ﻜﻞ واﺿ ﺢ ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﻌﺪاﻟ ﺔ‬ ‫واﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺳﻴﺮ اﻹﺟﺮاءات أو ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤﺔ ]ﻣﺎدة ‪.[82‬‬

‫‪(103) See generally Helen Brady and Mark Jennings, Appeal and Revision, in MAKING OF THE‬‬ ‫‪ROME STATUTE, supra note 13, at 294-304. For additional commentary on Appeals, see‬‬ ‫‪Christopher Staker, Article 81: Appeal against decision of acquittal or conviction or‬‬ ‫;‪against sentence, in COMMENTARY ON ROME STATUTE, supra note 13, at 1015-1028‬‬ ‫‪Christopher Staker, Article 82: Appeal against other decisions, in COMMENTARY ON‬‬ ‫‪ROME STATUTE, supra note 13, at 1029-1033.‬‬

‫اﻧﻈﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻮﻣًﺎ ‪ ،‬هﻴﻠﻴﻦ ﺑﺮادى وﻣﺎرك ﺟﻴﻨﻴﻨﺠﺰ‪ ،‬اﻻﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎف واﻟﻤﺮاﺟﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﻧﻈﺎم روﻣﺎ‬ ‫اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ‪ ،‬هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 13‬ﻓﻰ ‪ 304 – 294‬وﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ إﺿﺎﻓﻰ ﻋﻦ اﻻﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎف اﻧﻈﺮ آﺮﻳﺴﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺳﺘﺎآﺮ‪،‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ :81‬اﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎف ﻗﺮار اﻟﺒﺮاءة أو اﻹداﻧﺔ أو اﻟﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻘﻮﺑﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎم روﻣﺎ‬ ‫اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 13‬ﻓﻰ ‪ 1028 – 1015‬وآﺮﻳﺴﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺳﺘﺎآﺮ ‪ ،‬اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ :82‬اﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎف اﻟﻘﺮارات‬ ‫اﻷﺧﺮى‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎم روﻣﺎ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 13‬ص ‪.1033 – 1029‬‬

‫‪89‬‬

‫اﻟـﻤـﺒﺤـﺚ اﻟﺨﺎﻣــﺲ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ اﻟﻤﺠﻨﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬

‫)‪(104‬‬

‫‪ُ .93‬ﺗﻌﺮف ﻗﻮاﻋﺪ اﻹﺟﺮاء واﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ)‪ (105‬اﻟﻤﺠﻨﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ أﻧﻬﻢ‪:‬‬ ‫أ ‪ -‬اﻷﺷﺨﺎص اﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﻮن اﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﺿﻮا ﻟﻀﺮر ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻻرﺗﻜﺎب أى ﺟﺮﻳﻤ ﺔ‬ ‫ﻓﻰ ﻧﻄﺎق اﺧﺘﺼﺎص اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ب‪-‬اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻤ ﺎت أو اﻟﻤﺆﺳﺴ ﺎت اﻟﺘ ﻰ ﻟﺤ ﻖ ﺿ ﺮر ﻣﺒﺎﺷ ﺮ ﺑ ﺄى ﻣ ﻦ ﻣﻤﺘﻠﻜﺎﺗﻬ ﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻰ ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻣﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻳﻦ أو اﻟﺘﻌﻠ ﻴﻢ أو اﻟﻔ ﻦ أو اﻟﻌﻠ ﻮم أو اﻷﻏ ﺮاض اﻟﺨﻴﺮﻳ ﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫وﺑﻤ ﺎ ﻟ ﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﻣ ﻦ ﺁﺛ ﺎر ﺗﺎرﻳﺨﻴ ﺔ وﻣﺴﺘﺸ ﻔﻴﺎت وﻏﻴﺮه ﺎ ﻣ ﻦ اﻷﻣ ﺎآﻦ واﻷﺷ ﻴﺎء ذات‬ ‫اﻷﻏﺮاض اﻹﻧﺴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ]ﻣﺎدة ‪.[85‬‬ ‫‪ .94‬ﻳﻜ ﻮن ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺴ ﻠﻄﺔ ﻓ ﻰ إﺻ ﺪار أﻣ ﺮ ﺑ ﺪﻓﻊ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﻀ ﺎت ﻣﻨﺎﺳ ﺒﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻤﺘﻀﺮرﻳﻦ ]اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ ، (106)[75‬وﻳﺠﻮز ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺳ ﻮاء ﻣ ﻦ ﺧ ﻼل ﺗﻘ ﺪﻳﻢ ﻃﻠ ﺐ أو‬ ‫ﻓﻰ ﻇﺮوف اﺳ ﺘﺜﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﻨ ﺎء ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﻃﻠﺒﻬ ﺎ اﻟﺨ ﺎص‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﺪﻳ ﺪ ﻧﻄ ﺎق وﻣﻘ ﺪار أى ﺿ ﺮر‬ ‫وﺧﺴ ﺎرة وأذى ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴ ﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻀ ﺤﺎﻳﺎ أو ﻓﻴﻤ ﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠ ﻖ ﺑﻬ ﻢ ]اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪ .[(1)75‬وﻳﺠ ﻮز‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ ﺣﻴﻨﺌ ﺬ إﺻ ﺪار أﻣ ﺮ ﺑ ﺎﻟﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ)‪) (107‬ﺗﻌ ﻮﻳﺾ‪ ،‬رد وإﻋ ﺎدة ﺗﺄهﻴ ﻞ( ﻋﻠ ﻰ‬ ‫‪(104)See generally Christopher Muttukumaru, Reparation to Victims, in MAKING OF THE ROME‬‬ ‫‪STATUTE, supra note 13, at 262-269. For additional commentary on Victims' and‬‬ ‫‪Witness' Rights, Donat-Cattin, Article 68, supra note 60; Donat-Cattin, Article 75, supra‬‬ ‫‪note 63.‬‬

‫اﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ آﺮﻳﺴﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻣﻮﺗﻮآﻮﻣﺎرو‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ اﻟﻤﺠﻨﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﻧﻈﺎم روﻣﺎ‬ ‫اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ‪ ،‬هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 13‬ﺳﺎﺑﻘًﺎ ص ‪ .269 – 262‬ﻟﻠﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎت ﺣﻮل ﺣﻘﻮق اﻟﻤﺠﻨﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ و‬ ‫اﻟﺸﻬﻮد‪ ،‬دوﻧﺎت‪-‬آﺎﺗﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎدة ‪ ،68‬هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 60‬ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎً؛ دوﻧﺎت‪-‬آﺎﺗﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎدة ‪ 75‬هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 63‬ﺳﺎﺑﻘًﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪(105) Rules of Procedure and Evidence, supra note 83.‬‬

‫ﻗﻮاﻋﺪ اﻹﺟﺮاء و اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﺑﻘًﺎ هﺎﻣﺶ ‪.83‬‬ ‫‪(106) For additional commentary on Reparations, see David Donat-Cattin, Article 75:‬‬ ‫‪Reparations to victims, in COMMENTARY ON ROME STATUTE, supra note 13, at 965-978.‬‬

‫ﻟﻠﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎت ﺣﻮل اﻟﺘﻌﻮﻳﻀﺎت‪ ،‬اﻧﻈﺮ دوﻧﺎت‪-‬آﺎﺗﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎدة ‪ :75‬ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ اﻟﻤﺠﻨﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﻰ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎم روﻣﺎ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 13‬ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎً‪ ،‬ص ‪.978 – 965‬‬ ‫‪(107) For a description of the various modalities of reparation, see Basic Principles and‬‬ ‫‪Guidelines on the Right to a Remedy and Reparation for Victims of Violations of‬‬ ‫= ‪International Human Rights and Humanitarian Law,, U.N. Doc. E/CN.4/62 (18‬‬

‫‪90‬‬

‫ﻧﺤﻮ ﻣﺒﺎﺷ ﺮ ﺿ ﺪ اﻟﺸ ﺨﺺ اﻟﻤ ﺪان ]اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪ .[(2)75‬وﻗﺒ ﻞ إﺻ ﺪار اﻷﻣ ﺮ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠ ﻮز‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ أن ﺗﻄﻠ ﺐ وﺗ ﺪﺧﻞ ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﺤﺴ ﺒﺎن ﺑﻴﺎﻧ ﺎت ﻋ ﻦ ﺣﺎﻟ ﺔ اﻟﺸ ﺨﺺ اﻟ ُﻤ ﺪان أو‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺠﻨ ﻰ ﻋﻠ ﻴﻬﻢ أو ﺳ ﻮاهﻢ ﻣ ﻦ اﻷﺷ ﺨﺎص اﻟﻤﻌﻨﻴ ﻴﻦ أو اﻟ ﺪول اﻟﻤﻌﻨﻴ ﺔ ]اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪75‬‬ ‫)‪ .[(3‬وﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل ﻃﻠﺐ إﺑﺪاء اﻟﺮأى اﻟﺨﺎص ﻓﻰ اﻟﻮاﻗﻌ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ اﻷﺷ ﺨﺎص اﻟﻤﻌﻨﻴ ﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻳﺠﻮز ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ أن ﺗﻀﻊ ﻓﻰ اﻟﺤﺴ ﺒﺎن اﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟ ﺎت اﻟﻤﺠﻨ ﻰ ﻋﻠ ﻴﻬﻢ واﻵﺧ ﺮﻳﻦ اﻟ ﺬﻳﻦ‬ ‫رﺑﻤ ﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻧ ﻮا ﻗ ﺪ ﺗ ﺄﺛﺮوا ﺑ ﺎﻟﻘﺮار ﻣﺜ ﻞ أﺳ ﺮة اﻟ ُﻤ ﺪان أو اﻟﻤﺸ ﺘﺮى ﺣﺴ ﻦ اﻟﻨﻴ ﺔ أو‬ ‫ﺻﺎﺣﺐ اﻟﻤﻠﻜﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﻰ ﻳﺠﺐ ردهﺎ‪ .‬وﻟﻜﻰ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻴﺴﻴﺮ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ اﻟﻘﺮارات‪ ،‬ﻳﻔ ﻮض اﻟﻨﻈ ﺎم‬ ‫اﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﻰ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ واﻟ ﺪول اﻷﻃ ﺮاف ﻓ ﻰ اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴ ﺔ ﻟﺠﻌ ﻞ آﺎﻓ ﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻘﺮارات اﻟﻤﺪرﺟﺔ ذات ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ]اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪.[(5)75‬‬ ‫‪ .95‬ﻳ ﺮى أﻳﻀ ًﺎ اﻟﻨﻈ ﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﻰ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ إﻧﺸ ﺎء ﺻ ﻨﺪوق‬ ‫ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ اﻟﻤﺠﻨﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ وأﺳﺮهﻢ ]اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ .(108)[79‬وﻳﺠ ﻮز أن ﻳﻜ ﻮن ﻣﺼ ﺪر‬ ‫أﺻ ﻮل ﺻ ﻨﺪوق اﻟﺘ ﺄﻣﻴﻦ اﻷﻣ ﻮال أو اﻟﻤﻠﻜﻴ ﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﺼ ﻠﺔ ﻋ ﻦ ﻃﺮﻳ ﻖ اﻟﻐﺮاﻣ ﺎت أو‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺼ ﺎدرة ]اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪ .[(2)79‬وﻳﺠ ﻮز ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ إﺻ ﺪار أﻣ ﺮ ﺑﺘﻌﻮﻳﻀ ﺎت ﻣ ﻦ ه ﺬا‬ ‫اﻟﺼﻨﺪوق ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻨﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ]اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪.[(2)75‬‬ ‫‪ .96‬ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮن ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺳ ﻠﻄﺔ إﺻ ﺪار أﻣ ﺮ ﺑﺘﻌﻮﻳﻀ ﺎت ﻣ ﻦ أى ﺷ ﺨﺺ ﺁﺧ ﺮ‬ ‫ﺳﻮى اﻟﺸﺨﺺ اﻟﻤﺬﻧﺐ‪ .‬وﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﺤﺘﻰ ﻟﻮ آﺎن ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜ ﻦ إﺳ ﻨﺎد أﻓﻌ ﺎل اﻟﻤ ﺬﻧﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﻔﺮدى ﻟﻠﺪوﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻓﺮض أﻣﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﻮﻳﻀﺎت ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ‪ .‬وﻣ ﻊ ذﻟ ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻻ‬ ‫‪=January 2000)(Annex). See Declaration of Basic Principles of Justice for Victims of‬‬ ‫‪Crime and Abuse of Power, G.A. Res. 40/34, U.N. GAOR, 7th Sess. (1985). See‬‬ ‫‪International Criminal Tribunal for Yugoslavia, S.C. Res. 808, U.N. SCOR, 48th Sess.,‬‬ ‫‪3217th mtg., U.N. Doc. S/RES/808 (1993).‬‬

‫ﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺢ اﻟﻨﻤﺎذج اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﻮﻳﻀﺎت‪ ،‬اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﻤﺒﺎدئ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ و اﻟﺨﻄﻮط اﻟﻌﺮﻳﻀﺔ ﻟﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ‬ ‫وﺗﺄهﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺠﻨﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻓﻰ اﻧﺘﻬﺎآﺎت اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮن اﻹﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ اﻟﺪوﻟﻰ وﺣﻘﻮق اﻹﻧﺴﺎن‪،‬‬ ‫‪ . Doc.E/CN.4/62 (18 January2000)(Annex).‬اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﻤﺒﺎدئ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺪاﻟﺔ ﻟﻀﺤﺎﻳﺎ‬ ‫اﻟﺠﺮﻳﻤﺔ و إﺳﺎءة اﺳﺘﻐﻼل اﻟﺴﻠﻄﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻴﻮﻏﻮﺳﻼﻓﻴﺎ ‪S.C. Res. U.N. SCOR, 48th Sess., mtg U.N.‬‬ ‫‪U.N.‬‬

‫‪G.A. Res. 40/34, U.N. GAOR, 7th Sess.(1985). Doc. S/RES/808 (1993).‬‬ ‫‪108‬‬

‫‪( ) For additional commentary on Payment of Awards, see Mark Jennings, Article 79: Trust‬‬ ‫‪Fund, in COMMENTARY ON ROME STATUTE, supra note 13, at 1005-1008.‬‬

‫ﻟﻠﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎت ﺣﻮل دﻓﻊ اﻟﺘﻌﻮﻳﻀﺎت‪ ،‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﺎرك ﺟﻴﻨﻴﻨﺠﺰ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎدة ‪ :79‬ﺻﻨﺪوق اﻻﺋﺘﻤﺎن‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﻰ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎم روﻣﺎ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﺑﻘًﺎ هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ ،13‬ص ‪.1008 – 1005‬‬

‫‪91‬‬

‫ﺷ ﻰء ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪ 75‬ﻳ ﺘﻢ ﺗﻔﺴ ﻴﺮﻩ ﻋﻠ ﻰ أﻧ ﻪ ﻳﺨ ﻞ ﺑﺤﻘ ﻮق اﻟﻤﺠﻨ ﻰ ﻋﻠ ﻴﻬﻢ ﺑﻤﻘﺘﻀ ﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﻘ ﺎﻧﻮن اﻟ ﻮﻃﻨﻰ أو اﻟ ﺪوﻟﻰ‪ ،‬وﻣ ﻦ ﺛ ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧ ﻪ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻤﺴ ﺘﻄﺎع ﻣﻼﺣﻘ ﺔ ه ﺬﻩ اﻟﺤﻘ ﻮق‬ ‫اﻻدﻋﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻓﻰ ﻣﺤﺎآﻢ أﺧﺮى ]اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪.[(6) 75‬‬ ‫‪ .97‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ إﻟﻰ إﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻀ ﻤﻦ اﻟﻨﻈ ﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﻰ أﻣ ﻮرًا ﺗﻌﻨ ﻰ‬ ‫ﺑﺸﺆون اﻟﻤﺠﻨﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ وﻋﻠﻰ وﺟﻪ اﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮى اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ اﺳﺘﺤﺪاث وﺣ ﺪة‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺠﻨﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ واﻟﺸﻬﻮد ]اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ [(6)43‬وﻋﻼوة ﻋﻠﻰ ذﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻨ ﻰ ﻋﻠ ﻴﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺸﺎرآﺔ ﻓﻰ ﻣﺮاﺣ ﻞ ﻋﺪﻳ ﺪة ﻣ ﻦ اﻹﺟ ﺮاءات ﺣﺴ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻳﺘ ﺮاءى ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤ ﺎ ﻓ ﻰ‬ ‫ذﻟ ﻚ )أ( ﻗ ﺮار اﻟﻐﺮﻓ ﺔ اﻟﺘﻤﻬﻴﺪﻳ ﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺼ ﺮﻳﺢ ﺑ ﺎﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ]اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪) ،[57‬ب( إﺻ ﺪار‬ ‫ﻗﺮار ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ ]اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪.[75‬‬ ‫اﻟـﻤـﺒﺤـﺚ اﻟﺴﺎدس‬ ‫ﺻﻮر اﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ واﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪة اﻟﻘﻀﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬

‫)‪(109‬‬

‫أو ًﻻ‪ :‬ﺻﻮر اﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ .98‬ﻳﺠﺐ أن ﻳ ﺘﻢ اﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴ ﺬ ﻣ ﻦ ﺧ ﻼل اﻷﺟﻬ ﺰة اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻧﻴ ﺔ اﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴ ﺔ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤ ﺔ ﻋﻠ ﻰ‬ ‫ﺗﻨﻔﻴ ﺬ أواﻣ ﺮ وأﺣﻜ ﺎم اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ )اﻷﺟ ﺰاء ‪ .(10-9‬وﻳﻌ ﺰز ه ﺬا‬ ‫اﻟﻤ ﻨﻬﺞ ﺣﻘﻴﻘ ﺔ أن اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻌﺘﺒ ﺮ ﻣﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ ﻓ ﻮق وﻃﻨﻴ ﺔ ﺑ ﻞ‬ ‫)ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻠﻴ ﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴ ﺒﺔ ﻟﻼﺧﺘﺼ ﺎص اﻟﺠﻨ ﺎﺋﻰ اﻟ ﻮﻃﻨﻰ‪ .‬ﻳﺆآ ﺪ ذﻟ ﻚ أﻳﻀ ًﺎ أن اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺟﻬﺎزًا ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻴًﺎ أﺟﻨﺒﻴًﺎ ﻓﺒﻌﺪ اﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻌﺎهﺪة ﺗﺼ ﺒﺢ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﻣﺘ ﺪادًا ﻟﻼﺧﺘﺼ ﺎص اﻟﺠﻨ ﺎﺋﻰ اﻟ ﺪوﻟﻰ وﺗﻌ ﺪ اﻣﺘ ﺪادًا ﻷﺟﻬ ﺰة اﻟﻘﻀ ﺎء‬ ‫‪(109) See generally Trevor Pascal Chimimba, Establishing an Enforcement Regime, in‬‬ ‫‪MAKING OF THE ROME STATUTE, supra note 13, at 345-356; see generally Phakiso‬‬ ‫‪Mochochoko, International Cooperation and Judicial Assistance, in MAKING OF THE‬‬ ‫‪ROME STATUTE, supra note 13, at 305-318. See generally 2 INTERNATIONAL CRIMINAL‬‬ ‫)‪LAW: PROCEDURAL AND ENFORCEMENT MECHANISMS (M. Cherif Bassiouni ed., 1999‬‬ ‫‪[“2 ICL”].‬‬

‫اﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﻳﻔﻮر ﺑﺎﺳﻜﺎل ﺗﺸﻴﻤﻴﻤﺒﺎ‪ ،‬إﻧﺸﺎء ﻧﻈﺎم ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬى‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻈﺎم روﻣﺎ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺑﻘًﺎ هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ ،13‬ﻓﻰ ‪ .356 – 345‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ‪،‬ﻓﺎآﻴﺴﻮ ﻣﻮﺷﻮﺷﻮآﻮ‪ ،‬اﻟﺘﻌﺎون اﻟﺪوﻟﻰ‬ ‫واﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪة اﻟﻘﻀﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻈﺎم روﻣﺎ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﺑﻘًﺎ هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ ،13‬ﻓﻰ ‪ .318 – 305‬اﻧﻈﺮ‬ ‫ﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ‪ 2 ،‬اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻰ اﻟﺪوﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺁﻟﻴﺎت اﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ و اﻹﺟﺮاء )ﻣﺤﻤﻮد ﺷﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺴﻴﻮﻧﻰ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ‬ ‫‪.(1999‬‬

‫‪92‬‬

‫اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻰ اﻟﻮﻃﻨﻰ أﻗﺮﺗﻪ اﻟﻤﻌﺎهﺪة وﻳﻘﻮم اﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻊ اﻟﻮﻃﻨﻰ ﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴ ﺬﻩ‪ .‬واﻟﻘﻴ ﺎس اﻷﻗ ﺮب‬ ‫هﻮ ذﻟﻚ اﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻨﻘﻞ اﻹﺟﺮاءات اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ)‪ .(110‬وﺣﻴ ﺚ ﻳ ﺘﻢ ﺗﺴ ﻠﻴﻢ اﻟﻔ ﺮد ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ وﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺴ ﻠﻴﻤﻪ إﻟ ﻰ ﺣﻜﻮﻣﺘ ﻪ‪ ،‬وه ﻮ ﻣ ﺎ ﻳﺤ ﻮل دون إﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴ ﺔ ﺗ ﺬرع‬ ‫اﻟﺪول اﻷﻃﺮاف‪ ،‬اﻋﺘﺮاﺿًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﻢ )ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ(‪ ،‬ﺑ ﺄن ﻗﻮاﻧﻴﻨﻬ ﺎ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﻨﻊ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﻮاﻃﻨﻴﻬﺎ)‪.(111‬‬ ‫‪ .99‬وﻳ ﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﺟﻴ ﻪ ﺻ ﻮر اﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴ ﺬ واﻟﺘﻌ ﺎون ﺑ ﻴﻦ اﻟ ﺪول ﻓ ﻰ ﻗﻨ ﻮات ﻣ ﻦ ﺧ ﻼل‬ ‫اﻷﺟﻬ ﺰة اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻧﻴ ﺔ اﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴ ﺔ ﻟﻠ ﺪول اﻷﻃ ﺮاف‪ ،‬و آ ﺬﻟﻚ اﻟ ﺪول اﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎوﻧ ﺔ ﻏﻴ ﺮ‬ ‫اﻷﻃ ﺮاف‪ .‬وه ﻰ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ه ﺬا اﻟﻨﺤ ﻮ ﻻ ﺗﻨﺘﻬ ﻚ اﻟﺴ ﻴﺎدة اﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴ ﺔ وﻟ ﻴﺲ ﻟ ﺪﻳﻬﺎ اﻟﺼ ﻔﺔ‬ ‫ﻓﻮق اﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .100‬ﻳﺠ ﻮز ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ‪ ،‬اﻻﺳ ﺘﻔﺎدة ﻣ ﻦ اﻹﺟ ﺮاءات اﻟﻤﻌﺠﻠ ﺔ‬ ‫واﻟﺘ ﺪاﺑﻴﺮ اﻟﻘﻀ ﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻏﻴ ﺮ اﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣ ﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻀ ﺮورة ﻟﻠ ﺪول اﻷﺧ ﺮى ﻓ ﻰ ﻧﻄ ﺎق ﺳ ﻴﺎق‬ ‫اﻟﻌﻼﻗ ﺎت اﻟﺜﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ )اﻟﻤ ﻮاد ‪ .(99-86‬وﻣ ﻊ ذﻟ ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺤﺘ ﻰ ﻟ ﻮ آ ﺎن ﻟ ﺪى اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ أوﻟﻮﻳ ﺔ ﻣ ﺎ ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﺘ ﺪاﺑﻴﺮ اﻟﻘﻀ ﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴ ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓ ﺈن ه ﺬﻩ اﻷوﻟﻮﻳ ﺔ ﻻ‬ ‫ﺗﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻟﻘﻀﺎﺋﻰ‪) .‬اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺠﺪول رﻗﻢ ‪.(7‬‬ ‫)اﻟﺠﺪول رﻗﻢ ‪ (7‬اﻟﺘﻌﺎون اﻟﺪوﻟﻰ واﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪة اﻟﻘﻀﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺪول اﻷﻃﺮاف‬ ‫* اﻻﻟﺘ ﺰام اﻟﻌ ﺎم ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌ ﺎون‬ ‫اﻟﺘﺎم ﻣﻊ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻄﻠﻊ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ واﻟﻤﻘﺎﺿ ﺎة )اﻟﻤ ﺎدة‬ ‫‪.(86‬‬ ‫* ﺳ ﻮف ﺗﻀ ﻤﻦ اﻟ ﺪول‬ ‫ﺗ ﻮاﻓﺮ اﻟﺘﺸ ﺮﻳﻌﺎت اﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴ ﺔ‬

‫إﺻﺪار اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻟﻄﻠﺐ اﻟﺘﻌﺎون‬ ‫اﻟﺪول ﻏﻴﺮ اﻷﻃﺮاف اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻤ ﺎت اﻟﺤﻜﻮﻣﻴ ﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ‬ ‫* ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ أى اﻟﺘﺰام ﺑﺘﻠﺒﻴ ﺔ * ﺗﻄﻠ ﺐ ﻣ ﻦ أى ﻣﻨﻈﻤ ﺔ‬ ‫ﻃﻠﺒ ﺎت إﻟﻘ ﺎء اﻟﻘ ﺒﺾ أو ﺣﻜﻮﻣﻴ ﺔ دوﻟﻴ ﺔ ﺗﻘ ﺪﻳﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣ ﺎت أو ﻣﺴ ﺘﻨﺪات‪0‬‬ ‫اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﻢ أو اﻟﻨﻘﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫* ﺗﻘ ﺪﻳﻢ اﻟﻤﺴ ﺎﻋﺪة ﻋﻠ ﻰ وﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ أﻳﻀﺎ أن ﺗﻄﻠ ﺐ‬ ‫أﺳ ﺎس ﺗﺮﺗﻴ ﺐ ﺧ ﺎص أو أﺷﻜﺎﻻ ﻣﻦ أﺷﻜﺎل اﻟﺘﻌ ﺎون‬ ‫اﺗﻔ ﺎق ﻣ ﻊ اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ )اﻟﻤ ﺎدة واﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪة ﻳﺘﻔﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣ ﻊ‬

‫‪ 2‬اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻰ اﻟﺪوﻟﻰ‪ ،‬هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 94‬ﺳﺎﺑﻘًﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪(110) 2 ICL, supra note 94.‬‬ ‫‪111‬‬

‫‪( ) See BASSIOUNI, INTERNATIONAL EXTRADITION, supra note 22, at 588-595.‬‬

‫اﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺴﻴﻮﻧﻰ‪ ،‬اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﻢ اﻟﺪوﻟﻰ‪ ،‬هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 22‬ﺳﺎﺑﻘًﺎ ص ‪.595 – 588‬‬

‫‪93‬‬

‫اﻟﺪول اﻷﻃﺮاف‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺘﻀ ﻤﻨﺔ ﻹﺟ ﺮاءات‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻌ ﺎون ﺑﺠﻤﻴ ﻊ أﺷ ﻜﺎﻟﻪ‬ ‫اﻟ ﻮاردة ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈ ﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﻰ‬ ‫)اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪.(88‬‬ ‫* وﺗﺤ ﺎل اﻟﻄﻠﺒ ﺎت ﻋ ﻦ‬ ‫ﻃﺮﻳﻖ اﻟﻘﻨ ﺎة اﻟﺪﺑﻠﻮﻣﺎﺳ ﻴﺔ أو‬ ‫أى ﻗﻨ ﺎة أﺧ ﺮى ﻣﻨﺎﺳ ﺒﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺪدهﺎ آﻞ دوﻟﺔ ﻃﺮف ﻋﻨ ﺪ‬ ‫اﻟﺘﺼ ﺪﻳﻖ أو اﻟﻘﺒ ﻮل أو‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻮاﻓﻘ ﺔ أو اﻻﻧﻀ ﻤﺎم‬ ‫)اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪ 87‬اﻟﻔﻘ ﺮة ‪ 1‬ﺑﻨ ﺪ‬ ‫أ()‪.(12‬‬ ‫* وﻓ ﻰ ﺣﺎﻟ ﺔ اﻟﻌﺠ ﺰ ﻋ ﻦ‬ ‫اﻟﻮﻓ ﺎء ﺑﺎﻻﻟﺘﺰاﻣ ﺎت‪ ،‬ﻳﺠ ﻮز‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ ﺗﻘﺼ ﻰ اﻷﻣ ﺮ ﺛ ﻢ‬ ‫إﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮع إﻟﻰ ﺟﻤﻌﻴ ﺔ‬ ‫اﻟ ﺪول اﻷﻃ ﺮاف أو ﻟﻤﺠﻠ ﺲ‬ ‫اﻷﻣ ﻦ إذا ﻣ ﺎ آﺎﻧ ﺖ اﻟ ﺪﻋﻮى‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺲ‪.‬‬

‫إﺻﺪار اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻟﻄﻠﺐ اﻟﺘﻌﺎون‬ ‫اﻟﺪول ﻏﻴﺮ اﻷﻃﺮاف اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻤ ﺎت اﻟﺤﻜﻮﻣﻴ ﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪ 87‬ﻓﻘﺮة ‪.(5‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻤ ﺔ )اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪87‬‬ ‫* وﻓ ﻰ ﺣﺎﻟ ﺔ اﻟﻌﺠ ﺰ ﻋ ﻦ ﻓﻘﺮة ‪.(6‬‬ ‫اﻟﻮﻓﺎء ﺑﺎﻻﻟﺘﺰاﻣ ﺎت‪ ،‬ﻳﺠ ﻮز‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ إﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻮﺿ ﻮع‬ ‫إﻟ ﻰ ﺟﻤﻌﻴ ﺔ اﻟ ﺪول‬ ‫اﻷﻃﺮاف أو ﻟﻤﺠﻠﺲ اﻷﻣﻦ‬ ‫إذا ﻣﺎ آﺎﻧﺖ اﻟﺪﻋﻮى ﻣﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴ ًﺎ‪ :‬ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ اﻷﻓﺮاد واﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪة اﻟﻘﻀﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪ .101‬ﻳﻜ ﻮن ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟ ﺪول اﻷﻃ ﺮاف‪ ،‬ﺑﻮﺟ ﻪ ﻋ ﺎم‪ ،‬اﻟﺘ ﺰام ﻋ ﺎم ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌ ﺎون ﻣ ﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ واﻹﺟﺮاءات اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ ]اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪ [86‬وه ﻰ ﺗﻠﺘ ﺰم‬ ‫ﺑﻨ ﺎء ﻋﻠ ﻰ ذﻟ ﻚ ﺑﻀ ﻤﺎن وﺟ ﻮد إﺟ ﺮاءات ُﻣﺘﺎﺣ ﺔ ﺑﻤﻮﺟ ﺐ اﻟﻘ ﺎﻧﻮن اﻟ ﻮﻃﻨﻰ ﻟﻜﺎﻓ ﺔ‬ ‫أﺷﻜﺎل اﻟﺘﻌ ﺎون اﻟﻤﺤ ﺪدة وﻓﻘ ًﺎ ﻟﻠﺒ ﺎب ‪] 9‬اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪ .(112)[88‬وإن آ ﺎن ذﻟ ﻚ ﻻ ﻳﺤ ﻮل‬ ‫)‪ (12‬اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﻘﻮاﻋﺪ أرﻗﺎم ‪ 180 ،179 ،177،178‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮاﻋﺪ اﻹﺟﺮاء واﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫‪For additional commentary on Cooperation, see Claus Kress, Article 86: General‬‬ ‫‪obligations to cooperate, in COMMENTARY ON ROME STATUTE, supra note 13, at 1051‬‬‫‪1055. For additional commentary on National Procedures, see Kimberly Prost, Article‬‬

‫‪112‬‬

‫) (‬

‫‪94‬‬

‫دون ﺣﻖ اﻟﺪول اﻷﻃﺮاف رﻓﺾ اﻟﻄﻠﺐ اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺴ ﺎﻋﺪة اﻟﻘﻀ ﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﻤ ﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠ ﻖ‬ ‫ﺑﺈﻓﺸ ﺎء اﻟﻤﺴ ﺘﻨﺪات‪ ،‬اﻟﺘ ﻰ ﻓ ﻰ اﻋﺘﻘ ﺎد اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ ﻳﻤﻜ ﻦ أن ﺗﻌ ﺮض ﻣﺼ ﺎﻟﺢ اﻷﻣ ﻦ‬ ‫اﻟﻘ ﻮﻣﻰ ﻟﻠﺨﻄ ﺮ ]اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪ [(4) 93 ، 72‬وﻓ ﻰ ﺗﻠ ﻚ اﻟﺤﺎﻟ ﺔ ﻳﺘﺨ ﺬ اﻟﻤ ﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌ ﺎم‬ ‫اﻹﺟﺮاءات اﻟﻀﺮورﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎون ﻣﻊ ﻣﺼ ﺎﻟﺢ اﻟ ﺪول وﺗﻘ ﻮم اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ ﺑﻌ ﺪ ذﻟ ﻚ ﺑﺈﻣ ﺪاد‬ ‫اﻟﻤ ﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌ ﺎم ﺑﺎﻷﺳ ﺒﺎب اﻟﻤﺤ ﺪدة اﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﺔ ﺑﺮﻓﻀ ﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺴ ﺎﻋﺪة ]اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪، (5) 72‬‬ ‫)‪.(113)[(6‬‬ ‫‪ .102‬ﻋﻨ ﺪ اﻟﺘﺼ ﺪﻳﻖ أو اﻟﻘﺒ ﻮل أو اﻟﻤﻮاﻓﻘ ﺔ أو اﻻﻧﻀ ﻤﺎم ﺗﺸ ﻴﺮ اﻟ ﺪول إﻟ ﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﻘﻨ ﺎة واﻟﻠﻐ ﺔ اﻟﺘ ﻰ ﺗﻘ ﻮم اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻬ ﺎ ﺑﺘﻘ ﺪﻳﻢ اﻟﻄﻠﺒ ﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺴ ﺎﻋﺪة ]اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪ .[(1)87‬وﻻ ﻳﻜ ﻮن ﻟ ﺪى اﻟ ﺪول ﻏﻴ ﺮ اﻷﻃ ﺮاف أى‬ ‫اﻟﺘ ﺰام ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌ ﺎون ﻣ ﻊ ﻃﻠ ﺐ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ‪ .‬وﻣ ﻦ ﻧﺎﺣﻴ ﺔ ﺛﺎﻧﻴ ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠ ﻮز ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ إﺑﺮام اﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺎت ﺧﺎﺻ ﺔ ﻣ ﻊ ه ﺬﻩ اﻟ ﺪول ]اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪ .[(5)87‬وﻳﺠ ﻮز إﺣﺎﻟ ﺔ أى‬ ‫ﺗﻘﺼﻴﺮ ﻓﻰ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻃﻠﺐ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ ﺟﺎﻧ ﺐ أى دوﻟ ﺔ ﻃ ﺮف أو دوﻟ ﺔ ﻏﻴ ﺮ ﻃ ﺮف‬ ‫أﺑﺮﻣ ﺖ اﺗﻔﺎﻗ ًﺎ ﺧﺎﺻ ًﺎ ﻣ ﻊ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ إﻟ ﻰ ﺟﻤﻌﻴ ﺔ اﻟ ﺪول اﻷﻃ ﺮاف أو إﻟ ﻰ ﻣﺠﻠ ﺲ‬ ‫اﻷﻣﻦ إذا آﺎﻧﺖ اﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ أﺣﻴﻠﺖ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ]اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪.(114)[(7)87‬‬ ‫‪88: Availability of procedures under national law, in COMMENTARY ON ROME STATUTE,‬‬ ‫‪supra note 13, at 1069-1071.‬‬

‫ﻟﻠﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎت ﺣﻮل اﻟﺘﻌﺎون‪ ،‬اﻧﻈﺮ آﻼوس آﺮﻳﺲ‪ ،‬اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ : 86‬اﻻﻟﺘﺰاﻣﺎت اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎون‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎم روﻣﺎ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ‪ ،‬هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 13‬ﺳﺎﺑﻘًﺎ ﻓﻰ ‪ .1055 – 1051‬ﻟﻠﻤﺰﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎت ﺣﻮل اﻹﺟﺮاءات اﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬اﻧﻈﺮ آﻴﻤﺒﻴﺮﻟﻰ ﺑﺮوﺳﺖ‪ ،‬اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ : 88‬إﺗﺎﺣﺔ اﻹﺟﺮاءات‬ ‫ﺑﻤﻮﺟﺐ اﻟﻘﻮاﻧﻴﻦ اﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎم روﻣﺎ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ‪ ،‬هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 13‬ﺳﺎﺑﻘًﺎ ص ‪– 1069‬‬ ‫‪.1071‬‬ ‫‪(113) See generally Donald K. Piragoff, Protection of National Security Interests, in MAKING‬‬ ‫‪OF THE ROME STATUTE, supra note 13, at 270-293. For additional commentary on‬‬ ‫‪national security protections, see Dixon and Duffy, Article 72, supra note 80.‬‬

‫اﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ دوﻧﺎﻟﺪ ﺑﻴﺮﺟﻮف‪ ،‬ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ اﻷﻣﻦ اﻟﻮﻃﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻈﺎم روﻣﺎ‬ ‫اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ‪ ،‬هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 13‬ﺳﺎﺑﻘًﺎ ﻓﻰ ‪ .293 – 270‬ﻟﻠﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎت ﺣﻮل ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ اﻷﻣﻦ‬ ‫اﻟﻮﻃﻨﻰ‪ ،‬اﻧﻈﺮ دﻳﻜﺴﻮن ودوﻓﻰ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎدة ‪ ،72‬ﻓﻘﺮة ‪ 80‬ﺳﺎﺑﻘًﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪(114) For additional commentary on Cooperation, see Claus Kress and Kimberly Prost, Article‬‬ ‫‪87: Requests for cooperation: general provisions, in COMMENTARY ON ROME STATUTE,‬‬ ‫‪supra note 13, at 1055-1069.‬‬

‫ﻟﻠﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎت ﺣﻮل اﻟﺘﻌﺎون‪ ،‬اﻧﻈﺮ آﻼوس آﺮﻳﺲ و آﻴﻤﺒﻴﺮﻟﻰ ﺑﺮوﺳﺖ‪ ،‬اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪: 87‬‬ ‫ﻃﻠﺒﺎت اﻟﺘﻌﺎون‪ :‬اﻟﻨﺼﻮص اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎم روﻣﺎ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ‪ ،‬هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 13‬ﺳﺎﺑﻘًﺎ ص‬ ‫‪.1069 – 1055‬‬

‫‪95‬‬

‫‪ .103‬ﻳﺠﺐ أن ﻳﻜﻮن اﻟﻄﻠ ﺐ اﻟﺨ ﺎص ﺑﺈﻟﻘ ﺎء اﻟﻘ ﺒﺾ ﻋﻠ ﻰ أى ﻓ ﺮد وﺗﺴ ﻠﻴﻤﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺼ ﺤﻮﺑًﺎ ﺑ ﺄﻣﺮ ﻗ ﺒﺾ وﻣ ﺎدة ﻣﺆﻳ ﺪة ]اﻟﻤ ﻮاد ‪ [(1)89‬وﻳﺠ ﺐ أن ﺗﺘﻀ ﻤﻦ اﻟﻤ ﺎدة‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺆﻳ ﺪة أﻣ ﺮ اﻟﻘ ﺒﺾ وﺗﺼ ﻒ اﻟﺸ ﺨﺺ اﻟﻤﻄﻠ ﻮب وﻣﻜﺎﻧ ﻪ اﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤ ﻞ ]اﻟﻤ ﺎدة‬ ‫‪(2)91‬أ‪ ،‬ب[‪ .‬وﻋ ﻼوة ﻋﻠ ﻰ ذﻟ ﻚ ﻳﺠ ﺐ أن ﻳﺸ ﻤﻞ أى ﻣﺴ ﺘﻨﺪات أو ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣ ﺎت‬ ‫ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺒﻬﺎ ﻗ ﻮاﻧﻴﻦ اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ اﻟﻤﻄﻠ ﻮب ﻣﻨﻬ ﺎ ]اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪(2)91‬ج[‪ .‬وﻣ ﻊ ذﻟ ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺠ ﺐ أن‬ ‫ﺗﻜﻮن هﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎت أآﺜﺮ إرهﺎﻗًﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻠ ﻚ اﻟﺘ ﻰ ﺗﻘﺘﻀ ﻴﻬﺎ اﻟﻄﻠﺒ ﺎت وﻓﻘ ًﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎه ﺪة‬ ‫أو اﻻﺗﻔ ﺎق ﻣ ﻊ اﻟ ﺪول اﻷﺧ ﺮى‪ .‬وﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌ ﻞ‪ ،‬وﻋﻨ ﺪ اﻹﻣﻜ ﺎن‪ ،‬ﻳﺠ ﺐ أن ﺗﻜ ﻮن أﻗ ﻞ‬ ‫إرهﺎﻗًﺎ ]اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ (2)91‬ج[)‪.(115‬‬ ‫‪ .104‬ﻳﺠ ﻮز ﻟﻸﻓ ﺮاد اﻟﻄﻌ ﻦ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﻃﻠ ﺐ اﻟﻘ ﺒﺾ أو اﻟﺘﺴ ﻠﻴﻢ أﻣ ﺎم ﻣﺤ ﺎآﻤﻬﻢ‬ ‫اﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴ ﺔ ﻋﻠ ﻰ أﺳ ﺎس ﻋ ﺪم ﺟ ﻮاز اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤ ﺔ ﻋ ﻦ ذات اﻟﺠ ﺮم ﻣ ﺮﺗﻴﻦ ]اﻟﻤ ﺎدة‬ ‫‪ .[(2)89‬وﻋﻼوة ﻋﻠﻰ ذﻟﻚ ﻻ ﺗﻀ ﻄﺮ اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ إﻟ ﻰ ﺗﺴ ﻠﻴﻢ اﻟﻔ ﺮد ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ إذا آ ﺎن‬ ‫اﻟﺸ ﺨﺺ ﻳﻤﻀ ﻰ ﻋﻘﻮﺑ ﺔ ﻣﺤﻜ ﻮم ﺑﻬ ﺎ ﻋ ﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﻤ ﺔ أﺧ ﺮى ]اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪.(116)[(4)89‬‬ ‫ﻼ ﻋﻦ ذﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﺤﺘﺎج اﻟﺪوﻟﺔ إﻟﻰ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ اﻟﻔ ﺮد ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ ﻋﻨ ﺪ وﺟ ﻮد ﺗﻌ ﺪد ﻓ ﻰ‬ ‫وﻓﻀ ً‬ ‫ﻃﻠﺒ ﺎت اﻟﺘﺴ ﻠﻴﻢ ﺧ ﺎص ﺑ ﺎﻟﻔﺮد ]اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪ .[90‬وﻳﻜ ﻮن ﻟﻄﻠ ﺐ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﻷوﻟﻮﻳ ﺔ إذا‬ ‫أﺻ ﺪرت اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ ﻗ ﺮارًا ﺑ ﺎﻟﻘﺒﻮل وﻓﻘ ًﺎ ﻟﻠﻤ ﺎدﺗﻴﻦ ‪]19 ،18‬اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪ [(2) 90‬وﻣ ﻊ‬ ‫ذﻟﻚ‪ ،‬إذا ﻟﻢ ﺗﺼﺪر اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ ﺣﻜﻤ ًﺎ ﺑ ﺎﻟﻘﺒﻮل‪ ،‬ﻳﺠ ﻮز ﻟﻠﺪوﻟ ﺔ اﻟﻤﻄﻠ ﻮب ﻣﻨﻬ ﺎ اﻟﺘﺴ ﻠﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﺣﺴ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻳﺘ ﺮاءى ﻟﻬ ﺎ‪ ،‬أﺛﻨ ﺎء ﺗﻘﺮﻳ ﺮ اﻟﻘﺒ ﻮل‪ ،‬ﺑﺤ ﺚ اﻟﻄﻠ ﺐ اﻵﺧ ﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺴ ﻠﻴﻢ ])اﻟﻤ ﺎدة‬ ‫‪) .[(3)90‬اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺠﺪول رﻗﻢ ‪.(8‬‬

‫=‪(115) For additional commentary on Requests for Arrest and Surrender, see Kimberly Prost,‬‬ ‫‪=Article 91: Contents of request for arrest and surrender, in COMMENTARY ON ROME‬‬ ‫‪STATUTE, supra note 13, at 1091-1097.‬‬

‫ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎت ﺣﻮل ﻃﻠﺒﺎت اﻟﻘﺒﺾ و اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﻢ‪ ،‬اﻧﻈﺮ آﻴﻤﺒﻴﺮﻟﻰ ﺑﺮوﺳﺖ‪ ،‬اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪: 91‬‬ ‫ﻣﻀﻤﻮن ﻃﻠﺐ اﻟﻘﺒﺾ و اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎم روﻣﺎ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ‪ ،‬هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 13‬ﺳﺎﺑﻘًﺎ ص‬ ‫‪.1097 – 1091‬‬ ‫‪(116) For additional commentary on Surrender, see Claus Kress and Kimberly Prost, Article‬‬ ‫‪89: Surrender of persons to the Court, in COMMENTARY ON ROME STATUTE, supra note‬‬ ‫‪13, at 1071-1081.‬‬

‫ﻟﻠﻤﺰﻳ ﺪ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻘ ﺎت ﺣ ﻮل اﻟﺘﺴ ﻠﻴﻢ‪ ،‬اﻧﻈ ﺮ آ ﻼوس آ ﺮﻳﺲ و آﻴﻤﺒﻴﺮﻟ ﻰ ﺑﺮوﺳ ﺖ ‪ ،‬اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪: 89‬‬ ‫ﺗﻘ ﺪﻳﻢ اﻷﺷ ﺨﺎص إﻟ ﻰ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴ ﻖ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﻧﻈ ﺎم روﻣ ﺎ اﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﻰ‪ ،‬ه ﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 13‬ﺳ ﺎﺑﻘًﺎ ص‬ ‫‪.1081 – 1071‬‬

‫‪96‬‬

‫)اﻟﺠﺪول رﻗﻢ ‪ (8‬اﻟﺘﻌﺎون اﻟﺪوﻟﻰ واﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪة اﻟﻘﻀﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﻘﺒﺾ واﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻢ‬ ‫إﺻﺪار اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻷﻣﺮ ﻗﺒﺾ أو ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ‬ ‫• ﻳﻘﺘﻀﻰ اﻷﻣﺮ إﺻﺪار ﻃﻠﺐ ﻗﺒﺾ وﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ‬ ‫ﻳﺠﺐ أن ﻳﻜﻮن اﻟﻄﻠﺐ آﺘﺎﺑﺔ وﻓﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻳﺘﻮاﻓﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻼزﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ‬ ‫اﻟﺪوﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮب ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ذﻟﻚ ﻃﻠﺐ اﻟﻌﺒﻮر ﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ اﻟﻤﺘﺤﻔﻆ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل دوﻟﺔ وﺳﻴﻄﺔ‬ ‫)اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ 89‬ﻓﻘﺮة ‪(3‬‬ ‫اﻟﻌﻘﺒﺎت اﻟﺘﻰ ﺗﻮاﺟﻪ ﻃﻠﺒﺎت اﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ اﻟﻔﻮرﻳﺔ‬ ‫• ﻓ ﻰ ﺣﺎﻟ ﺔ ﺗﻌ ﺪد ﻃﻠﺒ ﺎت اﻟﺘﺴ ﻠﻴﻢ )اﻟﻤ ﺎدة‬ ‫• إذا رﻓ ﻊ اﻟﺸ ﺨﺺ اﻟﻤﻄﻠ ﻮب‬ ‫ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻤﻪ ﻃﻌﻨﺎ أﻣﺎم ﻣﺤﻜﻤﺔ وﻃﻨﻴ ﺔ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ‪(90‬‬ ‫• ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮز ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ أن ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ‬ ‫أﺳﺎس ﻣﺒﺪأ ﻋﺪم ﺟ ﻮاز اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤ ﺔ ﻋ ﻦ‬ ‫ذات اﻟﺠ ﺮم ﻣ ﺮﺗﻴﻦ ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﻨﺤ ﻮ أو ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪة ﻳﻘﺘﻀﻰ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺪوﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻪ إﻟﻴﻬﺎ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻨﺼ ﻮص ﻋﻠﻴ ﻪ ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪ 20‬اﻟﻄﻠﺐ أن ﺗﺘﺼﺮف ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻳﺘﻨﺎﻓﻰ ﻣﻊ‬ ‫) ‪(13‬‬ ‫اﻟﺘﺰاﻣﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﺑﻤﻮﺟﺐ اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﺪوﻟﻰ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ‬ ‫)اﻟﻤﺎدة‪ 89‬ﻓﻘﺮة ‪(2‬‬ ‫• إذا آﺎن ﺛﻤﺔ إﺟ ﺮاءات ﺟﺎرﻳ ﺔ ﺑﺤﺼﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﺪوﻟﺔ أو اﻟﺤﺼﺎﻧﺔ اﻟﺪﺑﻠﻮﻣﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ اﻟﻤﻮﺟ ﻪ إﻟﻴﻬ ﺎ اﻟﻄﻠ ﺐ ﺿ ﺪ ﻟﺸﺨﺺ أو ﻣﻤﺘﻠﻜﺎت ﺗﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﺪوﻟﺔ ﺛﺎﻟﺜﺔ‪ 0‬ﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ‬ ‫اﻟﺸ ﺨﺺ اﻟﻤﻄﻠ ﻮب أو آ ﺎن ه ﺬا ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻊ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ أن ﺗﺤﺼﻞ أوﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻌﺎون‬ ‫اﻟﺸ ﺨﺺ ﻳﻨﻔ ﺬ ﺣﻜﻤ ﺎ ﻓ ﻰ ﺗﻠ ﻚ اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ ﺗﻠﻚ اﻟﺪوﻟﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﻣﻦ أﺟﻞ اﻟﺘﻨﺎزل ﻋﻦ‬ ‫ﻋﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﻤﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ اﻟﺠﺮﻳﻤﺔ اﻟﺘ ﻰ ﺗﻄﻠ ﺐ اﻟﺤﺼﺎﻧﺔ )اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ 98‬ﻓﻘﺮة ‪(1‬‬ ‫• ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮز ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ أن ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻤﻪ ﺑﺴﺒﺒﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠ ﻮز ﻟﻠﺪوﻟ ﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻮﺟ ﻪ إﻟﻴﻬ ﺎ اﻟﻄﻠ ﺐ أن ﺗﻮاﻓ ﻖ أو ﻳﺘﻄﻠ ﺐ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ اﻟﻤﻮﺟ ﻪ إﻟﻴﻬ ﺎ اﻟﻄﻠ ﺐ أن‬ ‫ﺗ ﺮﻓﺾ اﻟﻄﻠ ﺐ )اﻟﻤ ﺎدة‪ 89‬ﻓﻘ ﺮة ﺗﺘﺼ ﺮف ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﻧﺤ ﻮ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻔ ﻖ ﻣ ﻊ اﻟﺘﺰاﻣﺎﺗﻬ ﺎ‬ ‫‪.(14)(4‬‬ ‫ﺑﻤﻮﺟﺐ اﺗﻔﺎﻗ ﺎت دوﻟﻴ ﺔ ﺗﻘﺘﻀ ﻰ ﻣﻮاﻓﻘ ﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ‬ ‫• ﻋ ﺪم آﻔﺎﻳ ﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣ ﺎت اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﺔ آﺸﺮط ﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﻟﺘﻠﻚ اﻟﺪوﻟﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻼزﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ اﻟﻄﻠﺐ )اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ 97‬ﻓﻘﺮة أﺟﺮاء اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺑﻮﺳﻊ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ أن‬

‫)‪ (13‬اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪة ‪ 181‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮاﻋﺪ اﻹﺟﺮاء واﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫)‪ (14‬اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪة ‪ 183‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮاﻋﺪ اﻹﺟﺮاء واﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‪.‬‬

‫‪97‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﺼ ﻞ أوﻻ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﺗﻌ ﺎون اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ اﻟﻤﺮﺳ ﻠﺔ‬ ‫أ(‪0‬‬ ‫)‪(15‬‬ ‫• ﻓ ﻰ ﺣﺎﻟ ﺔ ﻃﻠ ﺐ ﺑﺘﻘ ﺪﻳﻢ ﻹﻋﻄﺎء ﻣﻮاﻓﻘﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﺘﻘ ﺪﻳﻢ ‪) .‬اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪98‬‬ ‫اﻟﺸﺨﺺ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻌﺬر‪ ،‬رﻏ ﻢ ﺑ ﺬل ﻗﺼ ﺎرى ﻓﻘﺮة ‪.(2‬‬ ‫اﻟﺠﻬﻮد‪ ,‬ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻜ ﺎن وﺟ ﻮد اﻟﺸ ﺨﺺ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻄﻠ ﻮب‪ ،‬أو ﻳﻜ ﻮن اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴ ﻖ اﻟ ﺬى‬ ‫أﺟ ﺮى ﻗ ﺪ أآ ﺪ ﺑﻮﺿ ﻮح أن اﻟﺸ ﺨﺺ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻮﺟ ﻮد ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ اﻟﻤﺘﺤﻔﻈ ﺔ ﻟ ﻴﺲ‬ ‫اﻟﺸ ﺨﺺ اﻟﻤﺴ ﻤﻰ ﻓ ﻰ اﻷﻣ ﺮ‪)0‬اﻟﻤ ﺎدة‬ ‫‪ 97‬ﻓﻘﺮة ب(‪0‬‬ ‫• أن ﺗﻨﻔﻴ ﺬ اﻟﻄﻠ ﺐ ﻓ ﻰ ﺷ ﻜﻠﻪ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ أن ﺗﺨﻞ اﻟﺪوﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻮﺟ ﻪ‬ ‫إﻟﻴﻬ ﺎ اﻟﻄﻠ ﺐ ﺑ ﺎﻟﺘﺰام ﺗﻌﺎه ﺪى ﺳ ﺎﺑﻖ‬ ‫ﻗ ﺎﺋﻢ ﻣ ﻦ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻬ ﺎ إزاء دوﻟ ﺔ‬ ‫أﺧﺮى)اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ 97‬ﻓﻘﺮة ج(‪0‬‬

‫‪ .105‬ﻓ ﺈذا ﻗ ﺪم ﻃﻠ ﺐ اﻟﺘﺴ ﻠﻴﻢ اﻵﺧ ﺮ ﻣ ﻦ دوﻟ ﺔ ﻏﻴ ﺮ ﻃ ﺮف وآﺎﻧ ﺖ اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮب ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺧﺎﺿﻌﺔ ﻻﻟﺘ ﺰام دوﻟ ﻰ ﻗ ﺎﺋﻢ ﺑﺘﺴ ﻠﻴﻢ اﻟﺸ ﺨﺺ ﻟﻠﺪوﻟ ﺔ ﻣﻘﺪﻣ ﺔ اﻟﻄﻠ ﺐ‬ ‫اﻵﺧ ﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤ ﻦ ﺛ ﻢ ﻳﺘﻌ ﻴﻦ ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ اﻟﻤﻄﻠ ﻮب ﻣﻨﻬ ﺎ إﺻ ﺪار ﻗﺮاره ﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺴ ﻠﻴﻢ ﺑﻌ ﺪ‬ ‫دراﺳﺔ آﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻌﻮاﻣﻞ وﺛﻴﻘﺔ اﻟﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ )أ( ﺗﻮارﻳﺦ اﻟﻄﻠﺒ ﺎت اﻟﻤﺘﻌ ﺪدة‪) ،‬ب(‬ ‫ﻣﺼ ﺎﻟﺢ اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ اﻟﻄﺎﻟﺒ ﺔ وﻳﺸ ﻤﻞ ذﻟ ﻚ ﻣﻜ ﺎن ارﺗﻜ ﺎب اﻟﺠﺮﻳﻤ ﺔ وﺟﻨﺴ ﻴﺔ اﻟﺸ ﺨﺺ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮب واﻟﻤﺠﻨﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‪) ،‬ج( اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﻢ اﻟﻼﺣﻖ اﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻞ ]اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪ .[(6)90‬وﺣﻴ ﺚ‬ ‫ﺻ ﺎ ﺑﺴ ﻠﻮك ﻣﺨﺘﻠ ﻒ ﻋ ﻦ ذﻟ ﻚ‬ ‫ﻳﻜ ﻮن اﻟﻄﻠ ﺐ اﻵﺧ ﺮ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ ﻏﻴ ﺮ اﻟﻄ ﺮف ﺧﺎ ّ‬ ‫اﻟﺴ ﻠﻮك اﻟﺘ ﻰ ﺗﻄﻠ ﺐ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺘﺴ ﻠﻴﻢ ﺑﺨﺼﻮﺻ ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺤﻴﻨﺌ ﺬ ﻳﺘﻌ ﻴﻦ ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮب ﻣﻨﻬﺎ أن ﺗﻘﻮم آﺬﻟﻚ ﺑﺪراﺳﺔ اﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﺔ وﺛﻴﻘﺔ اﻟﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ وﺧﻄ ﻮرة ﺳ ﻠﻮك‬ ‫اﻟﻔﺮد ]اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ (7)90‬ب[)‪.(117‬‬

‫)‪ (15‬اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪة ‪ 195‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮاﻋﺪ اﻹﺟﺮاء واﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫‪(117) For additional commentary on Competing requests, see Kimberly Prost, Article 90:‬‬ ‫‪Competing Requests, in COMMENTARY ON ROME STATUTE, supra note 13, at 1081-1091.‬‬

‫ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎت ﺣﻮل ﺗﻌﺪد اﻟﻄﻠﺒﺎت‪ ،‬اﻧﻈﺮ آﻴﻤﺒﻴﺮﻟﻰ ﺑﺮوﺳﺖ‪ ،‬اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ 90‬اﻟﻄﻠﺒ ﺎت اﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻓﺴ ﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﻰ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎم روﻣﺎ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ‪ ،‬هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 13‬ﺳﺎﺑﻘًﺎ ﻓﻰ ‪.1091 – 1081‬‬

‫‪98‬‬

‫‪ .106‬ﻳﺠﻮز ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻃﻠﺐ أﺷ ﻜﺎل أﺧ ﺮى ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﺘﻌ ﺎون وﻓﻘ ًﺎ ﻟﻠﻤ ﺎدة ‪(1)93‬‬ ‫وﻳﺸ ﻤﻞ ذﻟ ﻚ أوﺟ ﻪ اﻟﻤﺴ ﺎﻋﺪة اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴ ﺔ)‪) :(118‬أ( ﺗﺤﺪﻳ ﺪ هﻮﻳ ﺔ وﻣﻜ ﺎن اﻷﺷ ﺨﺎص أو‬ ‫ﻣﻮاﻗ ﻊ اﻷﺷ ﻴﺎء )ب( اﻟﺤﺼ ﻮل ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﺸ ﻬﺎدة وﺗﻘ ﺪﻳﻢ اﻟ ﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺜ ﻞ اﻟﺘﻘ ﺎرﻳﺮ وﺁراء‬ ‫اﻟﺨﺒ ﺮاء )ج( اﺳ ﺘﺠﻮاب اﻷﺷ ﺨﺎص اﻟ ﺬﻳﻦ ﻳ ﺘﻢ اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴ ﻖ ﻣﻌﻬ ﻢ أو ﻣﺤ ﺎآﻤﺘﻬﻢ )د(‬ ‫إﻋ ﻼن اﻟﻤﺴ ﺘﻨﺪات )ه ـ( ﺗﻴﺴ ﻴﺮ اﻟﻤﺜ ﻮل اﻟﺘﻄ ﻮﻋﻰ ﻟﻸﺷ ﺨﺎص أﻣ ﺎم اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ )و(‬ ‫‪(118)See generally Dionysios D. Spinellis, Securing Evidence Abroad: A European‬‬ ‫‪Perspective, in 2 ICL, supra note 4, at 359-380; Bruce Zagaris, Gathering Evidence‬‬ ‫‪from and for the United States, in 2 ICL, supra note 4, at 457-472; Edward M. Wise,‬‬ ‫‪Aut Dedere Aut Judicare, in 2 ICL, supra note 4, at 15-32; Ekkehart Muller-Rappard,‬‬ ‫‪Inter-State Cooperation in Penal Matters within the Council of Europe Framework, in 2‬‬ ‫‪ICL, supra note 4, at 331-358; Alan Ellis, Robert L. Pisani and David S. Gualtieri, The‬‬ ‫‪United States Treaties on Mutual Assistance in Criminal Matters, in 2 ICL, supra note 4,‬‬ ‫‪supra note 22, at 403-444; Mohamed Abdul-Aziz, International Perspective, in 2 ICL,‬‬ ‫‪supra note 4, at 487-504; M. Cherif Bassiouni and Grace M.W. Gallagher, Policies and‬‬ ‫‪Practices of the United States, in 2 ICL, supra note 4, at 505-544; Helmut Epp, The‬‬ ‫‪European Convention, 2 ICL, supra note 4, at 563-586; M. Cherif Bassiouni and David‬‬ ‫‪S. Gualtieri, International and National Responses to the Globalization of Money‬‬ ‫‪Laundering, in 2 ICL, supra note 4, at 675-736; Kimberly Prost and Angelika Schlunk,‬‬ ‫‪Article 93: Other forms of cooperation, in COMMENTARY ON ROME STATUTE, supra note‬‬ ‫‪13, at 1101-1118; M. Cherif Bassiouni, Policy Considerations on Inter-State‬‬ ‫‪Cooperation in Criminal Matters, in 2 ICL, supra note 4, at 3-14.‬‬

‫اﻧﻈﺮ دﻳﻮﻧﺴﻴﻮس ﺳﺒﻴﻨﻴﻠﻠﻴﺲ‪ ،‬ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺨﺎرج‪ :‬ﻣﻨﻈﻮر أوروﺑﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ ‪ 2‬اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﺪوﻟﻰ‪ ،‬هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 4‬ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎً‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ ‪380 – 359‬؛ ﺑﺮوس زاﺟﺎرﻳﺲ‪ ،‬ﺟﻤﻊ اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ وإﻟﻰ اﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪة‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ ‪ 2‬اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻰ اﻟﺪوﻟﻰ‪ ،‬هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 4‬ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎً‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ ‪ .472 – 457‬إدوارد م‪ .‬وﻳﺰ‪،‬‬ ‫واﺟﺐ اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﻢ أو اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ ‪ 2‬اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻰ اﻟﺪوﻟﻰ‪ ،‬هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 4‬ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ ‪،32 – 15‬‬ ‫إﻳﻜﻬﺎرد ﻣﻮﻟﻠﺮ راﺑﺎرد‪ ،‬اﻟﺘﻌﺎون ﻋﺒﺮ اﻟﺪوﻟﻰ ﻓﻰ اﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل إﻃﺎر ﻣﺠﻠﺲ أوروﺑﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﻰ ‪ 2‬اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻰ اﻟﺪوﻟﻰ‪ ،‬هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 4‬ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ ‪ ،358 – 331‬أﻻن أﻟﻴﺲ‪ ،‬روﺑﻴﺮت ل‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺴﺎﻧﻰ و داﻓﻴﺪ س‪ .‬ﺟﻮﻟﺘﻴﺮى‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﺎهﺪات اﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎت اﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪة ﻓﻰ اﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪة اﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮآﺔ ﻓﻰ اﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬ ‫اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ ‪ 2‬اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻰ اﻟﺪوﻟﻰ‪ ،‬هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 22‬ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ ‪ ،444 – 403‬ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﻋﺒﺪ اﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ‪،‬‬ ‫رؤﻳﺔ دوﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ ‪ 2‬اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻰ اﻟﺪوﻟﻰ‪ ،‬هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 4‬ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ= =‪ ،504 – 487‬م‪ .‬ﺷﺮﻳﻒ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻴﻮﻧﻰ و ﺟﺮﻳﺲ ﺟﺎﻻهﺎر‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺎت وﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎت اﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎت اﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪة‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ ‪ 2‬اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﺪوﻟﻰ‪ ،‬هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 4‬ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ ‪ ،544 – 504‬هﻴﻠﻤﻮت إﻳﺐ‪ ،‬اﻟﻤﻌﺎهﺪة اﻷوروﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ ‪ 2‬اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮن‬ ‫اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻰ اﻟﺪوﻟﻰ‪ ،‬هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 4‬ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ ‪ ،586 – 563‬م‪ .‬ﺷﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺴﻴﻮﻧﻰ وداﻓﻴﺪ ﺟﻮﻟﺘﻴﺮى‪ ،‬ردود‬ ‫اﻷﻓﻌﺎل اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ واﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻌﻮﻟﻤﺔ ﻏﺴﻴﻞ اﻷﻣﻮال‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ ‪ 2‬اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻰ اﻟﺪوﻟﻰ‪ ،‬هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 4‬ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﻰ ‪ ،736 – 675‬آﻴﻤﺒﻴﺮﻟﻰ ﺑﺮوﺳﺖ وأﻧﺠﻴﻠﻴﻜﺎ ﺷﻼﻧﻚ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎدة ‪ :93‬وﺳﺎﺋﻞ أﺧﺮى ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎون‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎم روﻣﺎ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ‪ ،‬هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 13‬ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ ‪ ،1118 – 1101‬م‪.‬ﺷﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺴﻴﻮﻧﻰ‪،‬‬ ‫اﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎرات اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻓﻰ اﻟﺘﻌﺎون ﻋﺒﺮ اﻟﺪوﻟﻰ ﻓﻰ اﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ ‪ 2‬اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﺪوﻟﻰ‪ ،‬هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 4‬ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ ‪.14 – 3‬‬

‫‪99‬‬

‫اﻟﻨﻘﻞ اﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ ﻟﻸﺷﺨﺎص )ز( ﻓﺤﺺ اﻷﻣﺎآﻦ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻰ ذﻟﻚ إﺧﺮاج اﻟﺠﺜﺚ )ح(ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ‬ ‫إﺟ ﺮاءات اﻟﺘﻔﺘ ﻴﺶ واﻟﺤﺠ ﻮزات )ط( ﺗﻘ ﺪﻳﻢ اﻟﺴ ﺠﻼت واﻟﻤﺴ ﺘﻨﺪات )ك( ﺣﻤﺎﻳ ﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺠﻨ ﻰ ﻋﻠ ﻴﻬﻢ واﻟﺸ ﻬﻮد )ل( ﺗﺤﺪﻳ ﺪ أو ﺗﺘﺒ ﻊ أو ﺗﺠﻤﻴ ﺪ أو ﺿ ﺒﻂ اﻟﻤﺘﺤﺼ ﻼت أو‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻤﺘﻠﻜﺎت أو اﻷﺻﻮل وأدوات اﻟﺠﺮﻳﻤﺔ )م( وأى ﻧ ﻮع ﺁﺧ ﺮ ﻣ ﻦ أﻧ ﻮاع اﻟﻤﺴ ﺎﻋﺪة‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻰ ﻻ ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻣﺤﻈﻮرة ﻃﺒﻘﺎ ﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﺪوﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮب ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .107‬ﻳﺠ ﻮز رﻓ ﺾ اﻟﻄﻠﺒ ﺎت اﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺴ ﺎﻋﺪة اﺳ ﺘﻨﺎدًا إﻟ ﻰ وﺟ ﻮد ﻣﺒ ﺪإ‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻰ أﺳﺎﺳﻰ ﻟﻠﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ اﻟﻌﺎم ﻓﻰ اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ اﻟﻤﻄﻠ ﻮب ﻣﻨﻬ ﺎ ]اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪ [(3)93‬وﻋ ﻼوة‬ ‫ﻋﻠ ﻰ ذﻟ ﻚ ﻳﺠ ﻮز رﻓ ﺾ اﻟﻄﻠﺒ ﺎت ﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳ ﺔ اﻷﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻘ ﻮﻣﻰ ﻃﺒﻘ ﺎ ﻟﻠﻤ ﺎدة ‪72‬‬ ‫]اﻟﻤ ﺎدة‪ .[(5)،(4)93‬وﻳﺠ ﻮز آ ﺬﻟﻚ ﻟﻠﺪوﻟ ﺔ رﻓ ﺾ اﻟﻤﺴ ﺎﻋﺪة اﻟﺘ ﻰ ﺗﺘﻄﻠ ﺐ ﻣﻨﻬ ﺎ‬ ‫اﻧﺘﻬ ﺎك اﻟﺘﺰاﻣﺎﺗﻬ ﺎ ﺑﻤﻘﺘﻀ ﻰ اﻟﻘ ﺎﻧﻮن اﻟ ﺪوﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠ ﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺼ ﺎﻧﺔ اﻟﺪﺑﻠﻮﻣﺎﺳ ﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺸ ﺨﺺ أو ﻣﻠﻜﻴ ﺔ دوﻟ ﺔ ﺛﺎﻟﺜ ﺔ ﻣ ﺎ ﻟ ﻢ ﺗﺘﺤﻘ ﻖ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ أوﻻ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﺘﻨ ﺎزل ﻋ ﻦ ﺗﻠ ﻚ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺼﺎﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺪوﻟﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ]اﻟﻤﺎدة‪.(119)[(1)98‬‬ ‫‪ .108‬ﻳﺠ ﻮز أﻳﻀ ﺎ ﺗﺄﺟﻴ ﻞ ﺗﻨﻔﻴ ﺬ اﻟﻄﻠﺒ ﺎت ﻋﻨ ﺪ ﺗ ﺪاﺧﻠﻬﺎ ﻣ ﻊ ﺗﺤﻘﻴ ﻖ ﺟ ﺎر أو‬ ‫إﺟﺮاءات ﺟﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ ﻟﻘﻀ ﻴﺔ أﺧ ﺮى ]اﻟﻤ ﺎدة‪ .[(1)94‬وﻣ ﻊ ذﻟ ﻚ ﻳﺠ ﻮز ﻟﻠﻤ ﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌ ﺎم‬ ‫ﻃﻠ ﺐ ﺗﻨﻔﻴ ﺬ ﺑﻌ ﺾ اﻹﺟ ﺮاءات ﻟﻠﺤﻔ ﺎظ ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟ ﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻓ ﻰ ﺣﺎﻟ ﺔ اﻟﺘﺄﺟﻴ ﻞ ]اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪94‬‬ ‫)‪ .[(2‬وﻳﺠ ﻮز ﻟﻠ ﺪول ﺗﺄﺟﻴ ﻞ ﺗﻨﻔﻴ ﺬ اﻟﻄﻠﺒ ﺎت ﻋﻨ ﺪ ﻗﻴ ﺎم اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ ﺑ ﺎﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻓ ﻰ ﻗﺒ ﻮل‬ ‫اﻟﻘﻀ ﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣ ﺎ ﻟ ﻢ ﻳﺘﺴ ﻠﻢ اﻟﻤ ﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﻌ ﺎم أﻣ ﺮًا ﺧﺎﺻ ًﺎ وﻓﻘ ًﺎ ﻟﻠﻤ ﺎدﺗﻴﻦ ‪ 19 ،18‬ﻟﻠﺤﻔ ﺎظ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ دﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ]اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪) .[65‬اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺠﺪول رﻗﻢ ‪.(9‬‬ ‫ﺛﺎﻟﺜ ًﺎ‪ :‬اﻟﺘﻌﺎون ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻨﺎزل ﻋﻦ اﻟﺤﺼﺎﻧﺔ‬ ‫‪ .109‬ﺗﻮﺿﺢ اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪ (2)98‬اﻹﻋﻔﺎء ﻣﻦ اﻻﻟﺘﺰام اﻟﻌ ﺎم اﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠ ﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌ ﺎون ﻣ ﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ وﺑﻤﻮﺟﺒ ﻪ ﻻ ﺗﻜ ﻮن اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ اﻟﻤﻄﻠ ﻮب ﻣﻨﻬ ﺎ ﻣﺠﺒ ﺮة ﻋﻠ ﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺤ ﻮ ﻳﺘﻌ ﺎرض ﻣ ﻊ اﻟﺘﺰاﻣﺎﺗﻬ ﺎ ﺑﻤﻮﺟ ﺐ اﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴ ﺔ دوﻟﻴ ﺔ ﺗﺘﻄﻠ ﺐ ﻣﻮاﻓﻘﺘﻬ ﺎ‬ ‫ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﺗﺴ ﻠﻴﻢ ﻣ ﻮاﻃﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣ ﺎ ﻟ ﻢ ﺗ ﺘﻤﻜﻦ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﺤﺼ ﻮل ﻋﻠ ﻰ ه ﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﻮاﻓﻘ ﺔ‬ ‫‪(119) For additional commentary on Immunity, see Kimberly Prost and Angelika Schlunk,‬‬ ‫‪Article 98: Cooperation with respect to waiver of immunity and consent to surrender, in‬‬ ‫‪COMMENTARY ON ROME STATUTE, supra note 13, at 1131-1134.‬‬

‫ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎت ﺣﻮل اﻟﺤﺼﺎﻧﺔ‪ ،‬اﻧﻈﺮ آﻴﻤﺒﻴﺮﻟﻰ ﺑﺮوﺳﺖ وأﻧﺠﻴﻠﻴﻜﺎ ﺷﻼﻧﻚ‪ ،‬اﻟﻤﺎدة ‪98‬‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻌﺎون ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻨﺎزل ﻋﻦ اﻟﺤﺼﺎﻧﺔ و اﻟﻤﻮاﻓﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎم روﻣﺎ‬ ‫اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻰ‪ ،‬هﺎﻣﺶ ‪ 13‬ﺳﺎﺑﻘًﺎ ﻓﻰ ‪.1134 – 1131‬‬

‫‪100‬‬

‫وﻳﺠﻮز اﻟﺴﻤﺎح ﻟﺒﻌﺾ اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺎت ﺑﺄن ﻳﻜﻮن ﻟﻬﺎ أوﻟﻮﻳﺔ أآﺜﺮ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻄﻠﺒ ﺎت اﻟﻤﻘﺪﻣ ﺔ‬ ‫ﻻ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ إﻟﻰ درﺟﺔ إﻋ ﺎدة اﻟﻔ ﺮد إﻟ ﻰ اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ اﻟﻤﻮﻓ ﺪة ﺑ ﺪ ً‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .110‬ﺗﻢ اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻞ إﻟﻰ ﺣﻞ وﺳﻂ ﻟﻜﻰ ﻳﺘﻢ اﻟﺤﺼ ﻮل ﻋﻠ ﻰ إﺟﻤ ﺎع ﻳ ﺆدى إﻟ ﻰ‬ ‫ﺗﻔﻬﻢ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﻋ ﺪة‪9.19‬وه ﺬﻩ اﻟﻘﺎﻋ ﺪة ﺗﻔﺴ ﺮ اﻵن ﻋﻠ ﻰ أﻧ ﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺠ ﻮز ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ أن ﺗﺘﻘ ﺪم‬ ‫ﺑﻤﻘﺘﻀﻰ اﻟﻤﺎدة)‪ 98(2‬ﺑﻄﻠﺐ ﺗﺴ ﻠﻴﻢ إذا آ ﺎن ذﻟ ﻚ اﻟﻄﻠ ﺐ ﻳﺘﻌ ﺎرض ﻣ ﻊ اﻟﺘﺰاﻣ ﺎت‬ ‫دوﻟﻴ ﺔ ﻣﺒﻴﻨ ﺔ ﻓ ﻰ اﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴ ﺔ ﺗﻌﻄ ﻰ ﺗﻔﻮﻳﻀ ًﺎ ﺑﻤﻮاﻓﻘ ﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ اﻟﻤﻮﻓ ﺪة‪ .‬وﺑ ﻴﻦ اﻟﺘﻔ ﺎهﻢ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠ ﻖ ﺑ ﺬﻟﻚ أن اﻟﻘﺎﻋ ﺪة‪ 9.19‬ﻻ ﺗﺘﻄﻠ ﺐ اﻟﺘﻔ ﺎوض ﺑﺸ ﺄن أﺣﻜ ﺎم ﺗﻠ ﻚ اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴ ﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫)اﻟﺠﺪول رﻗﻢ ‪ (9‬اﻟﺘﻌﺎون اﻟﺪوﻟﻰ واﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪة اﻟﻘﻀﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺪد ﻃﻠﺒﺎت اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﺗﺼﺪر اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻃﻠﺐ ﻗﺒﺾ وﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ‬ ‫ﻋﻦ ذات اﻟﺠﺮﻳﻤﺔ اﻟﺘﻰ ﺗﻘﺪﻣﺖ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺑﻄﻠﺐ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﻟﻪ‬

‫ﻋ ﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﻤ ﺔ أﺧ ﺮى ﻏﻴ ﺮ ﺗﻠ ﻚ‬ ‫اﻟﺘ ﻰ ﺗﻘ ﺪﻣﺖ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ ﺑﻄﻠ ﺐ‬ ‫ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﻟﻪ‬

‫ﺗﻌﺪد ﻃﻠﺒﺎت اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﺗﻌﺪد ﻃﻠﺒﺎت اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻣ ﻦ دوﻟ ﺔ ﻏﻴ ﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ دوﻟﺔ ﻃﺮف‬ ‫ﻃﺮف‬ ‫ﺳ ﻮف ﺗﻌﻄ ﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ اﻷوﻟﻮﻳ ﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻄﻠﺐ اﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻢ اﻟﻤﻘﺪم‬ ‫ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻋﻨ ﺪﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﺗﻘﺮر اﻷﺧﻴﺮة ﻗﺒﻮل‬ ‫اﻟﺪﻋﻮى؛‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ﻓ ﻰ ﺣﺎﻟ ﺔ ﻋ ﺪم‬ ‫ﺻﺪور ﻗﺮار ﺑﻘﺒﻮل‬ ‫اﻟ ﺪﻋﻮى‪ ،‬ﻳﺠ ﻮز‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺪوﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻪ إﻟﻴﻬ ﺎ‬ ‫اﻟﻄﻠ ﺐ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﺴ ﺐ‬ ‫ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮهﺎ‪ ،‬أن ﺗﺘﻨﺎول‬

‫ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ اﻟﻤﻮﺟ ﻪ إﻟﻴﻬ ﺎ اﻟﻄﻠ ﺐ أن‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻄﻰ اﻷوﻟﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﻄﻠ ﺐ اﻟﺘﻘ ﺪﻳﻢ اﻟﻤﻮﺟ ﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ إذا‪:‬‬ ‫* آﺎﻧ ﺖ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ ﻗ ﺪ ﻗ ﺮرت ﻗﺒ ﻮل‬ ‫اﻟﺪﻋﻮى؛‬ ‫* وﻟ ﻢ ﺗﻜ ﻦ ه ﺬﻩ اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ ﻣﻘﻴ ﺪة ﺑ ﺎﻟﺘﺰام‬ ‫دوﻟ ﻰ ﺑﺘﺴ ﻠﻴﻢ اﻟﺸ ﺨﺺ أﺟ ﺮاء اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻄﺎﻟﺒﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫إذا آﺎﻧ ﺖ اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ اﻟﻤﻮﺟ ﻪ إﻟﻴﻬ ﺎ اﻟﻄﻠ ﺐ‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻬﺎ اﻟﺘﺰام دوﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﺑﺘﺴﻠﻴﻢ اﻟﺸﺨﺺ‬ ‫إﻟ ﻰ اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ اﻟﻄﺎﻟﺒ ﺔ ﻏﻴ ﺮ اﻟﻄ ﺮف ﻓ ﻰ‬ ‫ه ﺬا اﻟﻨﻈ ﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﻰ‪ ،‬ﻳﻜ ﻮن ﻋﻠ ﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ اﻟﻤﻮﺟ ﻪ إﻟﻴﻬ ﺎ اﻟﻄﻠ ﺐ أن ﺗﻘ ﺮر‬

‫• ﻳﻜ ﻮن ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻪ إﻟﻴﻬ ﺎ اﻟﻄﻠ ﺐ أن ﺗﻌﻄ ﻰ‬ ‫اﻷوﻟﻮﻳ ﺔ ﻟﻠﻄﻠ ﺐ اﻟﻤﻘ ﺪم ﻣ ﻦ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ إذا ﻟ ﻢ ﺗﻜ ﻦ ﻣﻘﻴ ﺪة‬ ‫ﺑ ﺎﻟﺘﺰام دوﻟ ﻰ ﻗ ﺎﺋﻢ ﺑﺘﺴ ﻠﻴﻢ‬ ‫اﻟﺸ ﺨﺺ أﺟ ﺮاء اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻄﺎﻟﺒﺔ‪0‬‬ ‫• ﻳﻜ ﻮن ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻪ إﻟﻴﻬ ﺎ اﻟﻄﻠ ﺐ أن ﺗﻘ ﺮر‪،‬‬ ‫إذا آﺎن ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ اﻟﺘﺰام دوﻟﻰ ﻗ ﺎﺋﻢ‬ ‫ﺑﺘﺴ ﻠﻴﻢ اﻟﺸ ﺨﺺ أﺟ ﺮاء اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻄﺎﻟﺒ ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣ ﺎ إذا آﺎﻧ ﺖ ﺳ ﺘﻘﺪم‬ ‫أﺟﺮاء اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ أم ﺳﺘﺴﻠﻤﻪ إﻟﻰ‬

‫‪101‬‬

‫ﻃﻠﺐ اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﻢ اﻟﻤﻘﺪم‬ ‫ﻣﻦ اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ اﻟﻄﺎﻟﺒ ﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠ ﻰ أﻻ ﺗﺴ ﻠﻢ‬ ‫اﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﻗﺒﻞ اﺗﺨ ﺎذ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ ﻗ ﺮارا‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺪم اﻟﻘﺒﻮل‪.‬‬

‫ﻣ ﺎ إذا آﺎﻧ ﺖ ﺳ ﺘﻘﺪم اﻟﺸ ﺨﺺ أﺟ ﺮاء‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ أم ﺳﺘﺴ ﻠﻤﻪ أﺟ ﺮاء اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻄﺎﻟﺒ ﺔ‪ .‬وﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ اﻟﻤﻮﺟ ﻪ إﻟﻴﻬ ﺎ‬ ‫اﻟﻄﻠ ﺐ أن ﺗﻀ ﻊ ﻓ ﻰ اﻻﻋﺘﺒ ﺎر‪ ،‬ﻋﻨ ﺪ‬ ‫اﺗﺨ ﺎذ ﻗﺮاره ﺎ ﺟﻤﻴ ﻊ اﻟﻌﻮاﻣ ﻞ ذات‬ ‫اﻟﺼ ﻠﺔ ﺑﻤ ﺎ ﻓ ﻰ ذﻟ ﻚ دون ﺣﺼ ﺮ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ آﻞ ﻃﻠﺐ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺼ ﺎﻟﺢ اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ اﻟﻄﺎﻟﺒ ﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤ ﺎ ﻓ ﻰ ذﻟ ﻚ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ اﻻﻗﺘﻀ ﺎء‪ ،‬ﻣ ﺎ إذا آﺎﻧ ﺖ اﻟﺠﺮﻳﻤ ﺔ‬ ‫ﻗ ﺪ ارﺗﻜﺒ ﺖ ﻓ ﻰ إﻗﻠﻴﻤﻬ ﺎ‪ ،‬وﺟﻨﺴ ﻴﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺠ ـﻨﻰ ﻋﻠ ﻴﻬﻢ وﺟﻨﺴ ﻴﺔ اﻟﺸ ﺨﺺ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮب‪.‬‬ ‫إﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴ ﺔ إﺟ ﺮاء اﻟﺘﻘ ﺪﻳﻢ ﻻﺣﻘ ﺎ ﺑ ﻴﻦ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ واﻟﺪوﻟﺔ اﻟﻄﺎﻟﺒﺔ‪0‬‬

‫اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ اﻟﻄﺎﻟﺒ ﺔ‪ 0‬وﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻮﺟ ﻪ إﻟﻴﻬ ﺎ اﻟﻄﻠ ﺐ أن‬ ‫ﺗﺮاﻋ ﻰ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨ ﺪ اﺗﺨ ﺎذ ﻗﺮاره ﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﻟﻌﻮاﻣﻞ ذات اﻟﺼﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻓ ﻰ ذﻟ ﻚ‪ ،‬دون ﺣﺼ ﺮ ‪،‬‬ ‫اﻟﻌﻮاﻣﻞ اﻟﻤﻨﺼﻮص ﻋﻠﻴﻬ ﺎ ﻓ ﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﻤ ﺎدة ‪ 90‬اﻟﻔﻘ ﺮة ‪ ،6‬ﻋﻠ ﻰ أن‬ ‫ﺗ ﻮﻟﻰ اﻋﺘﺒ ﺎرا ﺧﺎﺻ ﺎ إﻟ ﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌ ﺔ واﻟﺨﻄ ﻮرة اﻟﻨﺴ ﺒﻴﺘﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺴﻠﻮك اﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ‪.‬‬

‫‪102‬‬

‫ﺧﺎﺗﻤﺔ اﻟﺒﺎب اﻷول‬ ‫‪ .111‬ﺑ ﺪون ﺷ ﻚ ﻓ ﺈن ﺗﻘﺮﻳ ﺮ اﻟﻤﺴ ﺆوﻟﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ ﺗﺠ ﺎﻩ اﻹﺑ ﺎدة اﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﻴ ﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫وﺟ ﺮاﺋﻢ اﻟﺤ ﺮب‪ ،‬واﻟﺠ ﺮاﺋﻢ ﺿ ﺪ اﻹﻧﺴ ﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺿ ﺮورى ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴ ﻖ اﻟﻌﺪاﻟ ﺔ و اﻟﺴ ﻼم‬ ‫واﻟﺘﺼ ﺎﻟﺢ ﺑ ﻴﻦ اﻟﺸ ﻌﻮب ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﻤﻨ ﺎﻃﻖ اﻟﺘ ﻰ ﻣﺰﻗﻬ ﺎ اﻟﻨ ﺰاع‪ .‬وﻣ ﻦ ﺛ ﻢ ﻓﺈﻧ ﻪ إذا آ ﺎن‬ ‫ﻟﻴﺲ آﺎﻓﻴًﺎ اﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎد ﻋﻠﻰ اﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎج اﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﻟﻠﻌﺪاﻟ ﺔ وﺗﻮﻗﻌﺎﺗﻬ ﺎ ﻓ ﻰ ردع اﻟﻤﺠ ﺮﻣﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﺴ ﺘﻘﺒﻼ ﻓﻴﺠ ﺐ أن ﻧﻘ ﺮ ﺑ ﺄن اﻻدﻋ ﺎء اﻟ ﺪوﻟﻰ‪ ،‬آﺄﺣ ﺪ اﻟﻮﺳ ﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔ ﺔ ﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳ ﺮ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺴ ﺆوﻟﻴﺔ ﻳﻤﻜ ﻦ أن ﻳﺴ ﻬﻢ ﻓ ﻰ اﺳ ﺘﻌﺎدة وﺣﻔ ﻆ اﻟﺴ ﻼم‪ .‬ﺑﻤﻌﻨ ﻰ ﺁﺧ ﺮ إذا ﻟ ﻢ ﺗﻜ ﻦ‬ ‫اﻟﻌﺪاﻟ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ أﺟ ﻞ اﻟﻌﺪاﻟ ﺔ أو اﻟﻌﺪاﻟ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ أﺟ ﻞ اﻟﻀ ﺤﺎﻳﺎ ﻓﻠ ﺘﻜﻦ اﻟﻌﺪاﻟ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ أﺟ ﻞ‬ ‫اﻟﺴ ﻼم‪ .‬وﻓ ﻮق آ ﻞ ذﻟ ﻚ ﻓﻌﻨ ﺪﻣﺎ ﻧﺴ ﺘﻌﺮض ﻣ ﺎ ﺗﻌ ﺮض ﻟ ﻪ اﻟﻀ ﺤﺎﻳﺎ ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﻤﺎﺿ ﻰ‬ ‫وآﻴﻒ ﺣﻨﺚ اﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ اﻟﺪوﻟﻰ ﺑﺈﻳﻤﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺮواﺑﻂ اﻹﻧﺴ ﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻓﺴ ﻮف ﻧ ﺪان ﺑﺘﻜ ﺮار أﺳ ﻮإ‬ ‫أﺧﻄﺎء اﻟﺘﺎرﻳﺦ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .112‬وﺳﻮاء آﺎﻧﺖ اﻟﻌﺪاﻟﺔ وﻃﻨﻴ ﺔ أو دوﻟﻴ ﺔ ﻓﻬ ﻰ ﻻ ﺗ ﺄﺗﻰ ﺑﺴ ﻬﻮﻟﺔ أو ﺑ ﺪون‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎق‪ .‬إن اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻘﻀﺎﺋﻰ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻞ ﺳﻴﺎﺳ ّﻴﺎ‪ ،‬اﻟﻤﺤﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺠﺎﻩ آﻞ اﻷﺷﺨﺎص واﻟﻤﻠﺘ ﺰم‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺪاﻟ ﺔ ﺗﺠ ﺎﻩ اﻟﻤ ﺘﻬﻢ واﻟﻤﺠﻨ ﻰ ﻋﻠﻴ ﻪ‪ ،‬وذا اﻟﻔﺎﻋﻠﻴ ﺔ ﻓ ﻰ ﻋﻤﻠ ﻪ واﻟﺸ ﻔﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻓ ﻰ‬ ‫اﻹﺟﺮاءات ﺳﻴﻜﻮن ﻟﻪ ﺑﻌﺾ اﻟﺮدع ﻟﻤﻦ ﺗﺴﻮل ﻟﻬﻢ أﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ اﻻﻋﺘﺪاء ﻓﻰ اﻟﻤﺴ ﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫وﻟﻜ ﻦ ه ﺬا اﻟﻨﻈ ﺎم ﻳﺠ ﺐ أن ﻳﻤ ﻨﺢ اﻟﺘﻌ ﻮﻳﺾ ﻟﻠﻀ ﺤﺎﻳﺎ‪ .‬وأﻳﻀ ًﺎ ه ﺬا ﻣ ﺎ ﺗﻬ ﺪف‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻘﻪ‪ ،‬وإذا ﻣﺎ ﺗﻢ ﻓﻌﻠﻪ ﻓﺴ ﻮف ﺗﺴ ﻬﻢ اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺪوﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻰ اﻟﺴﻼم‪ .‬وﻓﻰ اﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻓﺈن اﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ اﻟﺠﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟﻴ ﺔ ﻣﺜ ﻞ ﻧﻈﺎﺋﺮه ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣ ﻦ‬ ‫أﻧﻈﻤﺔ اﻟﻘﻀﺎء اﻟﻮﻃﻨﻰ‪ ،‬وإن ﻟﻢ ﺗﺤﻘ ﻖ أه ﺪاﻓﻬﺎ ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﻮﺟ ﻪ اﻷﻣﺜ ﻞ‪ ،‬ﺗﻜ ﻮن ﺧﻄ ﻮة‬ ‫ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ اﻟﻌﺪاﻟﺔ واﻟﺴﻼم ﻣﻌًﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪103‬‬

104

105